02 PROFINET-Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet
according to IEEE 802.3
2/2
2/2
2/4
2/5
2/7
2/9
2/18
Introduction
General information
Data communication
Communications overview
Configuration examples
Topologies
Network selection criteria
2/20
2/20
2/23
PROFINET
Introduction
PROFINET-Products for Industrial Ethernet
2/25
2/25
2/26
2/27
2/29
2/32
Passive Network Components

Summary of network components
Overview of Twisted Pair
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
IE FC RJ45 Plug
IE connecting cable
M12-180/M12-180 / M12 Plug PRO
IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2
IE Hybrid Cable
Energy Cables
IE TP Cord
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
Industrial Twisted Pair
Cables/connectors
Overview of fiber-optic cables
Glass fiber-optic cables
POF- and PCF fiber-optic cables
POF/PCF-LWL termination kit
2/33
2/38
2/41
2/43
2/46
2/51
2/56
2/62
2/65
2/66
2/74
2/78
2/80
2/81
2/81
2/83
2/86
2/92
2/100
2/109
2/119
2/124
2/131
2/131
2/141
Active Network Components

Industrial Ethernet Switches
Overview
SCALANCE X005 Entry Level
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
SCALANCE X-200 managed
SCALANCE X-200IRT managed
SCALANCE X-400 modular
Industrial Ethernet ELS
Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM
Industrial Ethernet media converters
SCALANCE X-100
unmanaged media converter
Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11 and TP11-LD
2/144
2/144
2/145
2/149
Industrial Security
Overview
SCALANCE S
SOFTNET Security Client
2/151
2/151
2/156
2/161
2/166
2/171
CPUs for SIMATIC S7-300

CPU 315-2 PN/DP
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
2/176
2/176
SIMATIC WinAC
SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC
2/180
2/181
2/184
2/187
2/190
2/194
2/198
2/201
System interfacing for

SIMATIC and SINUMERIK
CP 243-1
CP 243-1 IT
CP 343-1 Lean
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 443-1
CP 443-1 Advanced
2/205
2/207
2/208
2/209
2/212
2/215
2/219
2/221
2/223
2/225
2/229
2/232
2/234
2/236
System interfacing for PG/PC

Performance data
Connection options to SIMATIC PCs
CP 1616
CP 1604
CP 1613 A2
S7-REDCONNECT
SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
SOFTNET PN IO
OPC-Server for Industrial Ethernet
PN CBA OPC server
SNMP OPC server
SOFTNET for LINUX/UNIX
SOFTBUS for LINUX/UNIX
2/238
System interfacing for SIMATIC HMI
2/246
2/246
Sec. 3
2/248
Accessories
C-PLUG
Power Supply PS791-1PRO
SICLOCK time synchronization
2/252
2/252
2/255
ET 200S distributed I/Os

IM 151-3 PN interface modules
2/257
2/259
2/260
Motion Control System SIMOTION

Communication Board CBE30
Communication Board MCI-PN
2/261
2/261
2/267
2/272
PROFINET technology components

Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller
ERTEC
Development kits for ERTEC
Development packages
2/273
2/273
2/277
Image Processing System

SIMATIC VS120
SIMATIC VS130-2
2/282
Sec. 4
2/282
Sec. 3
Engineering Tools
STEP 7
SIMATIC iMap
SINEMA E Lean
2/285
2/287
SINAMICS S120 Drive System

Sec. 3
Industrial Mobile Communication
Sec. 8
Network transitions
Siemens IK PI 2007
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
General information
Overview
Area and cell network according to the international
IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) standard designed for the industrial
environment right down to the field level
Connection of automation components to each other and to
PC and workstations as well as components for wireless communication for homogeneous and heterogeneous communication
PROFINET, the open standard for automation, is based on
Industrial Ethernet and supports the connection of devices
from the field level up to the management level
Comprehensive open network solutions can be implemented
High transmission rate of up to 1 gigabit/s

Industrial Ethernet is the industry standard, well-proven worldwide with international acceptance
Connection to wireless LAN (WLAN) and industrial wireless
LAN (IWLAN) according to IEEE 802.11
The basis for IT in automation, such as Web function, e-mail
function and IWLAN connections
A safety solution specially designed for industrial automation
with the industrial security concept SCALANCE S
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS PA
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
KNX
AS-Interface
G_IK10_XX_50187
Industrial Ethernet in the communications landscape
Benefits
Ethernet presently has a market share of over 90% with a rising

trend, thus placing it in pole position in the LAN landscape
worldwide. Ethernet offers important characteristics that can
give you significant advantages for your application.
Investment security through continuous compatible further
development
Fast start-up thanks to the simplest connection method
High availability thanks to redundant network topologies
Continuous monitoring of network components through a
simple and effective diagnostics concept
In Industrial Ethernet, plant-wide time synchronization is
possible. This means that events can be arranged accurately
in the order of occurrence throughout the plant.
2/2
Siemens IK PI 2007
High flexibility since existing networks can be extended

without any adverse effects
Basis for system-wide networking (vertical integration)
Basis for PROFINET
Almost unlimited communications performance because
scalable performance is available through switching technology if required
Networking of different application areas such the office and
production areas
Company-wide communication due to interface options via
WAN (Wide Area Network) and use of Internet services
With SCALANCE W, IWLAN (Industrial Wireless LAN) from
Siemens offers the basis for problem-free connection of mobile stations with robust wireless communication
Networks and data are protected by the Siemens security
concept with SCALANCE S and SOFTNET Security Client
Introduction
General information
Technical specifications
More information
Standard
Ethernet to IEEE 802.3u, IWLAN

to IEEE 802.11
Data transmission rate
10/100/1000 Mbit/s
Number of stations
unlimited
Network size
Switched network
unlimited (above 150 km, take

into account signal propagation
time )
Transmission medium
Electrical network
Industrial Twisted Pair and

Twisted Pair cable
Optical network
Fiber-optic cable (glass)
Wireless network
Surrounding space
Topology
Line, tree, ring, star
Protocols
Protocol-independent
Ordering data
Order No.
Note:
In many SIMATIC NET components with management function
extensive parameterization and diagnostics functions are provided over open protocols and interfaces (e.g. Web Server,
network management).
These open interfaces provide access to those components,
which can also be used for illicit activities.
When using the above-mentioned functions and these open
interfaces and protocols (such as SNMP, HTTP and Telnet),
suitable security measures must be implemented that block unauthorized access to the components or the network especially
from the WAN/Internet.
For this reason, automation networks can be isolated from the
remaining corporate network using appropriate routers (e.g. the
well-proven firewall systems).
The SCALANCE S products can be used to implement these
routers.
For further information, see Section "Industrial Security".
It is important to note the boundary conditions for use of the
specified SIMATIC Net products (Order Nos. 6GK..., 6XV1)
which you can view inthe Internet:
Manual for TP and fiber-optic

networks
Paper version
Network architecture, components, configurations, installation
guidelines
German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
SIMATIC NET manual collection

Electronic manuals for communication systems, protocols,
products
on CD-ROM German/English
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Additional information can be found in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
1) Language versions and manuals can be found

for the various products at:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/3
Introduction
Data communication
Overview
Communication functions/services
Standard Communication
Data communication serves to exchange data between programmable controllers or between a programmable controller
(controller and field devices) and intelligent partners (PCs,
computers, etc.)
This comprises standardized protocols for data communication .

OPC
(OLE for Process Control) is a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface and allows OPC-capable
Windows applications to interface to S7 communication and
S5-compatible communication (SEND/ RECEIVE). Internet
communication can be implemented over the OPC XML DA
interface.
ISO, TCP/IP and UDP transport protocols
ISO, TCP/IP and UDP are available as the transport protocols.
Information technology (IT) with Email and Web technology
Integrates SIMATIC into the IT through Industrial Ethernet. In
the office environment, Email and Web browsers are widely
used communication techniques. Ethernet is used as the main
communication route, in addition to telephone cables and the
Internet. These communication media and paths are also
available to SIMATIC as a result of the TCP/IP protocol.
SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) can also be used for
Email, HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol) for access using
Web browsers and FTP communication for program-controlled
data exchange with computers that have different operating
systems installed.
FTP;
The file transfer protocol (FTP) permits simple, universal coupling, e.g. PLCs can be connected to different computers or
embedded systems.
The following communication functions are available for this

purpose:
PROFINET
Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables direct communication of field devices with controllers as well as the solution of
isochronous motion control applications.
PROFINET also supports distributed automation with the help of
component engineering.
PG/OP communication
Integral communication functions that are used by the SIMATIC
programmable controllers to perform data communication with
HMI devices (e.g. TD/OP) and SIMATIC PGs (STEP 7, STEP 5).
PG/OP communication is supported by MPI, PROFIBUS and
Industrial Ethernet.
S7 communication
S7 communication is the integral communications function (SFB)
that has been optimized within the SIMATIC S7/C7. It enables
PCs and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of
useful data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple,
powerful communication services and provides a network independent software interface for all networks.
Open Industrial Ethernet and S5-compatible communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
The open IE S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) is
used by SIMATIC S7/C7 to communicate with existing systems,
especially with SIMATIC S5 but also with PCs over PROFIBUS
and Industrial Ethernet. FETCH and WRITE is also available over
Industrial Ethernet to ensure that software created for SIMATIC
S5 (automation systems, HMI systems) can continue to be used
with SIMATIC S7 without any modifications.
PN PG/OP
2/4
Siemens IK PI 2007
S7
S5
OPC
System connections
For many data terminals, communications processors (CPs) are
available that already have the communications functions implemented as firmware and that therefore relieve the data terminal
of communications tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking, etc.).
ISO TCP/IP UDP
IT
FTP
Introduction
Overview
2
TF
Receiver
with NTP
Time of day
Forward
FTP
CP 243-1 IT
CP 343-1 Lean
4)
CP 343-1
4)
CP 343-1 Advanced
4)
TIM 3 V-IE
SINUMERIK
TIM 3 V-IE
Advanced
4)
CP 343-1 Advanced
4)
CP 443-1
1)
3)
3)
CP 443-1 Advanced
CP 1430 Basic
CP 1430 Ext.
CP 1430 TCP
1)
2)
3)
4)
ISO protocol only

IT functionality included in IT-CP
If CPU is the time-of-day master
without client function
*) PG/OP communication
suitable
G_IK10_XX_10057
840D powerline
2)
CP 243-1
CP 343-1
SIMATIC S5
IT
Sender (Master)
Fetch/Write
SEND/RECEIVE
CBA
IO controller
H communication
SINAUT ST7
USEND URECV
BSEND BRECV
Put/Get Server
Put/Get Client
UDP
TCP
ISO
SIMATIC
S7-200
PROFINET S5 comp.
communic.
S7 communication
SIMATIC
S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300/C7
PG/
OP*
Transport
protocol
Hardware
Communications overview for SIMATIC, SINUMERIK and SINAUT
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/5
Introduction
Overview (continued)
IWLAN
Forward
Receiver
Sender
Fetch/Write
S5 comp.
IT 4) FTP 4) Time of day
communic.
SEND/RECV
IO device
IO controller
PROFINET
CBA
H communication
USEND URECV
BSEND BRECV
PG/
S7 communication
OP 2)
Put/Get Server
OPC
Put/Get Client
UDP 4)
TCP
Win 2003 Server
Transport
protocol
ISO
Operating system
LINUX
Software
Win 2000 Prof./ Server
Hardware
Win XP Professional
CP 1613 A2 S7-1613
S7-REDCONNECT
CP 1616
CP 1604
DK-16xx PN IO
6)
6)
6)
SOFTNET PN IO
SIMATIC
SOFTNET-S7
PG/PC with
integrated SOFTNET-S7 Lean
interface 1)
SOFTNET-PG
PN CBA
OPC-Server
SOFTNET-S7
CP 7515
SOFTNET-S7 Lean
SOFTNET-PG
Ethernet
Cards 3)
SOFTNET-S7/
LINUX
1)
2)
3)
4)
Further information for more hardware can be found under www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info

PG/OP communication
supported by TLI/DLPI drivers
The IT-, FTP- and UDP functionality results in association
with the hardware/ the CPs and the Windows/Linux software of the PC
5) Software source of the card driver included; for Suse 9.3
6) via driver portability
If you have questions to LINUX- / UNIX projects please contact I&S, e-mail: it4industry@siemens.com
Communications overview for PG/PC
2/6
Siemens IK PI 2007
suitable
not suitable
suitable under certain premisses
G_IK10_XX_10058
Introduction
Overview
2
PC with
CP 1613 A2 with
S7-1613 or
SOFTNET-S7
Field PG with
CP 7515
Cell
phone
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
PC/PG with
CP 1616 or
CP 1613 A2
Industrial Ethernet
S7-200 with
CP 243-1 or
CP 243-1 IT
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 or
CP 443-1 Advanced
G_IK10_XX_10009
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean,
CP 343-1 or
CP 343-1 Advanced
S7 communication with TCP/IP for Industrial Ethernet
CP 1613 A2
CP 7515
PC/PG
SOFTNET-S7
or S7-1613
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300 with CP 343-1 Lean,

CP 343-1
or CP 343-1 Advanced
G_IK10_XX_10010
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 or
CP 443-1 Advanced
S5-115U to 155U
with CP 1430
S5-compatible communication for Industrial Ethernet
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/7
Introduction
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 or
CP 443-1 IT
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 or
CP 443-1 IT
PG with
CP 1613 A2
and STEP 7 V5
IE/PB Link
or
IE/PB Link PN IO
CP 443-5
Extended
ET 200S
ET 200X
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 or
CP 443-1 IT
CP 443-5
Basic
S7-300 with
CP 343-5
S7-300 with CP 342-5

ET 200S
ET 200X
PG/OP communication with S7 routing for transparent access to e.g. configuration and diagnostics data
SIMATIC S7-400
with CP 443-1 Advanced
Panel PC
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1
ET 200S
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Field PG
Installation of a small, local PROFINET network with an integrated switch

in the CP 443-1 Advanced
2/8
Siemens IK PI 2007
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Basic
G_IK10_XX_10011
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS
G_IK10_XX_10070
Introduction
Topologies
Overview
Network performance and network technologies
for Industrial Ethernet
When combined, the current Industrial Ethernet technologies
can boost performance on the network by a factor of 50 and
more in comparison with the original 10 Mbit/s technology.
These technologies are:
Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s:
Messages are transported much faster than Ethernet
(10 Mbit/s) and therefore only occupy the bus for an extremely
short time.
Gigabit Ethernet with 1 Gbit/s:
Gigabit Ethernet is faster than Fast Ethernet by a factor of 10,
the bus is occupied for only one tenth of the time.
Full Duplex prevents collisions:
The data throughput increases enormously because the usual
message repetitions are avoided.
Data can be sent and received simultaneously between two
stations. The data throughput for a full duplex connection
therefore rises to 200 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet and to 2 Gbit/s
with Gigabit Ethernet.
Switching supports parallel communication:

When a network is subdivided into several segments using a
switch, or individual stations are connected direct to a switch,
this results in load separation. Data communication is possible
in each individual segment independently of the other segments. In the overall network, several messages can therefore
be en-route simultaneously. The increase in performance is
therefore due to the sending of several messages simultaneously.
Autocrossover automatically crosses the send and receive
cables on Twisted Pair interfaces.
Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes
(data terminals and network components) that automatically
detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
or 1 Gbit/s) and support autonegotiation.
Autonegotiation is a configuration protocol on Fast Ethernet.
Before initiating the actual data transmission, network devices
automatically negotiate a transmission mode which is supported by any device (100 Mbps or 10 Mbps, full duplex or
half duplex).
Gigabit cabling system
The 8-core FastConnect cabling system of SIMATIC NET
supports transmission rates of up to 1 Gbit/s.
Data processing capacity

2000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s full duplex

1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s switched

200 Mbit/s

100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s switched
40 Mbit/s *)
100 Mbit/s shared
20 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s switched
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s shared
4 Mbit/s *)
G_IK10_XX_10050
*) Effective data processing capacity because of collisions
Throughput of the network/values for 5 network stations
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/9
Introduction
Topologies
Ethernet Switching
Full duplex
The Industrial Ethernet switch has the following functionality:

Depending on the number of available interfaces, switches
are able to simultaneously interconnect several pairs of subnetworks or stations temporarily and dynamically, with each
connection possessing the full data throughput.
By filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC)
address of the data terminal, the local data traffic remains
local; only data to users of another subnetwork is forwarded
by the switch.
More data terminals can be connected than in a classic
Ethernet network.
Error propagation is limited to the subnetwork concerned.
Full duplex (FDX) is an operating mode in the network that, in

contrast to half duplex, allows stations to send and receive data
simultaneously. When FDX is used, collision detection is automatically deactivated in the participating stations.
The switching technology offers definite advantages:

Subnetworks and network segments can be created.
The data throughput is increased and with it the network performance as a result of structuring the data communication.
Easy rules for network configuration.
Network topologies with 50 switches and an overall extension
of up to 150 km can be implemented without the need to take
signal propagation times into account.
Unlimited extension of the network by connecting individual
collision domains/subnetworks.
The signal propagation times must be considered at
distances over 150 km.
Easy, reaction-free extension of existing networks.
Segment A
Segment B
For FDX, transmission media with separate send and receive

channels must be used, e.g. FOC and TP, and the participating
components must be able to store data packages. With an FDX
connection collisions do not occur, so components that support
FDX can send and receive simultaneously at the nominal transmission rate. The data throughput therefore increases to twice
the nominal transmission rate of the network, to 20 Mbit/s with
the classic Ethernet and 200 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet. With
Gigabit Ethernet, up to 2000 Mbit/s are achieved.
A further advantage of FDX is the increase in the network extension.
By deactivating the collision principle, the distance between two
components can be increased by the size of a collision domain
or more. With full duplex, the maximum distance can extend as
far as the performance limit of the send and receive components. This is especially the case in connection with fiber-optic
cables. When 10/125 m glass fiber-optic cables are used,
distances of up to 26 km can be achieved.
Segment A
LAN
Segment C
Segment B
LAN
Segment D
Segment C
Segment D
Data traffic
Switched LAN
Shared LAN
Each individual segment possesses

the full performance/data rate.
All network nodes share the performance/data rate
Simultaneous data traffic in several segments;

several frames simultaneously
Filtering: local data traffic remains local;
only selected data packets exceed segment limit
Increased performance through switching, full duplex
2/10
Siemens IK PI 2007
All data packets go through all segments.

Only one frame in the network at any given time.
G_IK10_XX_10002
Introduction
Topologies
Autosensing/Autonegotiation
High-speed redundancy with SIMATIC NET
Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes

(data terminals and network components) that automatically
detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s or
1000 Mbit/s) and support autonegotiation.
Extremely fast reconfiguration of the network following an error

is indispensable for industrial applications, because the connected data terminals will otherwise disconnect logical communication links. This would result in a process running out of
control or emergency shutdown of the plant.
Autonegotiation is the configuration protocol for Twisted Pair.

It enables the participating nodes to negotiate and agree the
transmission rate before the first data packages are transferred:
10 Mbit/s,100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s
Full duplex or half duplex
Autonegotiation can also be deactivated if a specific transmission rate has to be set.
The advantage with Autosensing lies in the problem-free interoperability of all Ethernet components.
Classical Ethernet components that do not support Autosensing
work problem-free with Fast Ethernet and new Gigabit Ethernet
components that do support Autosensing.
Autocrossover
The Autocrossover function automatically crosses the send
and receive cables on Twisted Pair interfaces. This means that
crossed connecting lines (e.g. TP XP Cords) are no longer
required.
To achieve the necessary fast response times, SIMATIC NET

uses specially developed procedures for controlling redundancy. A network can then be reconfigured to form a functional
network infrastructure in a fraction of a second.
In an optical ring comprising 50 switches, the network will be
reconfigured after an error (cable break or switch failure) in less
than 0.3 seconds. The connected data terminals remain unaffected by the changes in the network and logical connections
are not disconnected. Control over the process or application is
assured at all times.
In addition to implementing high-speed media redundancy in
the ring, SIMATIC NET switches also offer the functions required
for high-speed redundant coupling of rings or network segments. Network segments in any topology or rings can be
coupled over two switches.
S7-400
Operator Station
PC
S7-400
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
Switch
SCALANCE
X-400
PC
S7-400
Fiber Optic
S7-300
PC
SCALANCE X
204-2
PC
S7-400
PC
S7-300
G_IK10_XX_10093
S7-400
S7-400
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the optical ring
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/11
Introduction
Topologies
S7-400
Operator Station
PC
S7-400
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
Switch
SCALANCE
X-400
PC
S7-400
Twisted Pair
S7-300
PC
Switch
SCALANCE X208
PC
S7-400
PC
S7-400
S7-300
S7-400
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the electrical ring
2/12
Siemens IK PI 2007
G_IK10_XX_10101
Introduction
Topologies
2
S7-400
Operator Station
S7-400
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
PC
S7-400
Switch
SCALANCE
X206-1
Switch
SCALANCE
X206-1
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300
Switch
SCALANCE X208
IPC
PC
S7-400
S7-400
Maximum cable length for 100 Mbit/s:

electrical ring circuit: 100 m
optical ring circuit
(multimode): 3000 m
S7-300
G_IK10_XX_10113
IPC
S7-400
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the mixed ring
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/13
Introduction
Topologies
S7-400
S7-300
S7-400
S7-300
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Industrial Ethernet
PC
S7-400
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
SCALANCE
X208
IPC
PC
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1LD
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10054
IPC
Electrical ring topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD
SCALANCE X-400
S7-300 with CP 343-1
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
Access Point
SCALANCE
W-788-1PRO
Industrial
Ethernet
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
SCALANCE
X206-1
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
Field PG with
CP 7515
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10056
Star topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD and remote SCALANCE W Access Point
2/14
Siemens IK PI 2007
Introduction
Topologies
Redundancy with the Spanning Tree algorithm
Optical cabling with POF/PCF or glass fiber optic cable
The Spanning Tree algorithm is described in the IEEE 802.1d

standard; it organizes any number of meshed Ethernet structures comprising bridges and switches.
Fiber optic cables are always recommended as an alternative to

copper cables in environments subject to strong electromagnetic interference (EMI) if reliable equipotential bonding cannot
be guaranteed, if the system is in the open air, or if no EMI is
desired.
To prevent data packages circulating in the network, in the case

of closed meshes different connections are switched to standby
so that an open tree structure results from the meshed structure.
The bridges/switches communicate for this purpose using the
Spanning Tree protocol. This protocol is extremely complex because it has to handle any type of network structure.
The organization of network structures with the Spanning Tree
protocol can take from 30 to 60 seconds. During this period,
productive communication for reliable visualization or process
control in the network is not possible.
Glass fiber optic cables are used to establish optical network

topologies covering long distances, while for shorter distances,
plastic fiber optic cable made of light-conducting plastics like
polymer optical fiber (POF), or plastic covered glass fibers such
as polymer cladded fiber (PCF), are used. Simple fiber optic
cabling for machine-level use is implemented with the new
SC RJ connection system for polymer optical fiber and PCF.
The SC RJ connectors can be assembled especially quickly and
simply on-site. The plastic fiber optic cables designed for this
purpose can be used universally or specifically in festoon cable
systems.
In the time-optimized variant "Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning

Tree according to IEEE 802.1, the time is shortened to a few
seconds for up to 10 series-connected switches. For connecting
to office networks, some SIMATIC NET switches support the
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol.
For optical PROFINET networking, products with POF or PCF

connection are used, e.g. the Industrial Ethernet Switch
SCALANCE X200-4P IRT, ET 200S distributed I/O or the
SCALANCE X101-1POF media converter.
Switched network
Switched industrial networks can be configured electrically or
optically with a linear, star or ring structure or, with SCALANCE
X-200, mixed together.
They are constructed with SCALANCE X switches or with OSM
and ESM. Fiber-optic conductors or Twisted Pair cables are
used as the transmission media between the switches.
Data terminals or network segments are connected over twistedpair cables or polymer optical fiber (POF) . Switched networks
can be of any size. The signal propagation times must be taken
into account at distances over 150 km.
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 243-1
Media-Converter
SCALANCE
X101-1POF
HMI
ET 200pro
POFLWL
IE Standard Cable
POF-FO cable
POF-FO cable
POF-FO cable
Industrial Ethernet
Switch
SCALANCE
X200-4P IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2P IRT
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
G_IK10_XX_10176
PROFINET
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
Mixed network with SCALANCE X202-2P IRT and SCALANCE X101-1POF media converter
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/15
Introduction
Topologies
Operator Station (OS)
OS
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SIMATIC IT
SIMATIC Batch
OS
Engineering Station (ES)
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
1 Gbit/s terminal bus
OS Server
(redundant)
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
11 Gbit/s
Gbit/s plant
plant bus
bus
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch SCALANCE X414-3E
S7-300
S7-400H
redundant
contoller
Use of the SCALANCE X switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7
2/16
Siemens IK PI 2007
ET 200M
Manufactoring cell
G_IK10_XX_10079
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
Fail-safe wireless communication with PROFIsafe

For several years, safety engineering has been integrating into
standard automation on the basis of SIMATIC S7 controllers,
PROFIBUS and PROFIsafe.
This range has been expanded by PROFINET-enabled components, thus providing a complete product range with failsafe
controllers, failsafe I/O and a corresponding engineering
environment.
PROFIsafe prevents errors such as address corruption, loss,

delay, etc., when transmitting messages through continuous
numbering of the PROFIsafe data, time monitoring, and authenticity monitoring using passwords or optimized cyclic redundancy check (CRC).
Fail-safe communication is also supported via wireless LAN.
Internet
HMI
Safety
Controller
Fail-safe communication
via PROFIsafe profile
Controller
Security
Switch
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
PN-/PNCoupler
ET 200pro
Distributed I/O
Proxy
HMI
Access
Point
Proxy
Machine
Vision
Motion Control
Other fieldbuses
PROFIBUS
SINAMICS
G120
Distributed I/O
G_IK10_XX_30118
Fail-safe wireless communication with PROFIsafe
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/17
Introduction
Overview
Twisted-pair network
Fiber optic network
Wireless link
Flexibility of the network topology

Suitability for high data rates
1)
1)
Networking between buildings

EMC
Simple cable laying
Range of cables for special applications
Cables for indoor area;

trailing cable; marine cable;
FastConnect cables
Cables for indoor and

outdoor area; trailing cable;
halogen-free cables
Effect of power failure
Failure of a subnet
Failure of a subnet
Effect of connection failure
Network breaks down into

two subnets that function 3)
in isolation
4)
2)
Network breaks down into

two subnets that function
in isolation
Failure of a subnet
2)
3)
5)
up to 150 km:
over 150 km observe
signal runtime
1000 m per segment
100 m
3000 m
50 m POF
100 m PCF
multimode
26000 m singlemode
30 m indoor per segment

100 m outdoor per segment
100 m
3000 m
multimode
50 m POF
100 m PCF
26000 m singlemode
100 m feeder cable to

access point
Pre-assembled cables
yes
yes
On-site assembling
without special tool;

FastConnect system
with special tool
with trained staff
Integrated diagnostics support
LEDs; signal contact;

SNMP network management;
Web-based management,
PROFINET diagnosis
LEDs; signal contact;

Web-based management,
PROFINET diagnosis
LEDs;
Web-based management
Redundant network structures
Electrical ring or doubling of

the infrastructure
(linear bus, star, tree)
Optical ring or doubling of the

infrastructure
(linear bus, star, tree)
multiple illumination
Max. length of the network

Max. distance between two
network nodes/Access Points
Max. length of connection cable
Well-suited
suitable
not suitable
Connection criteria
2/18
2)
Siemens IK PI 2007
5000 m
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Suitable for 10 Mbit/s and 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s

Protection against subnet failure using redundant voltage supply
no effect in ring structure
depending on the network components used
depending on the antenna used
G_IK10_XX_10013
Introduction
2
Twisted Pair Networks
Fiber Optic Networks
Wireless Link
Star, linear bus, ring, tree
Star, linear bus, ring, tree
Wireless network
FastConnect cables
ITP-Standard Cable
TP Cord
FO Standard Cable
FO Ground Cable
FO Trailing Cable
POF Standard Cable
POF Trailing Cable
PCF Standard Cable GP
PCF Trailing Cable GP
PCF Trailing Cable
Over FC RJ45 Plug and

FastConnect cables
ITP Standard Cable
ITP XP Standard Cable
TP Cord, TP XP Cord
TP Converter Cord
FO Standard Cable
FO Ground Cable
FO Trailing Cable
POF Standard Cable
POF Trailing Cable
PCF Trailing Cable
Terminal connection over OMC
Over RJ45 Plug and

FastConnect cables
ITP Standard Cable
ITP XP Standard Cable
TP Cord, TP XP Cord
TP Converter Cord
Outlet RJ45
FC Stripping Tool
FC RJ45 Plug
FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
9-pin ITP Sub-D connector
15-pin ITP Sub-D connector
BFOC connectors
further components
on request
SC connectors
SC RJ connectors
Antennas
(incl. RCoax Cable)
Not relevant since twisted-pair

only used in the indoor area
Not applicable
Lightning protector
Transmission media
Device connection
Tools and accessories
Lightning converter
Manual for TP and fiber optic networks

Documentation
Included in SCALANCE W
scope of supply
G_IK10_XX_10014
Network topology
Network types and components
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/19
PROFINET
Introduction
Overview
PROFINET The open standard for automation
(PROFINET IO) distributed field devices

PROFINET IO enables distributed field devices (IO devices
such as signal modules) to be connected directly to Industrial
Ethernet. During configuration with STEP 7, these field devices
are assigned to a central controller (so-called IO-Controller).
Existing modules or devices can continue to be used with
PROFINET-compatible interfaces or links, which safeguards
existing investments by PROFIBUS or AS-Interface users.
A configuration with standard and failsafe modules in one station
is also possible.
An IO Supervisor serves HMI and diagnostics purposes as on
PROFIBUS using hierarchical diagnostics dialogs (overview
and detailed diagnostics). User data are transferred via real-time
communication. Configuration and diagnostics are handled
using TCP/IP or IT standards. The simple engineering for
PROFINET, field-proven with PROFIBUS, was adopted here.
From the viewpoint of programming with STEP 7 there is no
difference between PROFIBUS and PROFINET when accessing
an I/O device. Users can thus very easily configure field devices
on Industrial Ethernet on the basis of the know-how acquired
with PROFIBUS.
PROFINET is the innovative and open Industrial Ethernet

standard (IEC 61158) for industrial automation. With PROFINET,
devices can be linked up from the field level through to the
management level.
PROFINET enables system-wide communication, supports
plant-wide engineering and uses the IT standards right down to
the field level. Fieldbus systems such as PROFIBUS can be
easily integrated without any modification of existing devices.
PROFINET takes account of the following aspects:
Real-time communication
PROFINET is based on Industrial Ethernet and uses the standard TCP/IP (Transport Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) for
parameterization, configuration and diagnosis. Real-time communication for the transmission of useful/process data is performed on the same line. PROFINET devices can support the
following real-time properties:
Real-time (RT) uses the option of prioritizing and optimizing the
communication stacks of the stations. This makes high-performance data transmission possible with standard network components in the field of automation.
Isochronous real-time (IRT) For especially demanding tasks, the
hardware-supported real-time communication isochronous realtime (IRT) is available for example, for motion control applications and high-performance applications in factory automation.
The ERTEC (Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller) ASICs
support both real-time properties This is the basic technology for
integrated system solutions using PROFINET. In addition to
being integrated into Siemens Products, the ERTEC technology
is also made available to other manufacturers. The development
of own devices is supported in the form of Development Kits and
Competence Centers.
By retaining the device model of PROFIBUS, the same diagnostics information is available on PROFINET. As well as device
diagnostics, module-specific and channel-specific data can
also be read out from the devices, enabling simple and fast
location of faults.
Alongside the star, tree and ring topologies, PROFINET also consistently supports the line topology shaped by established fieldbuses. By integrating switch functionality into the devices, as on
the S7-300 with CP 343-1, for example, or the SIMATIC ET 200S
or ET 200pro distributed field devices, line topologies that are
oriented around the machine or plant structure can be formed in
the familiar way. This results in savings in cabling overhead and
cuts down on components such as external switches.
In addition to the products in degree of protection IP20, a
complete portfolio is available for IP65, such as the ET 200pro
field device or the SCALANCE X208PRO switch.
Control
IO controller
PG/PC
Supervisor
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET
ET 200S
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
Field devices
IO devices
IE/PB
Link
PN IO
IE/AS-i
LINK
PN IO
Machine
Vision
ET 200pro
PROFIBUS
AS-Interface
PROFINET with distributed field devices
2/20
Siemens IK PI 2007
G_IK10_XX_30103
PROFINET
Introduction
Fieldbus integration
PROFINET permits easy integration of existing fieldbus systems.
This requires the use of a proxy, which is a master on the
PROFIBUS or AS-Interface system on the one hand and a station
on Industrial Ethernet on the other hand and which supports
PROFINET communication. This protects the investments of
plant operators, mechanical and plant engineers, and device
manufacturers.
Motion Control
On the basis of PROFINET and using isochronous real-time (IRT)
it is also possible to implement very fast, isochronous drive controls for high-performance motion control applications without
any great expense. The standardized drive profile PROFIdrive
enables vendor-independent communication between motion
controllers and drives, regardless of whether the bus system is
Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS. Isochronous real-time communication and standard IT communication can be used simultaneously on the same cable without adversely affecting each
other.
Distributed intelligence and machine-machine communication (PROFINET CBA)

PROFIBUS International has defined a standard for implementing modular plant structures: PROFINET CBA (Component
Based Automation). Positive experiences have already been
made with modularization for machine and plant construction:
Frequently-required parts are ready-made and can be rapidly
combined into an individual unit when an order is placed.
With PROFINET CBA, modularization can be extended to the
automation engineering of the plant with the help of software
components.
Software components are understood to be encapsulated,
reusable software functions. These can be individual technological functions such as closed-loop controllers, or user programs
for entire machines. Like blocks, they can be flexibly combined
and easily re-used regardless of their internal programming.
Communication between the software components is carried out
exclusively via the component interfaces. On the outside, only
those variables are accessible on these interfaces which are
required for interaction with other components.
Software components are created with STEP 7 or other vendorspecific tools. SIMATIC iMap is used for plant-wide configuring
of the overall plant using graphical interconnection of the components. The degree of modularization does not determine the
number of programmable controllers required. Allocation to one
central programmable controller or several distributed controllers allows optimal utilization of the automation hardware.
STEP 7:
Configure devices, generate
user program
STEP 7:
Generate
PROFINET
components
Machine 1
ON
START
STOP
STARTING
READY
CLEANING
HELD
LIFESTATE
Machine 2
LAD
ON
START
STOP
STARTING
READY
FILLING
HELD
STATUS
LIFESTATE
SIMATIC iMap:
Graphically linked
components
Machine 2
Machine 1
ON
START
STOP
STARTING
READY
CLEANING
HELD
LIFESTATE
ON
START
STOP
STARTING
READY
FILLING
HELD
STATUS
LIFESTATE
Machine 3
ON
START
STOP
Machine 3
ON
START
STOP
STARTING
READY
LABELING
LIFESTATE
STARTING
READY
LABELING
LIFESTATE
G_IK10_XX_30102
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/21
PROFINET
Introduction
Network installation
IT standards & security
PROFINET enables the network to be installed without any specialist knowledge. The open standard based on Industrial Ethernet meets all the requirements relevant to the industrial sector.
PROFINET permits the simple construction of the usual network
topologies such as star, tree, line and ring for greater reliability
and using industry-standard cabling.
In the context of Web integration, the data of PROFINET components is presented in HTML or XML format. Regardless of the
tool used, information of the automation level can be accessed
from any point with a commercially available Internet browser,
thus significantly simplifying startup and diagnostics.
PROFINET defines a graded security concept that can be used
without specialist knowledge and that largely rules out operator
errors, unauthorized access and manipulation, without hindering
the production process. For this, the SCALANCE S product
range is available with software or hardware modules.
The "PROFINET Installation Guide" provides network installation

support for manufacturers and users. Symmetrical copper cable
or EMI-resistant fiber optic cable is used depending on the
application. Devices from different manufacturers are easily
connected via standardized and rugged plug connectors
(to IP65/IP67).
For address assignment and network diagnostics, PROFINET
uses the IT standards DCP (Discovery Configuration Protocol)
and SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol).
PROFINET offers new functions and applications for wireless
communication with Industrial Wireless LAN. This enables technologies subject to wear, such as contact wires, to be replaced
and permits driverless transport systems or personalized operating or maintenance devices to be used. Industrial WLAN is
standard-based but also offers additional functions that permit
the high-performance connection of field devices to controllers:
"Data reservation"
is used for reserving the bandwidth between an access point
and a defined client. This ensures high, reliable performance
for this client, regardless of the number of clients operated at
the access point.
"Rapid Roaming"
for the fast handover of mobile stations between different access points.
These expansions to the standard enable high-performance
wireless applications with PROFINET and SCALANCE W right
down to the field level.
2/22
Siemens IK PI 2007
Safety
The PROFIsafe safety profile, which has been tried and tested
with PROFIBUS and which permits the transmission of standard
and safety-related data on a single bus cable, can also be used
with PROFINET. Standard switches, proxys and links can also be
used for failsafe communication. In addition, failsafe communication is possible via Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN).
PROFINET thus permits the implementation of standard and failsafe applications with integrated configuration throughout the
network not only when designing new plants, but also when
upgrading existing ones.
Process
PROFINET is the standard for all applications in automation. By
means of the PROFIBUS integration, it also includes the process
industry including hazardous areas.
Introduction
Overview
PROFINET CBA
Controllers
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
CPUs within a CBA component that allow data to be exchanged
with other components over PROFINET and, with the proxy,
over PROFIBUS.
WinAC Basis with PN option
Software PLC, based on WinAC Basis. WinAC PN
also acts as a proxy for PROFIBUS devices.
System connection for PG/PC

PN CBA OPC Server
Enables direct access to variables in PROFINET CBA components over
the OPC interface.
Routers
IE/PB Link
CBA proxy for integration of existing PROFIBUS devices
into a CBA application.
The IE/PB Link offers additional S7-and data set routing
Engineering Tools
System connections for SIMATIC S7 and SINUMERIK

CP 343-1
Communications processor for integrating an existing S7-300
or SINUMERIK 840D powerline into a CBA application.
SIMATIC iMap
Multi-vendor software for graphic configuring of communication
between components.
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 443-1 Advanced
Communications processors with integral switch
(CP 443-1 Advanced only) for integrating a SIMATIC S7-300/S7-400
or SINUMERIK 840D powerline (CP 343-1 Advanced only)
into a CBA application.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/23
Introduction
PROFINET IO
Controllers
Motion Control & Drives
CPU 315-2 PN/DP

CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
CPU as IO-Controller for processing the process signals
and for directly connecting field devices to Industrial Ethernet.
System connections for SIMATIC S7 and SINUMERIK
CP 343-1
Communications processor for connection of the S7-300 or a
SINUMERIK 840D powerline to Industrial Ethernet. Field devices are
connected as IO-Devices via S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet using this.
CP 343-1 Advanced
CP 443-1 Advanced
Communications processors with integral switch
(CP 443-1 Advanced only) as IO controller for
system connection of field devices to SIMATIC S7-300/S7-400
or a SINUMERIK 840D powerline (CP 343-1 Advanced only).
System connection for PG/PC
CBE 20, CBE 30

CBE 20 or CBE 30 are the PROFINET boards for connecting
SINAMICS S120 or SIMOTION D to PROFINET.
MCI-PN
SIMOTION P, the PC-based version of SIMOTION,
is linked to PROFINET with MCI-PN.
Engineering Tools
STEP 7 or SIMOTION SCOUT
For project design in the tried and tested PROFIBUS manner.
SINEMA E
for planning, simulating and configuring industrial WLAN
applications in accordance with the 802.11 a/b/g standard.
Technology components
ERTEC 400
Ethernet controller with integral 4-port switch, ARM 946 RISC
and PCI interface, data processing for Real-Time (RT) and
Isochronous Real-Time (IRT) on PROFINET.
CP 1616
PCI module for connecting PGs/PCs to Industrial Ethernet
with ASIC ERTEC 400 and integral 4-port real-time switch
Use both as IO controller and as IO device.
ERTEC 200
Ethernet controller with integral 2-port switch, ARM 946 RISC,
data processing for Real-Time (RT) and Isochronous Real-Time (IRT)
on PROFINET.
CP 1604
PC/104-Plus module for connecting PC/104-Plus systems and
SIMATIC Microbox with PC/104-Plus connection to Industrial Ethernet
with ASIC ERTEC 400 and integral 4-port real-time switch
Use both as IO controller and as IO device.
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO development kit

DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO development kit
The Development Kits support the development of proprietary
PROFINET IO devices.
DK-16xx PN IO development kit

Software Development Kit for CP 1616 and CP 1604 with LINUX driver
as source code for porting to PC-based operating systems.
SOFTNET PN IO
Communications software for operation of a PC/workstation
as IO-Controller.
Routers
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
PROFINET proxy for transparent interfacing of existing
PROFIBUS devices to an I/O controller via Industrial Ethernet Wireless
LAN (IWLAN).
IE/PB Link PN IO
PROFIBUS devices to an I/O controller via Industrial Ethernet.
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
AS-Interface slaves to an I/O controller via Industrial Ethernet.
Distributed I/Os
IM 151-3 PN
Interface modules for direct coupling of the ET 200S as IO device, with
integral 2-port switch for line configuration (also via fiber optic cable).
IM 154-4 PN
Interface module for direct connection of the ET 200pro as IO device,
with integral switch for line configuration in high degree of protection
(IP65/IP67).
2/24
Siemens IK PI 2007
PROFINET IO Development Kit

Development package based on standard Ethernet processor for developing proprietary PROFINET IO devices.
Image processing systems
VS120
Vision Sensor as IO device for inspection of objects.
VS130-2
Vision sensor as I/O device for reading 2D codes.
Network components
SCALANCE X204-2
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
SCALANCE X204-2LD
SCALANCE X204IRT
SCALANCE X206-1
SCALANCE X200-4P IRT
SCALANCE X206-1LD
SCALANCE X208
SCALANCE X208PRO
Industrial Ethernet switches for establishing different network structures,
from machine-level applications right up to networked plant sections
with strict real-time requirements.
IE devices
with SC RJ
connection
G_IK10_XX_10007
o p t i c a l
c a
IE TP Cord 2x2
IE TP Cord 4x2
ITP cables
ITP connecting
cables
Hybrid cables
Energy cables
Fiber-optic (FO)
cables
50/125 m
Fiber-optic cables
62,5/125 m
PCF FO cables
200/230 m
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45
IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45
ITP Standard Cable
ITP FRNC Cable
ITP Standard Cable 9/15
ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9
ITP FRNC Cable 9/15
Hybrid cable 2x2 + 4x0,34
Energy Cable 2 x 0,75
FO Standard Cable GP
FO Trailing Cable
FO Trailing Cable GP
FO Ground Cable
Fiber Optic Standard Cable
INDOOR Fiber Optic Indoor Cable
Flexible Fiber Optic Trailing Cable
SIENOPYR Marine Duplex Fiber Optic Cable
PCF Trailing Cable
Siemens IK PI 2007
Prefabricated fiber-optic cables

with SC RJ connector
POF Standard Cable GP

POF Trailing Cable

with SC connector
Fiber-optic cables
with
BFOC connector
Fiber-optic cables
with
SC connector
POF FO cables
980/1000 m
Fiber-optic cables
with
SC RJ connector
IE FC Cable 2x2
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2x2

IE FC Flexible Cable GP 2x2
IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2
IE FC Torsion Cable GP 2x2
IE FC Trailing Cable 2x2
IE FC Marine Cable 2x2

with BFOC connector
IE FC Cable 4x2
Summary of network components
Overview
Industrial Ethernet (IE)
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
IE FC RJ45
Plug
90/145/180
M12A coded
power
connector B coded
IP67 hybrid
connector
ITP connector
9-pin/
15-pin
IE devices
with Sub-D
connection
Devices
with RJ45
connection
BFOC
connector
IE devices
with BFOC
connection
SC
connector
IE devices
with SC
connection
SC RJ
connector
2/25

Overview of Twisted Pair
Overview
Application
Structured cabling
Structured cabling to ISO IEC 118011/EN 50173 describes the
non-application-specific, tree-like cabling of building complexes for IT purposes. A site is subdivided into the following
areas:
- primary area (connecting the buildings of a site)
- secondary area (connecting the floors of a building)
- tertiary area (IT connection of data terminals on a floor)
The structured cabling that can be achieved with the Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect System corresponds to the structure of
the tertiary cabling in accordance with EN 50173 for Ethernet.
FastConnect Twisted Pair (FC)
For structured cabling in the production hall, the FastConnect
Twisted Pair cabling system is ideal. With the fast installation
system for Industrial Ethernet, structured cabling from the office environment not only becomes industry compatible for installation in the production hall.
FastConnect cables can also be assembled extremely quickly
and easily on site. The RJ45 cabling technique, an existing
standard, is also available in an industry-standard version that
supports structured cabling (patch cables, patch field, installation cables, connection socket, connecting cable).
With the IE FC RJ45 Plug and FastConnect cables as an alternative to structured cabling, up to 100 m cable length can be
achieved for a point-to-point link (requires less patch
technology).
ITP (Sub-D connection method)
For direct connection between stations and network components, the ITP Standard Cable is offered preassembled with
Sub-D plugs as a rugged connection system. This allows cable lengths of up to 100 m to be achieved without the need for
patches.
Benefits
Comprehensive product range for flexible wiring in industry
Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of
the outer sheath and braided shield in one step
Easy connection technique (insulation-piercing contacts) for
4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) Industrial Ethernet FC Twisted
Pair installation cables
Easy assembly of both cable types with the preadjusted FC
stripping tool
Reliable shield contacting and strain relief
IE FC TP Cable 2x2
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100/1000 Mbit/s
IE FC TP Cable 4x2
IE FC RJ45 Plug
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE TP Cord
1)
2)
1) All TP Cord types with a Sub D interface

2) IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 and IE TP Cord XP
Approvals
UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially
necessary for the American and Canadian markets.
The requirements for the appropriate approvals depend on
where the cable is routed within the building. This applies to
all cables which have to be routed from a machine to a remote
control cabinet and are positioned on cable racks secured on
the building. OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general
purpose cable).
Design
The FastConnect system comprises:
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables specially designed
for fast connection (UL and CAT5 PLUS certified) as FC Standard, FC Flexible, FC Trailing, FC Torsion and FC Marine
Cable.
Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the
outer sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in
one step
The prepared cable is connected in the FastConnect products using the insulation displacement method.
Integration
Active distributor,
e.g. SCALANCE X-400
Terminal device,
e.g. S7-300
Patch cable,
e.g. IE TP Cord
Connection cable,
e.g. IE TP Cord
Installation cable, e. g.
FC TP Standard
Cable 4 x 2
A+B < 10 m
A+B+C < 100 m
Connection socket,
e.g. IE FC Outlet RJ45
Structured cabling to EN 50173
2/26
Siemens IK PI 2007
Connection socket,
e.g. IE FC Outlet RJ45
G_IK10_XX_10061

Overview
Benefits
Comprehensive product range for flexible wiring in industry in

accordance with the innovative Industrial Ethernet standard
PROFINET (PROFINET Installation Guide 1))
Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of
the outer sheath and braided shield in one step
Easy connection technique (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) Industrial Ethernet
FC Twisted Pair installation cables
Easy assembly of both cable types with the preadjusted FC
stripping tool
Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on cover
Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing)
Mistakes are prevented thanks to color coding and the transparent contact cover
RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard
1) Available as a download under www.profinet.com
With the FastConnect (FC) system for Industrial Ethernet,

structured cabling from the office environment becomes
industry-compatible for installation in the production hall.
Time-saving, error-free installation on-site
RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard
The ideal solution for installation of RJ45 connectors in the
field area with 4-core (2 x 2) Industrial Ethernet FC cables
The ideal solution for installation of IE FC RJ45 modular outlets
to 8-core (4 x 2) Industrial Ethernet FC cables
Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated
Integrated system of FC plug-in connectors and an extensive
FC cable spectrum with appropriate UL approvals
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/27

Application
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect is a fast connection technique
for easy assembly of 4-core and 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC
cables.
After stripping the IE FC cable, it can be directly mounted either

in the IE FC RJ45 Plug (4-core), the IE FC Outlet RJ45 (4-core)
or the IE RJ45 Modular Outlet (8-core).
Measure the length of cable to be stripped by

resting the cable on the measuring template.
The end stop is formed by the index finger of
the left hand.
Insert the measured cable end in the tool.

The end stop for the insertion depth is formed
by the index finger of the left hand.
Fasten the end of the cable in the

stripping tool up to the end stop.
To strip the cable, rotate the stripping tool

several times in the direction of the arrow.
Remove the stripping tool still closed

from the end of the cable.
Remove the protective film from the cores.

G_IK10_XX_10021
Design
Function
The complete system:

Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables designed for fast
assembly; 4-core (2x2) Cat5e;
8-core (4 x 2) Cat6 certified, with appropriate UL approval, as:
- IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
- IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable
- IE TP Torsion Cable
- IE FC TP Marine Cable
User-friendly stripping technique with FC Stripping Tool
FC RJ45 Plug immune to interference (10/100 Mbit/s). The
rugged metal casing makes it an ideal solution for installing
RJ45 plug-in connectors to 4-core IE FC cables at the field
level.
The prepared cable is connected in the Industrial Ethernet
FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; 4-core) or IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; 8-core) using insulation displacement
2/28
Siemens IK PI 2007
The FastConnect stripping technique supports fast and easy

connection of the Industrial Ethernet FC cables
IE FC RJ45 Plug (10/100 Mbit/s)
IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s)
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
The data terminals and network components are connected at
the outlets over TP Cords.
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables are specially designed for use of the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping
Tool, with which the outer casing and the woven shield can be
stripped accurately in one step. The prepared cable is then connected using insulation displacement.
Approvals
necessary for the American and Canadian markets.
The requirements for the appropriate approvals depend on
where the cable is routed within the building. This applies to
all cables which have to be routed from a machine to a remote
control cabinet and are positioned on cable racks secured on
the building. OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general
purpose cable).

IE FC RJ45 Plug
Overview
Benefits
Ideal solution for installing RJ45 plug-in connectors in the field

level
Time-saving, error-free installation using the FastConnect system
RJ45 plug-in connector is resistant to interference thanks to
the rugged metal housing
Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated
A compatible system of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect plugin connectors and a comprehensive range of FastConnect
cables with the appropriate UL approvals and PROFINET
compatibility
S7-300
S7-200
Application
The compact and rugged design of the plug-in connectors allow
the FC RJ45 Plugs to be used in the industrial environment and
in equipment from the office environment.
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 Plugs support quick and
easy installation of the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect installation cables 2 x 2 (4-core Twisted Pair cables) in the field.
The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool for preparing
the cable end (stripping the cable sleeve and shield in one
action) supports easy handling and fast, error-free contacting of
the cable at the plug-in connector. Installation is also possible
under difficult working conditions because the plug-in connector
does not have any small parts that can be lost.
The new plug-in connectors enable point-to-point links to be implemented (100 Mbit/s) for Industrial Ethernet between two data
terminals/network components up to 100 m without the need for
patches.
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
S7-400
PC
NC
IE FC TP Cable 2x2
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 (Type A)

IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2x2 (Type B)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2x2 (Type C)
IE TP Torsion Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2x2 (Type B)
S7-300
S7-200
S7-400
PC
NC
Prerequisite: autocrossing
G_IK10_XX_10034
Implementation of direct device connections over distances of

up to 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC installation cable 2 x 2
without patching
Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core
Twisted Pair installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without the need
for special tools
Error-preventing connection technique thanks to visible connection area as well as colored blade terminals
Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing, no easily
lost small parts)
Integrated strain-relief for installation cables
Compatible to the EN 50173 (RJ45) / ISO IEC 11801 standard
Additional strain and bending relief of plug connector possible
through latching of plug on device housing, e.g. with
SCALANCE X, SCALANCE S, ET 200S.
Use of FastConnect cables with IE FC RJ45 Plug
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/29

IE FC RJ45 Plug
Design
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plugs are available in three designs:
With 180 (straight)
cable outlet
With 90 (angled)
cable outlet (SIMOTION
and SINAMICS only)
They are used for optimized connection of Industrial Ethernet

FastConnect cables to data terminals and network components.
The plugs have a rugged, industry-compatible metal housing
that provides optimum protection against faults in data
communication.
The 4 integrated insulation displacement contacts make contacting of the FC cable variants easy and prevent mistakes.
With 145 (angled)

cable outlet (for ET 200S)
After the stripped cable end has been inserted in the blade
terminal (which has been hinged open), it is pressed down for
reliable contacting of the conductors.
Thanks to their compactness, the plug-in connectors (IE FC Plug
180) can be used on devices with individual sockets and on
devices with multiple sockets (blocks).
Data terminals with an additional bracket on the housing provide additional tension and bending relief for the plug-in cable.
Function
The IE FC RJ45 Plugs are used to install uncrossed 100 Mbit/s
Ethernet connections up to 100 m without the use of patches.
Crossed cables can also be installed by swapping the transmit
and receive pair in a plug.
2/30
Siemens IK PI 2007
When the housing is open, color markings on the contact cover

make it easier to connect the cores to the blade terminals. The
user can check that contact has been made correctly through
the transparent plastic material of the contact cover.

IE FC RJ45 Plug
Ordering data (continued)
Interfaces
Connection of Industrial Ethernet
FC cables
RJ45 devices
4 x integrated insulation
displacement contacts
1 x RJ45 Plug
Transfer rate
100 Mbit/s; Cat5e
Network expansion parameter

TP cable length
0 - 100 m;
IE FC cables
(depending on cable type)
Perm. ambient conditions

Operating temperature
-20 C ... +70 C
Transport/storage temperature
-40 C ... +80 C
Relative humidity during operation <95%
Design
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
with Plug 180
with Plug 90
with Plug 145
Assembly
13.7 x 16 x 55
13.7 x 16 x 42
13.9 x 16 x 55.6
Weight
IE FC stripping tool for stripping

the IE FC cable
approx. 35 g
Degree of protection
IP20
Ordering data
Order No.
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

RJ45 plug-in connector for
Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
metal housing and integrated
insulation displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables;
with 180 cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
IE FC stripping tool
Preadjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC
cables
6GK1 901-1GA00
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
2 x 2 (Type A)
4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval
Sold by the meter
max. quantity 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
Preferred length
1000 m
6XV1 840-2AH10
6XV1 840-2AU10
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP
2 x 2 (Type B)
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
for occasional movement;
with UL approval; sold by
the meter; max. quantity 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2B
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type C)
for use in trailing cables;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2D
6XV1 840-3AH10
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
180/90 for use in trailing cables;
without UL approval; sold by
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2F
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
IE TP Torsion Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type C)
for use with robots;
minimum order 20 m
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2
(Type B)
180/90; marine approval;
sold by the meter, max. quantity
1000 m, minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-4AH10
1 pack = 50 pieces
IE FC Blade Cassettes (5 mm)

Replacement blade cassette for
the Industrial Ethernet stripping
tool; for use with IE FC RJ45
Plugs and Modular Outlet, 5 units
6GK1 901-1GB01
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
with 90 cable outlet; for ET 200S
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145

with 145 cable outlet;
for SIMOTION and SINAMICS
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0
Order No.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/31
IE connecting cable M12-180/M12-180/

M12 plug PRO
Overview
Benefits
Time-saving, error-free connection of end stations using preassembled connection cables

Simple assembly on site for application-specific M12 connecting cables using field-assembled M12 plugs
(IE M12 Plug PRO, D-coded)
Ordering data
Order No.
IE Connecting Cable
M12-180/M12-180
Pre-assembled IE FC TP Trailing
Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET
type C) with two 4-pole M12
plugs (4-pole, D-coded),
degree of protection IP65/IP67
Length:
Flexible connecting cables and plug-in connectors that can be

assembled in the field for transmission of data (up to 100 Mbit/s)
between Industrial Ethernet stations with degree of protection
IP65
0.3 m
6XV1 870-8AE30
0.5 m
6XV1 870-8AE50
1m
6XV1 870-8AH10
Industrial Ethernet connecting cable M12-180/M12-180

(D coded)
Pre-assembled connecting cable
(IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP) for connecting Industrial
Ethernet stations (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200pro and
SCALANCE X208PRO) with degree of protection IP65/IP67
For data transmission rates 10/100 Mbit/s
1.5 m
6XV1 870-8AH15
2m
6XV1 870-8AH20
3m
6XV1 870-8AH30
5m
6XV1 870-8AH50
10 m
6XV1 870-8AN10
15 m
6XV1 870-8AN15
Industrial Ethernet M12 plug PRO (D coded)

Industrial Ethernet M12 cable connector that can be assembled in the field for on-site installation of SCALANCE X208PRO
and IM 154-4 PN
Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core
twisted pair FC installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without the
need for special tools
Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing)
Integrated strain-relief for installation cables
IE M12 plug PRO

For assembly in the field, M12
plug-in connector (D-coded),
metal housing,
fast connection method,
for SCALANCE X208PRO and
IM 154-4 PN
Industrial Ethernet panel feedthrough

Control cabinet feedthrough for conversion from M12 connection method (D coded, degree of protection IP65/IP67) to
RJ45 connection method (IP20)
1 piece
6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0
8 pieces
6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA8
IE panel feedthrough
Control cabinet feedthrough for
conversion from M12 connection
method (D coded, degree of protection IP65/IP67) to RJ45 connection method (IP20)
1 pack = 5 pieces
6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5
More information
Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range can be
ordered from your local contact person.
For technical advice contact:
J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS
Tel.:+49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax.: +49(0)911/750 99 91
E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
2/32
Siemens IK PI 2007

Overview
Application
For the construction of Industrial Ethernet networks (4-core),

different cable types are offered to suit the different types of
application.
In general, the listed Industrial Ethernet FC cables IE FC Cable
2 x 2 must be used.
Note:
You will find other specifications of the network topology in the
manual for TP and fiber optic networks.
UL approvals
Different cable versions are offered with appropriate UL approvals for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the
specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.
These are identified as GP (General Purpose).
Design
Outer sheath
Foil shield
Benefits
Time savings thanks to quick and easy assembly with FastConnect cables 2 x 2 on the Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45
(10/100 Mbit/s) or Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 180/90.
Flexible application possibilities thanks to special bus cables
Network is immune to interference thanks to double shielded
cables and a uniform grounding concept.
Silicon-free, therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
Inner sheath
Braided shield
G_IK PI_XX_10033
For structured cabling in the factory hall; specially designed

for fast assembly
Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer
sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one
step
Connection to FastConnect products using insulation displacement
Exceeds Category 5 (Cat5e) of the international cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
PROFINET-compatible
UL approval
Different variants for different applications
- IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
- IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable
- IE TP Torsion Cable
- IE FC TP Marine Cable
High interference immunity thanks to double shielding
Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings
Single core sheath

Copper core
The FastConnect (FC) Industrial Ethernet cables IE FC Cable

2 x 2 are designed with radial symmetry and therefore allow the
use of the FC Stripping Tool The IE FC Outlet RJ45 and the IE FC
RJ45 Plug can therefore be attached quickly and easily.
The double shield makes it especially suitable for routing
through industrial areas with strong electro-magnetic fields
Easy connection to the insulation displacement contacts of the
FC RJ45 Plug without the need for special tools
System-wide grounding concept can be implemented through
the outer shield of the bus cable and through the grounding
concept of the IE FC Outlet RJ45
Printed meter marks
Cable types
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2:
Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast
installation;
four rigid cores connected in a four-branch star
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2:
Flexible bus cable for the special application of occasional
motion control; four stranded cores connected in a four
branch star
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP / IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2:
Highly flexible bus cable for the special application of constant motion control in a cable carrier, e.g. for continuously
moving machine parts; four stranded cores connected in a
four branch star
IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2:
Highly flexible bus cable for the special application of continuous motion control, e.g. for use with robots; stranded cores
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2:
Bus cable for marine applications; four cores (stranded) connected in a four branch star, halogen-free, certified for marine
applications
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/33

Design (continued)
Product overview IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2 (PROFINET-compatible according to PROFINET Installation Guide 1))
PROFINET Type A
PROFINET Type B
PROFINET Type C
AWG 22/1
rigid laying
AWG 22/7 flexible cable for

occasional movement
AWG 22
highly flexible cable for
continuous motion,
e.g. cable carrier or robots
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
6XV1 840-2AH10
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type B)
6XV1 870-2B
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2D
(Type C)
6XV1 840-3AH10
IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2F
(Type B)
6XV1 840-4AH10
1) Available as a download under www.profinet.com
Installation instructions
The bus cables are supplied by the meter with meter marks
printed on them.
FastConnect
With the help of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool,
it is possible to strip the outer sheath and shield of Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect cables 2 x 2 to the right length in one step.
The IE Outlet RJ45 and the PROFINET-compatible plug-in connector IE FC RJ45 can be connected quickly and easily to the
Industrial Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2.
Cable routing
During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends
sealed with a shrink-on cap; comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load.
2/34
Siemens IK PI 2007

Cable type 1)
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type B)
(Type C)
Application areas
Universal applications
Occasional movement
Trailing cables
Cable specification
Cat5e
Cat5e
Cat5e
at 10 MHz
typ. 5.2 dB/100 m
typ. 6 dB/100 m
6.3 dB/100 m
at 100 MHz
typ. 19.5 dB/100 m
typ. 21 dB/100 m
21.3 dB/100 m
100 15
100 15
100 15
typ. 50 dB/100 m
typ. 50 dB/100 m
50 dB/100 m
Electrical data (at 20 C)

Wave attenuation
Characteristic impedance
at 1 100 MHz
Near-end cross-talk attenuation
at 1 100 MHz
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz
10 m/m
100 m/m
20 m/m
Loop resistance
124 /km
120 /km
120 /km
Insulation resistance
500 M km
500 M km
500 M km
With IE FC RJ45 Plug, max.
100 m
85 m
85 m
With IE FC Outlet RJ45, max.
90 m
75 m
75 m
Cable type (standard designation)
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0.64/1.5-100

GN
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0.75/1.5-100 LI

GN
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0.75/1.5-100 LI

GN
Internal conductor diameter

(copper)
0.64 mm, AWG22
0.75 mm, AWG22
0.75 mm, AWG22
Core insulation
PE dia. 1.5 mm
PE dia. 1.5 mm
PE dia. 1.5 mm
Inner sheath
PVC dia. 3.9 mm
PVC dia. 3.9 mm
PVC dia. 3.9 mm
Sheath
PVC dia. (6.5 0.2) mm
PVC dia. (6.5 0.2) mm
PVC dia. (6.5 0.2) mm
Range
Mechanical data

40 C +70 C
10 C +70 C
25 C +75 C
40 C +70 C
40 C +70 C
25 C +75 C
Installation temperature
20 C +60 C
20 C +60 C
10 C +60 C
Permissible bending radius

Multiple bends
7.5 x dia.
8 x dia.
7.5 x dia.
Single bend
3 x dia.
5 x dia.
5 x dia.
Bending cycles
3 mill. 2)
Permissible tensile force
< 150 N
150 N
150 N
Weight
approx. 70 kg/km
approx. 68 kg/km
approx. 68 kg/km
Halogen-free
No
No
No
Behavior in fire
Flame retardant acc. to UL 1685

(CSA FT 4)

(CSA FT 4)

(CSA FT 4)
Oil resistance
Limited resistance
Limited resistance
Limited resistance
UL listing / 300 V rating
Yes / CM/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res
Yes/ CMG / PLTC / Sun Res
UL style / 600 V rating
Yes
No
Yes
UV-resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Fast Connect cabling
Yes
Yes
Yes
Silicone-free
Yes
Yes
Yes
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tests to DIN 0472

2) At a bending diameter of 200 mm
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/35

Technical specifications (continued)

Cable type1)
(Type C)
(Type C)
(Type B)
Application areas
Applications with robots
Trailing cables
Marine and offshore use
Cable specification
Cat5e
Cat5e
Cat5e
Wave attenuation
at 10 MHz
at 100 MHz
7.6 dB/100 m
41 dB/100 m
6 dB/100 m
22 dB/100 m
6 dB/100 m
22 dB/100 m
at 1 100 MHz
100 15
100 15
100 15

at 1 100 MHz
50 dB/100 m
50 dB/100 m
50 dB/100 m
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz
100 m/m
10 m/m
10 m/m
Loop resistance
120 /km
120 /km
120 /km
500 M km
500 M km
500 M km
Range
55 m
45 m
85 m
75 m
85 m
75 m
02YS (ST) C11Y 1 x 4 x 0.75/

1.5-100LI GN VZN FRNC
2YH (ST) C11Y 2 x 2 x 0.75/

1.5-100 LI GN VZN FRNC
L-9YH (ST) CH 2 x 2 x 0.34/

1.5-100 GN VZN FRNC
Mechanical data
Internal conductor diameter (copper) 0.76 mm, AWG22
0.75 mm, AWG22
0.75 mm, AWG22
Core insulation
PE dia. 1.5 mm
PE dia. 1.5 mm
PP dia. 1.5 mm
Inner sheath
dia. 4.6 mm
FRNC dia. 3.9 mm
FRNC dia. 3.9 mm
Sheath
PUR dia. (6.5 0.2) mm
PUR dia. (6.5 0.2) mm
FRNC dia. (6.5 0.2) mm

40 C +80 C
40 C +80 C
20 C +60 C
40 C +75 C
50 C +75 C
20 C +60 C
25 C +70 C
40 C +70 C
0 C +50 C

Multiple bends
Single bend
15 x dia.
5 x dia.
7.5 x dia.
3 x dia.
15 x dia.
6 x dia.
Bending cycles
2)
4 mill. 3)
130 N
150 N
150 N
Weight
approx. 54 kg/km
approx. 63 kg/km
approx. 68 kg/km
Halogen-free
Yes
Yes
Yes
Behavior in fire
Flame-retardant acc. to
IEC 60332-1-2
IEC 60332-1
IEC 60332-3-22
Oil resistance
Highly resistant
Highly resistant
Limited resistance
UL listing / 300 V rating
UL Style 21161
Yes / CMX
No
No
No
UV-resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Silicone-free
Yes
Yes
Yes
Approvals for use in marine vessels
American Bureau of Shipping

Lloyds Register of Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Bureau Veritas

2) Torsion-resistant cables for the following requirements: At least 5 million torsional movements along 1 m length of cable 180
3) At a bending diameter of 200 mm
2/36
Siemens IK PI 2007

Ordering data
Order No.
2 x 2 (Type A)
with UL approval;
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred length
1000 m
Order No.
Accessories
6XV1 840-2AH10
6XV1 840-2AU10
2 x 2 (Type B)
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
approval; sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2B
(Type C)
for use in trailing cables;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2D
(Type C)
180/90 for use in trailing cables;
without UL approval; sold by
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-3AH10
(Type C)
for use with robots;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2F
(Type B)
180/90; marine approval; sold by
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-4AH10
IE Hybrid Cable 2 x 2 + 4 x 0.34

Flexible cable, 4 x Cu Cat5,
shielded (0.75 mm) and 4 x Cu
(0.34 mm2) with IE FC modular
outlet and power insert and
IP67 hybrid plug connector;
sold by the meter; up to 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2J
cables
6GK1 901-1GA00

Replacement blade cassette
for the Industrial Ethernet
stripping tool; for use with IE FC
Outlet RJ45, ELS TP40, 5 pcs.
6GK1 901-1GB00

stripping tool; for use with IE FC
RJ45 Plugs and IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet, 5 pcs.
6GK1 901-1GB01
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90
with 90 cable outlet; for ET 200S
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145

with 145 cable outlet; e.g. for
SIMOTION and SINAMICS
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0
SIMATIC NET Manual Collection

Electronic manuals for communication systems, communication
protocols and communication
products; on CD-ROM;
German/English
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/37

Overview
Benefits
Time savings thanks to fast and easy mounting with

FastConnect cables 4 x 2 on Industrial Ethernet FC RJ 45
Modular Outlet
Structure of an 8-core gigabit-capable cabling system
Thanks to the 8-core cabling it is now possible to implement
2 Industrial Ethernet connections for Fast Ethernet, but in future it will also be possible to upgrade to a Gigabit Ethernet
connection
Network immune to interference thanks to integrated grounding concept
Application
8-core FastConnect installation cable for gigabit-capable
cabling system
Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer
sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one
step
Connection to IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet using insulation
displacement method
Satisfies Category 6 (Cat6) of the international cabling
standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
UL approval
2/38
Siemens IK PI 2007
The 8-core cabling system of SIMATIC NET allows transmission

rates of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for Ethernet as with the service-independent cabling from the office environment. This permits the
transition from the 4-core Industrial Ethernet cabling system to
the 8-core gigabit-capable cabling system.
For the construction of Industrial Ethernet networks (8-core), two
cable types are offered to suit the different types of application.
In general, the listed Industrial Ethernet FC cables IE FC Cable
4 x 2 must be used.
For further information on network configuration, see the TP and
fiber-optic network manual.
UL approvals
Two cable versions are offered with appropriate UL approvals for
laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.

Design
The FastConnect (FC) Industrial Ethernet cables IE FC Cable
4 x 2 are designed with radial symmetry and therefore allow the
use of the FC Stripping Tool The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet can
then be connected quickly and easily using insulation displacement without the need for special tools.
Integration
SCALANCE X-400
S7-300
IE TP Cord
Cable types
The bus cables are supplied by the meter with meter marks
printed on them.
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
2 x 100 Mbit/s
connection
PC
IE TP Cord
FastConnect
With the help of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool,
it is possible to strip the outer sheath and shield of Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect cables 4 x 2 to the right length in one step.
This allows the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet to be attached quickly
and easily to the Industrial Ethernet FC Cable 4 x 2.
IE FC Standard Cable 4x2
1 x 1000 Mbit/s connection
Cable routing
During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends
sealed with a shrink-on cap; comply with the permissible
bending radii and tensile load.
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
G_IK10_XX_10086
ET 200S
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE X-400
24 V DC
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
Power Insert
IE Hybrid
cable connector
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0,34

SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
G_IK10_XX_10087
IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 2:
Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast
assembly with appropriate UL approvals (general purpose) for
laying in cable bundles and on cable racks according to the
specifications of the NEC (National Electrical Code) Article
800/725.
System configuration with SCALANCE W
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/39

Ordering data
Cable type
IE FC TP Standard Cable
GP 4 x 2
Application areas
Universal applications
Cable specification
Cat6

Wave attenuation
at 10 MHz
at 100 MHz
at 250 MHz
6 dB/100 m
19.5 dB/100 m
33 dB/100 m
at 1 ... 250 MHz
100 15

at 1 ... 250 MHz
38.3 dB/100 m
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz
<10 m/m
Loop resistance
118 /km
5000 M x km
Range
Mechanical data
Order No.
4x2
FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for
universal applications; with UL
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2E
cables 4 x 2
6GK1 901-1GA00

stripping tool, for use with IE FC
RJ45 Plugs and IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet, 5 units
6GK1 901-1GB01

FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with interface
for a replaceable insert;
without the replaceable insert
with a replaceable insert
for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interface
for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interface
for 1 x 24 V DC and
1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA0
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
SF/UTP 4x2xAWG22
Cable diameter
9.6 mm +/- 0.3
Inner conductor diameter
0.64 mm, AWG22

(solid conductor)
Core insulation
PE
Inner sheath
PVC dia. 3.9 mm
Sheath
PVC, green

40 C +70 C
40 C +70 C
20 C +60 C

Multiple bends
Single bend
80 mm
55 mm
Bending cycles
180 N
Weight
115 kg/km
Halogen-free
No
Manual for TP and

fiber-optic networks
Paper version; network architecture, components, configurations, installation guidelines
Behavior in fire
IEC 60332-1
German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
Oil resistance
Limited resistance
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
UL approval
CMG, sun res, oil res
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
UV-resistant
No
FastConnect cable installation
Yes
Silicone-free
Yes
IE Manual Collection
products; on CD-ROM;
German/English
2/40
Siemens IK PI 2007
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3

Insert 2FE
Replaceable insert
for FC Modular Outlet Base;
2 x RJ45 for 2 x 100 Mbit/s
interfaces;
1 pack = 4 pieces
6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA1

Insert 1GE
Replaceable insert
for FC Modular Outlet Base;
interface;
1 pack = 4 pieces
6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA2

IE Hybrid Cable
Overview
Application
The IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 and the IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet with Power Insert can be used to supply remote stations
(e.g. Access Points SCALANCE W) simultaneously with data
(10/100 Mbit/s) and power. Installation costs can be considerably reduced since data and power are transmitted via a common cable.
A maximum of 80 m and additional 6 m of patch cable can be
covered between the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and the Access
Point SCALANCE W.
SCALANCE X-400
24 V DC
Industry-standard Industrial Ethernet hybrid cable for transmitting data (10/100 Mbit) and power (24 V/400 mA)
The IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 contains:
- Industrial Ethernet cable 2 x 2 Cat5e, shielded as twisted
quad (stranded, 4-core)
- four power cores 0.34 mm2 (stranded)
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
Power Insert
IE Hybrid
cable connector
Benefits
G_IK10_XX_10087
Simple installation thanks to insulation displacement connections in IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and hybrid connectors at
Access Point SCALANCE W
Reduced installation cost since remote stations
(e.g. SCALANCE W) are supplied via one single line
Halogen-free cables for universal use in the industrial and
office areas
Rugged, UV resistant industrial cable with UL approval
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Network structure including IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and Power Insert

for supplying Access Points SCALANCE W
Design
Rugged, halogen-free Ethernet hybrid cable with four shielded,
flexible data cores (AWG22, twisted quad) and four power cores
(0.34 mm2) for transmitting data and power.
The IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 is available in customized
lengths.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/41

IE Hybrid Cable
Cable type
1)
Ordering data
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34
Application areas
Cable specification
Data cores
Power cores
Cat5e
AWG22

typ. 7.5 dB/100 m
typ. 26 dB/100 m
at 1 ... 100 MHz
100 15
typ. 35.3 dB/100 m
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz
10 m/m
Loop resistance
120 /km
500 M km
Range
With IE FC RJ45 plug, max.
Mechanical data
2YH (ST) C 2x2x0.75/1.5LI

LIH H 2x2x0.34/1.6GN FRNC
Cable length
80 m + 6 m IE TP cord
Cable diameter
Data cores
Power cores
8.5 mm
0.76 mm
0.76 mm, stranded
Core insulation
PE
Inner sheath
FRNC
Sheath
Data cores
Power cores
FRNC green
black/brown

-25 C +70 C
-25 C +70 C
-25 C +50 C

Multiple bends
Single bend
10 x
5x
Bending cycles
260 N
Weight
105 kg/km
Halogen-free
Yes
Behavior in fire
according to IEC 60332-1
Oil resistance
Limited resistance
UL approval
CMG/PLTC
Yes
UV-resistant
Yes
No
Silicone-free
Yes
2/42
Siemens IK PI 2007
6XV1 870-2J
Additional components
Wave attenuation
at 10 MHz
at 100 MHz

at 1 ... 100 MHz

Flexible cable, 4 x Cu Cat 5E,
shielded (AWG22)
and 4 x Cu (0.34 mm2) with
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet
and power insert and IP67 hybrid
plug connector;
sold by the meter
Order No.
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
6XV1 870-3QE50
1m
6XV1 870-3QH10
2m
6XV1 870-3QH20
6m
6XV1 870-3QH60
10 m
6XV1 870-3QN10
Twisted TP cable 4 x 2
with 2 RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
6XV1 870-3RE50
1m
6XV1 870-3RH10
2m
6XV1 870-3RH20
6m
6XV1 870-3RH60
10 m
6XV1 870-3RN10

With 2FE insert;
replaceable insert for
2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
With 1GE insert;

6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
With power insert;

1 x 24 V DC and 1 x 100 Mbit/s
interface
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
IP67 Hybrid Connector

Connector for connecting
SCALANCE W-700 to
Industrial Ethernet and
Power over Ethernet (PoE),
with assembly instructions,
1 item
09 45 125 1300.00
Order directly from:
HARTING Deutschland
GmbH & Co. KG
P.O. Box 24-51
D-32381 Minden
Tel. +49 571-8896-0
Fax. +49 571-8896-354
Email: de.sales@HARTING.com
Internet:
http://www.HARTING.com
Manual for IE TP and

Paper version
Network architecture,
components, configurations,
installation guidelines
German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
SIMATIC NET
Manual Collection
Electronic manuals for
communication systems,
communication protocols and
communication products;
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

Energy Cables
Overview
Benefits
Flexible application possibilities thanks to rugged cable

design
Silicon-free, therefore particularly suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
Application
For the construction of PROFINET/PROFIBUS networks, different
cable types are offered to suit the different types of application.
The listed power cables should always be used. They are used
for devices with degree of protection IP65/67 to connect the
signaling contact or 24-V supply of the SCALANCE X and
SCALANCE W components (power cable 2x0.75) and for the
power supply (power cable 5x1.5 for ET 200).
UL approvals
Different versions (5-core, 2-core) for different fields of
application
Rugged cable design for installation in industrial applications
UL approvals
As a result of appropriate UL styles, the cables can be used

worldwide.
Design
Rugged 2-core or 5-core cable with circular cross-section for
connection of signaling contact and power supply to IP65/67
components in industrial areas.
Cable types
The following cables with industrial capability are available for
connection of the power supply and signaling contact:
Power cable 2 x 0.75;
power cable for connection of signaling contact and 24 V supply voltage to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W components
Power cable 5 x 1.5;
power cable for connection of 24 V power supply of ET 200
using 7/8" plug connectors
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/43

Energy Cables
Cable type 1)
Power cable 2 x 0.75
Power cable 5 x 1.5
Application areas
Connection of signaling contact and 24-V power

supply to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W
Power supply of ET 200 modules with

7/8" power port
Operating voltage (rms value)
600 V
600 V
Power cores (stranded wires)

diameter
0.75 mm2
1.5 mm2
Current carrying capability

of the power cores
6A
16 A
Sheath color
Brown/blue
Black
L-YY2x1x0.75GR
L-Y11Y-JZ 5x1x1.5 GR
Sheath
Material
PVC
PUR
Diameter
7.4 +/- 0.3
10.5 + / -0.3
Color
Gray
Gray

-20 C +80 C
-40 C +80 C
-20 C +80 C
-40 C +80 C
-20 C +80 C
-40 C +80 C
Bending radius
Single bend
2.5 x dia.
2.5 x dia.
Multiple bends
6 x dia.
6 x dia.
100 N
500 N
Weight
approx. 70 kg/km
approx. 149 kg/km
Halogen-free
No
No
Behavior in fire
Flame-retardant
acc. to IEC 60332-1
Flame-retardant
IEC 60332-1
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Resistance to
mineral oils and grease
Limited resistance
Highly resistant
UV-resistant
Yes
No
Silicone-free
Yes
Yes
FastConnect cable installation
No
No
1) Electrical characteristics at 20 C, tests according to DIN 47 250 Part 4 or DIN VDE 0472
2/44
Siemens IK PI 2007

Energy Cables
Ordering data
Order No.
Power cable 2 x 0.75

Power cable with trailing
capability with 2 copper cores
(0.75 mm2) for connecting to
M12 plug-in connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1000 m,
minimum order quantity 20 m
6XV1812-8A
Power cable 5 x 1.5

Power cable with trailing
capability with 5 copper cores
(1.5 mm2) for connecting to
7/8" plug-in connector;
sold by the meter;
max. 1000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m
6XV1 830-8AH10
More information
Cable routing:
During storage, transportation and cable laying, keep both ends
sealed with a shrink-on cap.
Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load!
Note:
Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range
can be ordered from your local contact person.
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax. +49(0)911/750 99 91
Additional components
7/8" plug-in connector
Plug with axial cable outlet for
field assembly for ET 200, 5-core,
plastic enclosure,
1 pack = 5 items
Male pins
6GK1 905-0FA00
Socket insert
6GK1 905-0FB00
Signaling Contact M12 Cable

Connector PRO
Socket for connection of
SCALANCE X208PRO for
signaling contact; 5-pole,
B-coded, with assembly
instructions; 3 items
6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
Power M12 Cable Connector

PRO
Socket for connection of
SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC
supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded,
with assembly instructions,
3 items
6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
Power M12 Plug PRO

Plug for connection to
PS791-1PRO power supply
for 24 V DC supply voltage;
4-pole, A-coded, with assembly
instructions, 3 items
6GK1 907-0DB10-6AA3

on CD-ROM; German/English
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
7/8" Power T-Tap PRO

Power T-piece for ET 200
with two 7/8" socket inserts and
one 7/8" pin insert
1 pack = 5 items
6GK1 905-0FC00
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/45

IE TP Cord
Overview
Benefits
Easy connection of data terminals with an RJ45 connection to

the Industrial Ethernet FC cabling system with interference immunity (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
Fast, error-free start-up thanks to preassembled, factorytested patch cables
Easy cable installation thanks to small cable diameter
Color-coded RJ45 plug to distinguish between twisted and
untwisted cables
- Twisted: RJ45 plug red on both sides
- Not twisted: RJ45 plug green on both sides
Patch cable, available as preassembled cables

(max. length 10 m)
With 2 x 2 cores for 10/100 Mbit/s and 4 x 2 cores for
10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet
Small cable diameter
Category Cat5e (2 x 2) and Cat6 (4 x 2) of the international
cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
2/46
Siemens IK PI 2007

IE TP Cord
Application
Network
component
NC
S7-400
S7-300
Prepared IE TP Cord 2x2
PC
Plug
Network
component
Plug
Sub-D-9
RJ45
NC
Sub-D-9
RJ45
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
Prepared crossed IE TP Cord 2x2
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
Sub-D-15
RJ45
NC
Sub-D-9
RJ45
S7-400
S7-300
Plug
Network
component
Plug
S7-400
S7-300
Prepared crossed IE TP Cord 2x2
PC
Sub-D-15
RJ45
IE TP XP Standard Cable 15/15
Sub-D-15
RJ45
Plug
G_IK10_XX_10109
Plug
IE TP Cord can be used to directly connect individual components (10/100 Mbit/s)
Network
component
NC
prepared IE TP Cord 4x2
e.g. SCALANCE X-400
NC
Network
component
e.g. SCALANCE X-400
G_IK10_XX_10092
If components not supporting Autocrossing are used it is required

to use IE TP XP Cord between two network components or two terminals.
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 can be used to directly connect individual components (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/47

IE TP Cord
Design
Function
2 x 2 cores for 10/100 Mbit/s data transmission rate;

4 x 2 cores for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s data transmission rate
Two cores with two dummy elements twisted into a pair.
Each pair is encased in plastic film and shielded with a
plastic-clad aluminum foil
Outer woven shield around all pairs comprising tinned copper
wires
Plastic sheath (PVC)
IE TP Cord is available as a pre-assembled cable in the following
versions:
with 2 x RJ45 plugs
with 2 x RJ45 plugs, send and receive cables are twisted.
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
with one 9-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector
with one RJ45 connector and one 9-pole Sub-D connector,
send and receive cable are twisted
45 cable outlet
45 cable outlet; send and receive cable are twisted
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
with two 9-pole Sub-D connectors, send and receive cable are
twisted.
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
with one RJ45 connector and one 15-pole Sub-D connector;
this is used to directly connect data terminals with ITP interfaces to network components with an RJ45 interface.
twisted send and receive cable; used for direct connection of
a data terminal with 15-pole Sub-D connector to a data terminal with RJ45 plug.
IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45
with a 15-pole Sub-D socket with slide locking and an
RJ45 plug. A retaining clip clamps it in place. IE TP Converter
Cord 15/RJ45 2 x 2 is used to connect data terminals with
an RJ45 interface to the ITP cabling system, e.g. over the
ITP Standard 9/15 cable.
2/48
Siemens IK PI 2007
The flexibility of the cable ensures easy installation, for example

in a control cabinet, or to connect equipment in a control room.
The maximum length of an IE TP Cord is 10 m.
Adapter cables are used to connect devices with an ITP interface to devices with an RJ45 interface.
IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45 is used to convert an ITP interface
of a data terminal to the RJ45 interface.

IE TP Cord
Cable type
IE TP Cord 2 x 2

Attenuation
at 10 MHz
9 dB/100 m
8,6 dB/100 m
at 100 MHz
28.5 dB/100 m
28 dB/100 m
at 300 MHz
49.5 dB/100 m
50,1 dB/100 m
at 600 MHz
75 dB/100 m
73,5 dB/100m
at 1 to 100 MHz
100 15
100 15
at 10 to 600 MHz
100 6
100 10
at 10 MHz
80 dB
80 dB
at 100 MHz
72.5 dB
72,4 dB
at 300 MHz
65 dB
65,3 dB
at 600 MHz
61 dB
60,8 dB
at 10 MHz
10 m/m
10 m/m
Loop resistance
300 /km
290 /km
Coupling resistance
Mechanical data
LI 02YSCY 2x2x0.15/0.98 PIMF ICCS GN
LI02YSCH 4x2x0.15 PIMF GN FRNC

(copper)
0.5 mm stranded copper
0.5 mm
Outer diameter
3.7 x 5.8 0.2 mm
6.2 0.3 mm
Core diameter (AWG26)
0.98 mm
1,0 mm
-40 C ... +70 C
-25 C ... +70 C
-40 C ... +70 C
-40 C ... +70 C
0 C ... +50 C
0 C ... +50 C

Multiple bends
90 mm
45 mm
Single bend
40 mm
30 mm
Weight
approx. 33 kg/km
approx. 50 kg/km
Halogen-free
no
yes
Behavior in fire
Flame-retardant to DIN VDE 0472, Part 804,

Test Type B, IEC 60332-1
Flame-retardant to DIN VDE 0472, Part 804,

Test Type B, IEC 60332-1
Oil resistance
Conditionally resistant to greases and oils
Conditionally resistant to greases and oils
Silicone-free
yes
yes
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/49

IE TP Cord
Ordering data
Order No.
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1 870-3QE50
6XV1 870-3QH10
6XV1 870-3QH20
6XV1 870-3QH60
6XV1 870-3QN10
with 2 RJ45 plugs
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1 870-3RE50
6XV1 870-3RH10
6XV1 870-3RH20
6XV1 870-3RH60
6XV1 870-3RN10
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
TP cable 2 x 2
with one 9-pole Sub D connector
and one RJ45 connector
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
TP cable 2 x 2
with one RJ45 connector
and one Sub D connector
with 45 cable outlet
(not for OSM/ESM)
1m
Twisted TP cable
with one RJ45 connector
and one Sub D connector
with 45 cable outlet
(not for OSM/ESM)
1m
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
for direct connection of two
Industrial Ethernet components
with an ITP interface
with two 9-pole Sub D connectors
1m
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
TP cable 2 x 2
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
2/50
Siemens IK PI 2007
6XV1 850-2JE50
6XV1 850-2JH10
6XV1 850-2JH20
6XV1 850-2JH60
6XV1 850-2JN10
6XV1 850-2ME50
6XV1 850-2MH10
6XV1 850-2MH20
6XV1 850-2MH60
6XV1 850-2MN10
6XV1 850-2NH10
6XV1 850-2PH10
Order No.
0.5 m
1m
2m
6m
10 m
6XV1 850-2SE50
6XV1 850-2SH10
6XV1 850-2SH20
6XV1 850-2SH60
6XV1 850-2SN10

TP connecting cable 2 x 2
for connecting data terminals
with RJ45 interfaces
to the ITP cabling system;
with a 15-pole Sub D socket
with slide locking
and an RJ45 connector.
0.5 m
1m
6XV1 850-2EE50
6XV1 850-2EH20
IE FC Outlet RJ45
For connection Industrial Ethernet
FC cables and TP Cords; graded
prices from 10 and 50 units
With 2FE insert;
replaceable insert
for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
With 1GE insert;
replaceable insert
for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces
with power insert;
replaceable insert
for 1 x 24 V DC and
Paper version
network architecture,
mounting guidelines
German
English
communication products
on CD-ROM
German/English
6GK1 901-1FC00 0AA0
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
More information
6XV1 850-2RH10
6XV1 850-2LE50
6XV1 850-2LH10
6XV1 850-2LH20
6XV1 850-2LH60
6XV1 850-2LN10

Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91

IE FC Outlet RJ45
Overview
Benefits
Easy connection of network components or data terminals to

the Industrial Ethernet FC cabling system with interference immunity.
Time-saving, error-free installation thanks to FC cables and
preassembled TP Cords (10/100 Mbit/s).
Resistant to interference thanks to rugged metal casing and
flexible mounting possibilities (standard rail mounting, screw
fixing)
Preventing mistakes with the help of color markings
Application
Easy installation of structured Twisted Pair cabling.

Extremely fast installation thanks to insulation displacement.
Rugged solid metal module certified to Category 5.
Preventing mistakes with the help of color markings
The IE FC Outlet RJ45 is used as a transition from the rugged

Industrial Ethernet FC cables used in the industrial environment
to prefabricated TP Cord cables (10/100 Mbit/s) using an RJ45
socket.
By connecting several IE FC Outlet RJ45 devices in series, a
patch field can be constructed with the required connection
density (e.g. 16 outlets over 19 width).
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/51

IE FC Outlet RJ45
Application (continued)
Network component e.g. OSM
Plug
Plug
NC
Sub-D-9
RJ45
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC TP Cable 2x2
IE TP Cord 2x2
PC
Sub-D-15
RJ45
IE TP Cord 2x2
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2x2 (Type A)

IE FC Flexible Cable GP 2x2 (Type B)
IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC Torsion Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC Trailing Cable 2x2 (Type C)
IE FC Marine Cable 2x2 (Type B)
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
Network component
Plug
NC
Sub-D-9
RJ45
S7-300
Plug
Sub-D-15
RJ45
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
IE FC TP Cable 2x2
S7-300
IE TP Cord can be used for patch technology with IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s)
PC
IE TP Cord 2x2

If components are used that do not support autocrossing,

an IE TP XP cord must be used between two network components or two terminal units.
Siemens IK PI 2007
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE TP Cord 2x2
Sub-D-9
RJ45
IE TP Cord 2x2
IE FC TP Cable 2x2

IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
Plug
NC
IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE TP Cord 2x2
2/52
S7-400
Plug
Sub-D-15
RJ45
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
G_IK10_XX_10110

IE FC Outlet RJ45
Design
Function
The IE FC Outlet RJ45 has a rugged metal housing and satisfies

Category 5 of the international cable standard ISO/IEC 11801
and EN 50173. It is suitable both for mounting on rails and wall
mounting by means of four through holes.
The Outlet RJ45 can also be mounted behind a metal plate with
a cutout (e.g. in a control cabinet).
The Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45 is directly connected to

the Industrial Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2.
Prefabricated RJ45 patch cables (10/100 Mbit/s) are available
for the connection between the IE Outlet RJ45 and a network
component or data terminal.
The Outlet RJ45 has the following connections

4 insulation-piercing contacts for connecting the Industrial
Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2 (contacts are color coded)
RJ45 socket with dust protection cap for connecting different
TP Cord cables (10/100 Mbit/s).
Cabinet
Cabinet
ESM
ESM
TP80
Terminal
device
IE TP Cord
Cabinet
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
Terminal
device
G_IK10_XX_10112
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
System configuration with IE FC Outlet RJ45
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/53

IE FC Outlet RJ45
Integration
Building
Cabinet
Cabinet
S7-400
with
CP 443-1
S7-300 with CP 343-1
IE FC TP Standard Cable 2x2
Cabinet
Building
low EMC interferences
PC with
CP 1613
or CP 1616
OSM ITP62
Switch SCALANCE
X414-3E
FO
Building
very strong
EMC interferences
e.g. by
electro welding
PG
IE TP Cord
RJ45/RJ45
Server
IE FC
Outlet RJ45
Cabinet
Cabinet
S7-400 with CP 443-1
OSM ITP62
IE FC
Standard Cable
2x2
IE TP Cord
IE FC
Outlet RJ45
Cabinet
Workstation
IE TP Cord
RJ45/RJ45
IE TP Cord
IE TP Cord / IE FC Standard Cable 2x2

Configuration example with ITP, TP and fiber-optic cabling
2/54
Siemens IK PI 2007
S7-300
with CP 343-1
G_IK10_XX_10111

IE FC Outlet RJ45

IE FC Outlet RJ45
Interfaces
Connection of data terminals, network components
RJ45 socket

FC cables
4 insulation displacement terminals for all IE Cables 2 x 2
Assembly
DIN rail or wall mounting
Network expansion parameters/

FC cable length
0 90 m
with IE FC Standard Cable GP
0 75 m
With IE FC Flexible Cable/

IE FC Trailing Cable/
IE FC Marine Cable
0 45 m
with IE FC Torsion Cable

Storage/transport temperature
-25 C +70 C
-40 C +70 C
Construction
31.7 x 107 x 30
Weight
300 g
Twisted TP cable with one RJ45
connector and one Sub-D
connector with 45 cable outlet
(for OSM/ESM only)
1m
6XV1 850-2PH10
IE TP XP Cord 9/9
with an ITP interface with
two 9-pole Sub-D connectors
1m
6XV1 850-2RH10
IE TP Cord RJ45/15
TP cable 2 x 2 with
one 15-pole Sub-D connector and
one RJ45 connector
0.5 m
6XV1 850-2LE50
1m
6XV1 850-2LH10
2m
6XV1 850-2LH20
6m
6XV1 850-2LH60
10 m
6XV1 850-2LN10
6XV1 850-2SE50
IP20
Certification
complies with Category 5 of the

international cabling standards
ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
Twisted TP cable 2 x 2 with
one 15-pole Sub-D connector and
one RJ45 connector
0.5 m
UL listing
Yes
1m
6XV1 850-2SH10
2m
6XV1 850-2SH20
6m
6XV1 850-2SH60
10 m
6XV1 850-2SN10

TP connecting cable 2 x 2 for
connecting data terminals
with RJ45 interfaces to the
ITP cabling system;
with a 15-pole Sub-D socket
with slide locking and an
RJ45 connector.
0.5 m
6XV1 850-2EE50
1m
6XV1 850-2EH20

Paper version
mounting guidelines
German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
SIMATIC NET Manual

Collection
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Ordering data
IE FC Outlet RJ45
prices from 10 and 50 pieces
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
TP cable 2 x 2 with one 9-pole
Sub-D connector and one RJ45
connector
0.5 m
1m
Order No.
6GK1 901-1FC00 0AA0
6XV1 850-2JE50
6XV1 850-2JH10
2m
6XV1 850-2JH20
6m
6XV1 850-2JH60
10 m
6XV1 850-2JN10
with one 9-pole Sub-D connector
0.5 m
6XV1 850-2ME50
1m
6XV1 850-2MH10
2m
6XV1 850-2MH20
6m
6XV1 850-2MH60
10 m
6XV1 850-2MN10
TP cable 2 x 2 with one RJ45
connector and one Sub-D
connector with 45 cable outlet
(not for OSM/ESM)
1m
6XV1 850-2NH10
Order No.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/55

Overview
Application
The 8-core cabling system of SIMATIC NET allows transmission
rates of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for Ethernet and for the serviceindependent cabling from this office environment. Thanks to the
8-core cabling it is now possible to implement 2 Industrial
Ethernet connections for Fast Ethernet, but in future it will also
be possible to upgrade to a Gigabit Ethernet connection.
This implements the transition from 4-core Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect TP cabling system to the 8-core Gigabit cabling
system.
The FC RJ45 Modular Outlet base module can optionally be
equipped with three different replaceable inserts, as follows:
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE with
2 x RJ45 sockets for 100 Mbit/s systems
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE with
1 x RJ45 socket for 1000 Mbit/s systems
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert for SCALANCE W
IWLAN system with
1 x 24 V, 1 x RJ45 socket
Simple connection technology (insulation displacement contacts) for 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC twisted pair installation
cables (Cat6)
Safe connection technology thanks to visible connection area
Industry-standard design
- robust metal housing
- Dust covers
Wall and DIN rail mounting inside or outside control cubicles
thanks to IP40 protection
Good electromagnetic shielding and conduction due to metal
housing
Integral strain relief for 8-core installation cables
Replaceable inserts for
- 2 x Fast Ethernet connection
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE
- 1 x Gigabit Ethernet connection
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE
- 1 x Fast Ethernet connection, 1 x DC 24 V connection
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert
By replacing the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert, it is possible

to switch from network structures that are operated at transmission rates of 100 Mbit/s to structures with rates of 1000 Mbit/s.
Replacement of the cabling is not necessary (permanent cabling).
Like the 4-wire cabling system, the Gigabit cabling system with
the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet also takes the conditions in the
field of industrial automation into account. No special tools are
required for the assembly; the same FC stripping tool is used as
for the 4-wire system.
8-wire FC installations cables are used for the cabling (AWG 22):
IE FC Standard Cable 4 x 2;
for fixed routing as standard type for the IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet Inserts 2FE and 1GE
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 for the IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet with Power Insert
Max. distance which can be covered between two IE FC
Modular Outlets using IE FC Standard Cable is 90 m; the total
length of the patch cords to the terminal units at each end must
not exceed 10 m.
Benefits
Simple and fault-free assembly by means of integrated insulation displacement contacts with color coding
Time-saving and fault-free installation with 8-core Industrial
Ethernet FC TP installation cables
Universal application through replaceable inserts (use for
10/100 Mbit/s interfaces, one 1000 Mbit/s interface or one
DC 24 V voltage supply and 100 Mbit/s interface)
Large temperature range (-20 C to +70 C)
Security of investment, as 100 Mbit/s networks can be upgraded without difficulty to a 1000 Mbit/s network by replacing
the insert
2/56
Thus it is possible not only to implement individual device connections, but also 100 Mbit/s dual connections.
Siemens IK PI 2007

Application examples
Energy Cable
2x0,75
S7-400
PC
S7-300
FE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

Power Insert
IP67 Hybrid
cable connector
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 and 4x0,34

S7-200
IE TP Cord 2x2
SCALANCE W-700
G_IK10_XX_10035
NC
IE TP Cord can be used with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Power Insert (10/100 Mbit/s)
S7-400
S7-400
PC
PC
S7-300
S7-300
S7-200
S7-200
NC
NC

IE TP Cord
2x2
S7-400
S7-300
IE FC Cable 4x2
Insert 2FE
IE TP Cord
2x2
S7-400
Insert 2FE
PC
PC
S7-300
S7-300
S7-200
NC
NC
G_IK10_XX_10036
S7-200

IE TP Cord can be used with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Insert 2FE (10/100 Mbit/s)
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/57

Application examples (continued)

S7-400
PC
S7-300
NC
IE TP Cord 2x2
IE TP Cord
2x2
IE FC TP Cable 4x2
Insert 2FE
S7-200
S7-400
Insert 2FE
PC
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4x2
G_IK10_XX_10038
S7-300
S7-200

IE TP Cord can be used for patch technology with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Insert 2FE (10/100 Mbit/s)
SCALANCE X-400
PC
IE TP Cord
IE FC TP Cable 4x2
Insert 1GE
IE TP Cord
Insert 1GE
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4x2

IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 can be used for patch technology with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Insert 1GE (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
2/58
Siemens IK PI 2007
G_IK10_XX_10091

Design
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (base modules)
Robust metal housing, complies with Category 6 of the international cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
Suitable both for DIN rail and wall mounting
Thanks to its high degree of protection IP40, it can be
mounted directly on site
Ports:
8 insulation displacement contacts for connection of the
8-core Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables
Interface for insertion of a replaceable insert with one or
two RJ45 sockets or one RJ45 socket and one terminal for
24 V DC voltage supply (outlet insert, outlet power insert).
Mounting instructions
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/59

Function
The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet is connected directly to the
8-core Industrial Ethernet FC cables 4 x 2. Prefabricated RJ45
patch cables (TP cord) are available for the connection between
outlet and network component or data terminal. These conform
with Cat6 of the international cabling standards.
When housing is opened, colored markings on the contact element simplify connection of the individual wires to the insulation
displacement contacts.
SCALANCE X-400
In order to supply remote stations with power and data, the

IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Power Insert is connected to
the IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34. A maximum of 80 m can be
covered between the Outlet and the IP67 Hybrid Connector.
The connection between Outlet and data terminal can be established using a patch cable with a maximum length of 6 m.
SCALANCE X-400
S7-400
IE TP Cord
24 V DC
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
IE FC
Standard
Cable 2x2
IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
Power Insert
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
100 Mbit/s
connection
IE Hybrid
cable connector
PC
IE TP Cord
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and FC Outlet RJ45
SCALANCE X-400
S7-300
IE TP Cord
ET 200S
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 2FE
2 x 100 Mbit/s
connection
PC
IE TP Cord
1 x 1000 Mbit/s connection
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 100 Mbit/s

and 1000 Mbit/s
2/60
Siemens IK PI 2007
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
System configuration with SCALANCE W-700
G_IK10_XX_10087
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
Insert 1GE
G_IK10_XX_10085
1000 Mbit/s connection
G_IK10_XX_10086

Ordering data
Interfaces
Connection of data terminals,
network components
- FC RJ45
Modular Outlet Insert 2FE
- FC RJ45
Modular Outlet Insert 2FE
- FC RJ45
Modular Outlet Power Insert
FC cables
2 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s)
1 x RJ45 socket
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
1 x RJ45 socket
(10/100 Mbit/s)
1 x 24 V DC terminal
8 integral insulation
displacement contacts
Supply voltage
FC RJ45
Modular Outlet Power Insert
DC 19 V to DC 57 V
Installation
DIN rail or wall mounting

-20 C ... +70 C
-40 C ... +80 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95%

Construction
50 x 115.25 x 58.95
Weight
approx. 450 g
IP40
Certification
complies with Category 6 of the

international cabling standards
UL listing
yes

without replaceable insert
With 2FE insert;
With 1GE insert;
with power insert;
1 x 24 V DC and
Order No.
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA0
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3

Insert 2FE
Replaceable insert for
FC Modular Outlet Base;
interfaces;
1 pack = 4 pieces
6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA1

Insert 1GE
Replaceable insert for
FC Modular Outlet Base;
interface;
1 pack = 4 pieces
6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA2
IE FC Standard Cable 4 x 2
8-core FastConnect cable (Cat6)
for permanent wiring;
sold by the meter
6XV1 870-2E
IE Hybrid Cable 2 x 2 + 4 x 0.34

Flexible cable, 4 x Cu Cat5,
shielded (0.75 mm) and 4 x Cu
(0.34 mm2) with IE FC Modular
Outlet and power insert and
IP67 hybrid plug connector;
sold by the meter; up to 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1870-2J
Energy Cable
2-wire power cable;
stranded wire, 2 x 0.75 mm2,
can be trailed, sold by the meter;
up to 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
6XV1812-8A
IE TP Cord
8-core patch cable for
connection between
FC Modular Outlet base modules
and data terminal;
available in different lengths
see TP Cord
cables
6GK1 901-1GA00
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/61
Industrial Twisted Pair Cables/connectors
Overview
Industrial Twisted Pair cable

2 x 2 cores.
Two cores with two dummy elements twisted into a pair.
Each pair is encased in plastic film and shielded with two
aluminum-clad plastic films
Outer braided shield around all pairs made of tinned copper
wire.
Plastic sheath (PVC).
Industrial Twisted Pair cable

For constructing Industrial Twisted Pair (ITP) networks
Double cable shield for industrial use
Easy to lay
Low-cost connection of data terminals
Exceeds Category 5 of the international cabling standards
Available as standard type and as halogen-free version
(FRNC)
Industrial Twisted Pair connector
Connector is assembled on site with screw terminals without
the need for special tools
Data transfer is noise resistant thanks to
- rugged metal connector
- system-wide grounding concept
Fast, error-free installation using factory-tested preassembled
cables.
Benefits
Data transfer is noise resistant thanks to

double shielding with plastic and braided shield
System-wide grounding concept
Available as standard and hologen-free version
Design
2/62
Siemens IK PI 2007
The ITP Cable is available as a pre-assembled cable in the

following versions:
ITP Cable 9/15
with a 9-pole and a 15-pole connector. It is used to directly
connect data terminals with an ITP interface to Industrial
Ethernet network components with an ITP interface.
with two 9-pole connectors. It is twisted and used to directly
connect two Industrial Ethernet network components with ITP
interfaces.
with two 15-pole connectors. It is twisted and used to directly
connect two data terminals with ITP interfaces.
Network
components
Data terminal
Network components
ITP XP 9/9
ITP 9/15
Data terminal
ITP 9/15
ITP XP 15/15
Possible applications for pre-assembled ITP cables
Industrial Twisted Pair connector (9-pole)

Metal Sub D connector
Vertical outgoing cable
For connecting the 2 x 2-core installation cable to OSM or ESM
Easy assembly using a screwdriver.
Industrial Twisted Pair connector (15-pole)
Metal Sub-D connector
Variable cable outlet
For connecting the 2 x 2-core installation cable to a data
terminal
Internal plug-in jumper for automatic switchover from AUI to
Twisted Pair operation in SIMATIC NET CPs with integrated
Twisted Pair transceiver
Easy assembly using a screwdriver.
Function
With their double, particularly dense shield, the industrial
twisted pair cables are especially suitable for installation in
industrial environments subject to electromagnetic interference, e.g. for linking control cabinets.
An integrated grounding concept can be implemented
through the outer shield.
The ITP cable is flame retardant and has a copolymer outer
casing FRNC (Flame Retardant Non Corrosive)
The cables considerably exceed Category 5 of the international cabling standard. They can be implemented for up to
300 MHz and are suitable for Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s.
Ordering data
ITP Standard and FRNC Cable

Damping
at 10 MHz
at 100 MHz
at 300 MHz
5.7 dB/100 m
18.0 dB/100 m
31.0 dB/100 m
at 1 ... 100 MHz
at 100 ... 300 MHz
100 +/- 15%

100 +45% / -30%

at 1 ... 100 MHz
at 1 ... 300 MHz
80 dB/100 m
80 dB/100 m
Coupling resistance
at 10 MHz
Operating voltage
ITP Standard Cable fr

Industrial Ethernet
non-assembled, sold by the meter,
2 x 2-pole, without connector
for connecting a data terminal; for
customer assembly with connectors
or for the connection between the
patch field and the outlet
6XV1 850-0AH10
ITP Standard Cable 9/15

ITP installation cable for direct
connection of data terminals with
ITP interface to Industrial Ethernet
network components with
ITP interface; with one 9-pole and
one 15-pole Sub-D connector
2m
6XV1 850-0BH20
2 m /100 m
5m
6XV1 850-0BH50
160 V
8m
6XV1 850-0BH80
Mechanical data
12 m
6XV1 850-0BN12

Standard
FRNC
15 m
6XV1 850-0BN15
20 m
6XV1 850-0BN20
30 m
6XV1 850-0BN30
40 m
6XV1 850-0BN40
50 m
6XV1 850-0BN50
60 m
6XV1 850-0BN60
70 m
6XV1 850-0BN70
0.64 mm
80 m
6XV1 850-0BN80
5.3
90 m
6XV1 850-0BN88
100 m
6XV1 850-0BT10

twisted ITP installation cable
with an ITP interface with
two 9-pole Sub D connectors
2m
6XV1 850-0CH20
5m
6XV1 850-0CH50
8m
6XV1 850-0CH80
12 m
6XV1 850-0CN12
15 m
6XV1 850-0CN15
20 m
6XV1 850-0CN20
30 m
6XV1 850-0CN30
40 m
6XV1 850-0CN40
50 m
6XV1 850-0CN50
60 m
6XV1 850-0CN60
70 m
6XV1 850-0CN70
80 m
6XV1 850-0CN80
90 m
6XV1 850-0CN88
100 m
6XV1 850-0CT10

twisted ITP installation cable for
direct connection of two data terminals with an ITP interface with
two 15-pole Sub D connectors
2m
6XV1 850-0DH20
6m
6XV1 850-0DH60
10 m
6XV1 850-0DN10

(copper)
Outer diameter
Core cross-section acc. to AWG 22
Resistance (CV /100 m)
acc. to AWG 22
One time
Multiple bends
J-02YSCY 2 x 2 x 0.64/1.5 PIMF F

J-02YSCH 2 x 2 x 0.64/1.5 PIMF F
GN FRNC
0.64 mm
approx. 6.0 x 9.4 mm
(+0.3/-0.5 mm)
-40 C ... +80 C

-40 C ... +80 C
-25 C ... +80 C
approx. 48 mm (standard cable)
90 mm multiple (FRNC cable)
approx. 33 mm (standard cable)
60 mm single (FRNC cable)
80 N
Cu number
46 kg/km
Shield
coated plastic sheet

braid: tinned copper wires,
0.20 mm
approx. 90% cover
Weight
Standard
FRNC
Halogen-free
Standard
FRNC
Behavior in fire
Standard
FRNC
Oil resistance
Standard
FRNC
Silicone-free
approx. 90 kg/km
approx. 98 kg/km
No
Yes
flame-retardant to
VDE 0482-265-2-1
IEC 60332-1
flame-retardant to
VDE 0482-266-2-4
IEC 60332-3-24
Order No.
limited resistance to
limited resistance to
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/63

ITP FRNC Cable for
Industrial Ethernet
non-assembled, halogen-free,
sold by the meter, 2 x 2-pole,
without connector
for connecting a data terminal; for
customer assembly with connectors
or for the connection between the
patch field and the outlet
Order No.
6XV1 851-0AH10
More information
The installation cable is either supplied by the meter or with preassembled connectors. It can be used to connect a single data
terminal or two active network components (OSM/ESM).
On the network component side, 9-pole metal Sub-D connectors
are used, and on the device side, 15-pole connectors are used.
The 15-pole connectors contain a special plug-in jumper which
can be used by modules with integrated twisted pair transceiver
to switch from AUI to twisted pair operation.
ITP FRNC Cable 9/15

ITP installation cable for direct
connection of data terminals with
ITP interface to Industrial Ethernet
network components with
ITP interface; with one 9-pole and
one 15-pole Sub-D connector
2m
6XV1 851-1AH20
5m
6XV1 851-1AH50
8m
6XV1 851-1AH80
The maximum cable length of a laid ITP Standard Cable is 100 m

if connected directly.
12 m
6XV1 851-1AN12
ITP cables are intended only for use inside buildings.
15 m
6XV1 851-1AN15
20 m
6XV1 851-1AN20
30 m
6XV1 851-1AN30
Preassembled cables are used to connect data terminals directly to an active network component or for cascading active
network components.
ITP connector
ITP connector for
Industrial Ethernet, 9-pole
for connection to OLM/ELM and
OSM/ESM
6GK1 901-0CA00-0AA0
ITP connector for

Industrial Ethernet, 15-pole
for connection to data terminal
with ITP interface
6GK1 901-0CA01-0AA0
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1

communication products
on CD-ROM
German/English
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
1) Additional language variants and manuals can be found

with the various products under:
http:// www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net
Siemens IK PI 2007
Note:
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax.: +49(0)911/750 99 91
Email: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
Note:
Additional installation instructions can be found in the manual for
TP and fiber-optic-networks.
Manual for TP and

Paper version
mounting guidelines 1)
German
2/64
The ITP cables can also be ordered by the meter for on site assembly. 9-pole and 15-pole ITP connectors for assembly without
special tools are available for this purpose.

Overview of fiber-optic cables
Overview
Application
The fiber optic (FO) cable is used for transmitting signals with
the help of waves in the optical frequency range. The light beam
is guided by means of total reflection at the transition from the
core to the fiber material where there is a lower refractive index
than at the core.
The fiber optic cable is provided with a protective coating. The
term fiber is also often used for fiber-optic cable.
Design
Optical signal transmission

No radiation along the cable
Unaffected by external noise fields
No grounding problems
Electrical isolation
Low weight
Easy routing
For Industrial Ethernet and for PROFIBUS, optical cables with

glass fibers, PCF fibers (Polymer Cladded Fiber) and POF fibers
(Polymer Optical Fiber) are available:
Glass fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for fiber-optic networks indoors and outdoors
POF fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for POF networks indoors
PCF fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for PCF networks indoors and outdoors
Sheath material
Application
PVC
Standard use in indoor and

outdoor areas of industrial
applications
PUR
Highly mobile applications

(trailing cables) for high mechanical or chemical stress in harsh
industrial environments
PE
Routing of cables in moist areas

indoors and outdoors, and for
direct burying in earth
FRNC
Standard applications with high

fire protection requirements
Approvals
necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The requirements for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable
is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which
have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet
and are positioned on cable racks secured on the building.
OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general purpose cable)
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/65

Overview
Application
Marine duplex fiber-optic cable SIENOPYR
Halogen-free, non-crush, flame-retardant, marine-approved
fiber-optic cable for permanent installation on ships and on offshore platforms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter.
Fiber-optic indoor cable
Halogen-free fiber-optic cable, non-crush, flame-retardant, for
installation inside buildings (e.g. in production halls and in building automation). Supplied in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with
four BFOC connectors.
Fiber-optic standard cable
Fiber-optic cables for the following application areas indoors
and outdoors
For routing aboveground
For installation inside buildings.
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with four
BFOC connectors or four SC connectors.
Fiber-optic trailing cable
Used for the optical Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS

networks
Rugged design for industrial applications indoors and
outdoors
Halogen-free design for installation inside buildings
Trailing cable for the special application of forced motion
control
High immunity to noise thanks to insensitivity to electromagnetic fields
Available preassembled
Extensive approvals (UL)
Benefits
Easy routing with

- pre-assembled cables
- no grounding problems
- very light fiber-optic cable
Tap-proof
due to lack of radiation from the cable
Silicon-free;
therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry
(e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
2/66
Siemens IK PI 2007
Fiber-optic cables for the special application of forced motion

control, such as in continuously moving machine parts (in trailing
cables) indoors and outdoors. Two cable versions are available
for this application:
FO Trailing Cable;
Cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
FO Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
Cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
with UL approval
Fiber-optic outdoor cable
Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways) for use outdoors
with non-metallic protection against rodents for laying into the
ground.
Note:
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables

Application examples
2
SCALANCE X-400
Plug

with SC connectors
SC
connection
SCALANCE X-400
Plug
SC
connection
G_IK10_XX_10039
FO Standard Cable GP 50/125

FO Trailing Cable GP 50/125
FO Trailing Cable 50/125
FO Ground Cable 50/125
Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with SC connectors (1000 Mbit/s)
Network components
Network components
Plug
NC
BFOC
connection
Prefabricated fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors
Plug
NC
BFOC
connection
G_IK10_XX_10043

Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors (100 Mbit/s)
Design
In the respective applications, the maximum cable lengths must
be taken into account. Passive connection of different fiber types
is not permissible. The use of 50 m fiber is recommended for
future installations due to the greater range of gigabit Ethernet.
Use of the 62.5 m fiber is only recommended for existing network installations.
Outer sheath
Strain relief
through
aramid fibers
Single core sheath

Glass fiber
The following cable types are available in two variants,

50/125 m and 62.5/125 m:
100Base FX;
62.5/125 m fiber, 3000 m
100Base FX;
50/125 m fiber, 3000 m
1000Base SX;
50/125 m fiber, 750 m
1000Base LX;
50/125 m fiber, 2000 m
Cable types
G_IK PI_XX_10030
Loosely
buffered
fiber
50/125 m
62,5/125 m
FO Trailing Cable
FO Ground Cable
Fiber OPTIC standard cable
INDOOR Fiber Optic indoor cable
Flexible Fiber Optic trailing cable
SIENOPYR marine
duplex fiber-optic cable
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/67

Cable type
FO Ground Cable
Application areas
Universal cable for installation indoors and outdoors
Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways)

for use outdoors with non-metallic protection against
rodents for laying into the ground.
Delivery format
Sold by the meter; pre-assembled with 4 BFOC or

4 SC connectors

4 SC connectors
AT-W(ZN)YY 2x1G50/125
AT-WQ(ZN)Y(ZN)B2Y 2G50/125
Fiber type
Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 m
Damping
at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
Modal bandwidth
at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
600 MHz *km

1200 MHz *km
600 MHz *km

1200 MHz *km
Number of fibers
Cable design
Segmentable
Segmentable
Core type
Hollow core, filled
Hollow core, filled
Materials
Basic element
Strain relief
Outer sheath/color of cable
PVC, orange/black
Aramide fibers
PVC, green
PVC, orange/black
Aramide fibers
PE, black
2.9 mm dia.
4.5 x 7.4 mm
approx. 40 kg/km
500 N
65 mm
300 N/cm
2.9 mm dia.
10.5 mm 0.5 mm
approx. 90 kg/km
800 N
155 mm
300 N/cm
-5 C +50 C
-5 C +50 C
-25 C +80 C
-25 C +80 C
-25 C +75 C
-25 C +75 C
Behavior in fire
Flame-retardant acc. to IEC 60332-1
Halogen-free
Silicone-free
Yes
Yes
Resistance to mineral oils and

grease
Limited resistance
Highly resistant
UL/CSA approvals
OFN (NEC Article 770, UL1651)/

OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2 No232M1988)
UV-resistant
Yes
Yes
Rodent protection
Yes
Gigabit length
1000BaseSX
1000BaseLX
750 m
2000 m
750 m
2000 m
Mechanical characteristics
Dimensions of basic element
Cable dimensions
Cable weight
Bending radius
Bending cycles
Resistant to lateral force
Impact resistant (starting
energy/number/hammer dia.)
Routing and installation
temperature
Storage temperature
2/68
Siemens IK PI 2007

Cable type
FO Trailing Cable
Application areas
Cable for use in cable carriers for high mechanical

loading, PUR outer sheath, no UL approval
Cable for use in cable carriers for low mechanical

loading, PVC outer sheath, UL approval
Delivery format

4 SC connectors

4 SC connectors
AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2G50/125
AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2G50/125
Fiber type
Damping
at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
2.7 dB/km
0.7 dB/km
Modal bandwidth
at 850 nm
at 1300 nm
600 MHz *km

1200 MHz *km
600 MHz *km

1200 MHz *km
Number of fibers
Cable design
Segmentable
Segmentable
Core type
Hollow core, filled
Hollow core, filled
Materials
Basic element
Strain relief
PVC, orange/black
Aramide fibers
PUR, green
PVC, orange/black
Aramide fibers
PVC, green
2.9 mm dia.
10.5 mm dia. 0.5 mm
approx. 90 kg/km
800 N
200 mm
5000000
300 N/cm
2.9 mm diam.
10.5 mm dia. 0.5 mm
approx. 90 kg/km
800 N
200 mm
3500000
300 N/cm
-5 C +50 C
-5 C +50 C
25 C +80 C
25 C +80 C
25 C +80 C
25 C +80 C
Behavior in fire
Halogen-free
Silicone-free
Yes
Yes

grease
Highly resistant
Limited resistance
UL/CSA approvals
OFN (NEC Article 770, UL1651)/

OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4 (CSA standard C22.2 No232M1988)
UV-resistant
Yes
Yes
Rodent protection
Gigabit length
1000BaseSX
1000BaseLX
750 m
2000 m
750 m
2000 m
Cable dimensions
Cable weight
Bending radius
Bending cycles
temperature
Storage temperature
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/69


Cable type
INDOOR Fiber Optic

Indoor cable
Fiber Optic
Standard cable
Application areas
Non-crush, halogen-free and fire-retardant cable for

indoor installation
Universal cable for installation indoors and outdoors
Delivery format
Sold by the meter, pre-assembled with

4 BFOC connectors

4 BFOC connectors
T-VHH 2G62.5/125
3.2B200+0.9F600 F TB3 OR FRNC
AT-VYY 2G62,5/125
3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F
Fiber type
Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/125 mm
Attenuation at 850 nm
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
Modal bandwidth at 850 nm

200 MHz *km

600 MHz *km
200 MHz *km

600 MHz *km
Number of fibers
Cable design
Segmentable inner conductor
Segmentable outer conductor
Core type
Fixed core
Compact core
Materials
Basic element
Strain relief
Copolymer, gray (FRNC)

Aramide fibers
Copolymer, light orange (FRNC)
PVC, gray
Kevlar fiber and impregnated glass fiber
PVC, black
(2.9 0.1) mm dia.

(3.9 6.8) 0.2 mm
approx. 30 kg/km
800 N (temporary)
60 mm (when routing);
30 mm (during operation) only on the flat side
10000 N/10 cm (temporary)1)
2000 N/10 cm (continuous)2)
1.5 Nm/20 impacts/12.5 mm
(3.5 0.2) mm diam.

(6.3 9.8) 0.4 mm
approx. 74 kg/km
500 N (temporary)
100 mm only on the flat side
-5 C +50 C
-5 C +50 C
20 C +60 C
25 C +70 C
20 C +60 C
25 C +70 C
Behavior in fire
Flame-retardant to IEC 60332-1 and

VDE 0482-265-2-1
Flame-retardant to IEC 60332-3 and

VDE 0482-266-2-4
Halogen-free
Yes
Silicone-free
Yes
Yes

grease
UL approval
UV-resistant
Yes
Rodent protection
Gigabit length
1000BaseSX
1000BaseLX
Cable dimensions
Cable weight
Bending radius
temperature
Storage temperature
1) Attenuation change reversible max. 0.3 dB

2) Attenuation change reversible max. 0.1 dB
2/70
Siemens IK PI 2007
2000 N

Cable type
Flexible Fiber Optic

Trailing cable
SIENOPYR
marine duplex fiber-optic cable
Application areas
Flexible cable for routing in cable carriers indoors

and outdoors
Fixed routing on ships and on offshore platforms in

any room and on open deck; marine approval
Delivery format

4 BFOC connectors
Sold by the meter
AT-W11Y (ZN) 11Y 2G62.5/125

3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F
MI-VHH 2G 62.5/125
3.1B200 + 0.8F600 + 2 x 1CU
Fiber type
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km
3.1 dB/km
0.8 dB/km

200 MHz *km

600 MHz *km
200 MHz *km

600 MHz *km
Number of fibers
Cable design
Core type
Hollow core, filled
Full core
Materials
Basic element
Strain relief
PUR, black
Aramide fibers, also GFP central element
PUR, black
Polyolefin
Aramide fibers
SHF1 mixture, black
(3.5 0.2) mm dia.

12.9 mm (outer diameter)
approx. 136 kg/km
2000 N (temporary)
1000 N (continuous)
150 mm min. 100,000 bending cycles
(2.9 0.2) mm dia.

13.3 0.5 mm
approx. 220 kg/km
500 N (temporary)
250 N (continuous)
133 mm (once)
266 mm (more than once)
30 C +60 C
10 C +50 C
30 C +60 C
Cable dimensions
Cable weight
Bending radius
temperature
Storage temperature
30 C +70 C
40 C +80 C 1)
40 C +70 C 2)
40 C +80 C
Behavior in fire
flame-retardant acc. to IEC 60332-3 Cat A
Halogen-free
Yes
Yes
Silicone-free
Yes
Yes

grease
UL approval
UV-resistant
Yes
Rodent protection
Gigabit length
1000BaseSX
1000BaseLX
Lloyd Register of Shipping

German Lloyd
Registro Staliano Navale
Bureau Veritas
Approvals for use in

marine vessels
1) With copper cores and no load

2) With copper cores and maximum load (6 A)
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/71

Ordering data
Sold by the meter;
max. quantity 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
0.5 m
Order No.
Order No.
6XV1 873-3AH05

Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
3m
1m
6XV1 873-3AH10
5m
6XV1 873-3CH50
2m
6XV1 873-3AH20
10 m
6XV1 873-3CN10
3m
6XV1 873-3AH30
20 m
6XV1 873-3CN20
5m
6XV1 873-3AH50
50 m
6XV1 873-3CN50
10 m
6XV1 873-3AN10
100 m
6XV1 873-3CT10
15 m
6XV1 873-3AN15
20 m
6XV1 873-3AN20
30 m
6XV1 873-3AN30
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 SC connectors
3m
6XV1 873-6CH30
40 m
6XV1 873-3AN40
5m
6XV1 873-6CH50
50 m
6XV1 873-3AN50
10 m
6XV1 873-6CN10
80 m
6XV1 873-3AN80
20 m
6XV1 873-6CN20
100 m
6XV1 873-3AT10
50 m
6XV1 873-6CN50
150 m
6XV1 873-3AT15
100 m
6XV1 873-6CT10
200 m
6XV1 873-3AT20
300 m
6XV1 873-3AT30
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 SC connectors
0.5 m
6XV1 873-6AH05
1m
6XV1 873-6AH10

Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
3m
2m
6XV1 873-6AH20
5m
6XV1 873-3DH50
3m
6XV1 873-6AH30
10 m
6XV1 873-3DN10
5m
6XV1 873-6AH50
20 m
6XV1 873-3DN20
10 m
6XV1 873-6AN10
50 m
6XV1 873-3DN50
15 m
6XV1 873-6AN15
100 m
6XV1 873-3DT10
20 m
6XV1 873-6AN20
30 m
6XV1 873-6AN30
40 m
6XV1 873-6AN40
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 SC connectors
3m
6XV1 873-6DH30
50 m
6XV1 873-6AN50
5m
6XV1 873-6DH50
80 m
6XV1 873-6AN80
10 m
6XV1 873-6DN10
100 m
6XV1 873-6AT10
20 m
6XV1 873-6DN20
150 m
6XV1 873-6AT15
50 m
6XV1 873-6DN50
200 m
6XV1 873-6AT20
100 m
6XV1 873-6DT10
300 m
6XV1 873-6AT30

Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
100 m
2/72
Siemens IK PI 2007
6XV1 873-2A
6XV1 873-2C
6XV1 873-3CH30
6XV1 873-2D
6XV1 873-3DH30
6XV1 873-2G
6XV1 873-3GT10
200 m
6XV1 873-3GT20
300 m
6XV1 873-3GT30
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 SC connectors
100 m
6XV1 873-6GT10
200 m
6XV1 873-6GT20
300 m
6XV1 873-6GT30


Standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE
(62.5/125), segmentable
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC plugs
1m
Order No.
6XV1 820-5AH10
SIENOPYR marine duplex

fiber-optic cable
(62.5/125)
Fiber-optic cable for installation
onboard ships and on offshore
platforms
Sold by the meter;
max. quantity 1000 m
6XV1 830-0NH10
2m
6XV1 820-5BH20
3m
6XV1 820-5BH30
4m
6XV1 820-5BH40
5m
6XV1 820-5BH50
10 m
6XV1 820-5BN10
15 m
6XV1 820-5BN15
FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC CABLE

trailing cable
Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
1m
20 m
6XV1 820-5BN20
2m
6XV1 820-6BH20
30 m
6XV1 820-5BN30
3m
6XV1 820-6BH30
40 m
6XV1 820-5BN40
5m
6XV1 820-6BH50
50 m
6XV1 820-5BN50
10 m
6XV1 820-6BN10
55 m
6XV1 820-5BN55
15 m
6XV1 820-6BN15
60 m
6XV1 820-5BN60
20 m
6XV1 820-6BN20
65 m
6XV1 820-5BN65
30 m
6XV1 820-6BN30
70 m
6XV1 820-5BN70
50 m
6XV1 820-6BN50
75 m
6XV1 820-5BN75
75 m
6XV1 820-6BN75
80 m
6XV1 820-5BN80
100 m
6XV1 820-6BT10
100 m
6XV1 820-5BT10
Accessories
120 m
6XV1 820-5BT12
130 m
6XV1 820-5BT13
150 m
6XV1 820-5BT15
200 m
6XV1 820-5BT20
250 m
6XV1 820-5BT25
BFOC connector set

for FIBER OPTIC CABLE,
standard, trailing cable,
indoor cable as well as
SIENOPYR marine duplex
fiber-optic cable, 20 units
300 m
6XV1 820-5BT30
INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
0.5 m
6XV1 820-5BH10
6XV1 820-7AH10
6XV1 820-7BH05
1m
6XV1 820-7BH10
2m
6XV1 820-7BH20
3m
6XV1 820-7BH30
5m
6XV1 820-7BH50
10 m
6XV1 820-7BN10
15 m
6XV1 820-7BN15
20 m
6XV1 820-7BN20
25 m
6XV1 820-7BN25
50 m
6XV1 820-7BN50
75 m
6XV1 820-7BN75
100 m
6XV1 820-7BT10
Order No.
6XV1 820-6AH10
6XV1 820-6BH10
6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0

networks 1)
Paper version
German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1

6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
1) Further language versions and manuals can be found

for the respective products at
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net
Note:
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on
request. Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
More information
You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling range from your local contact.
Technical advice on this subject is available from:
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/73

POF and PCF fiber-optic cables
Overview
Design
Different types of POF and PCF fiber optic cables are offered:
POF fiber optic cables
Rugged round cables with green outer sheath and Kevlar strain
relief elements as well as two plastic fibers with rugged Polyamid
inner sheath for applications indoors/outdoors with cable
lengths up to 50 m. The cables are suitable for assembly in the
field.
POF Standard Cable GP (General Purpose);
for applications indoor/outdoors
POF Trailing Cable;
for trailing cable applications
Outer sheath
Strain relief through
aramid fibers
Benefits
Single core sheath

POF fiber
G_IK10_XX_10179
Electrical isolation of PROFINET/Ethernet devices

Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic
interference
Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber optic cables and up
to 100 m with PCF fiber optic cables
Rugged fiber-optic standard cables, designed for industrial
applications
Extensive approvals (UL)
Cable construction POF plastic optical fiber
PCF fiber optic cables
Plastic and PCF fiber optic cables can be pre-assembled on

site
Easy connector assembly on site
Time savings on start-up thanks to pre-assembled cables
Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic
interference
Tap-proof, because the cable does not radiate
Application
SIMATIC NET POF and PCF fiber optic conductors are used to
construct optical indoor PROFINET and Industrial Ethernet networks. Devices with integral optical interface (SC RJ connection
system) are, for example, SCALANCE X200-4P IRT, SCALANCE
X201-3P IRT, SCALANCE X202-2P IRT, SCALANCE X101-1POF,
ET 200S.
Rugged round cables with green outer sheath and Kevlar strain
relief elements for applications indoor/outdoors with cable
lengths up to 100 m. The cables are suitable for assembly in the
field.
PCF Standard Cable GP (General Purpose);
for applications indoor/outdoors with cable lengths up to
100 m.
PCF fiber-optic trailing cable;
for trailing cable applications with cable lengths of up to
100 m. The cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
The following cable versions are available:
- PCF Trailing Cable;
cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
- PCF Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
with UL approval
POF and PCF fiber optic cables can be assembled easily on site
with SC RJ plugs. The maximum cable length between two devices is 50 m for POF and 100 m for PCF fiber-optic cables. PCF
cables are also available preassembled with 2 SC RJ plugs.
Outer sheath
Supporting element
Strain relief
through
aramid fibers
Fleece material taping
Single core sheath with strain relief
elements
Polymer-cladded fiber
Cable construction PCF plastic optical fiber
2/74
Siemens IK PI 2007
G_IK PI_XX_10031

Cable type
POF Standard Cable GP 980/1000
POF Trailing Cable 980/1000
Core cross-section
Area of application
For fixed routing indoors
For moving applications (e.g. trailing cables)
Type of delivery
Sold by the meter
Sold by the meter
I-V4Y(ZN)Y 2P980/1000
I-V4Y(ZN)11Y 2P980/1000 FLEX
Fiber type
POF FOC 980/1000 m
POF FOC 980/1000 m
Damping
at 650 nm
160 dB/km
180 dB/km
Modal bandwidth
at 650 nm
10 MHz x 100 m
10 MHz x 100 m
Number of fibers
Materials
Fiber core
Cladding
Inner sheath/color
Outer sheath/color
Strain relief
Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)

Fluoridated special polymer
PA, black, orange
PVC, green
Kevlar fibers
Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)

Fluoridated special polymer
PA, black, orange
PUR, green
Kevlar fibers
980 m
1000 m
2.2 mm dia. 0.01 mm
7.8 mm 0.3 mm
65 kg/km
100 N
150 mm
100 N/cm
980 m
1000 m
2.2 mm dia. 0.01 mm
8 mm
55 kg/km
100 N
60 mm
5000000
200 N/cm
Limited resistance
Limited resistance/ Yes
Highly resistant
Highly resistant/ Yes

Routing
In short-circuit on conductor
-30C +70C
-30C +70C
0 C +50 C
-20 C +70 C
-40 C +80 C
+5C +50C
Behavior in fire
UL/CSA approvals
OFN-FT1
UL-758 AWM Style 5422
UV-resistant
No
No
Halogen-free
No
No
Silicone-free
Yes
Yes
Diameter of fiber core
Cladding outer diameter
Diameter of inner sheath
Cable dimensions
Cable weight
Maximum permissible tensile force
Bending radius
Bending cycles
Lateral pressure resistance (shortterm)
Resistance against
- mineral oil ASTM No. 2
- mineral grease/water
- UV radiation
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/75

Technical specifications PCF cables suitable for on-site assembly

Cable type
PCF Trailing Cable
Area of application
For permanent indoor and

outdoor installation
For moving applications
For moving applications
Type of delivery
Sold by the meter
Sold by the meter
Sold by the meter
I-V(ZN)YY 2K200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y
2K200/230
AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)Y
2K200/230
Fiber type
Step index 200/230
Step index 200/230
Step index 200/230
Damping
at 650 nm
10 dB/km
10 dB/km
10 dB/km
Modal bandwidth
at 650 nm
17 MHz * km
17 MHz * km
17 MHz * km
Number of fibers
Materials
Fiber core
Cladding
Inner sheath/color
Outer sheath/color
Strain relief
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC, orange/black
PVC, green
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC, orange/black
PUR, green
Aramide fibers
Quartz glass
Special polymer
PVC, orange/black
PVC, green
Aramide fibers
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm dia. 0.01 mm
7.2 mm dia. 0.5 mm
45 kg/km
100 N
105 mm
500 N/cm
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm dia. 0.01 mm
8 mm dia. 0.5 mm
85 kg/km
800 N
175 mm
5000000
500 N/cm
200 m
230 m
2.2 mm dia. 0.01 mm
8.8 mm dia. 0.5 mm
85 kg/km
800 N
175 mm
>3500000
500 N/cm
300 N/cm
300 N/cm
300 N/cm
Limited resistance
Highly resistant
Highly resistant/ Yes
Limited resistance
-25C +75C
-25C +75C
-5C +50C
-25C +75C
-30C +75 C
-5C +50C
-25C +75 C
-30C +75 C
-5C +50C
Behavior in fire
IEC 60332-1
IEC 60332-1
UL/CSA approvals
OFN
(NEC Article 770, UL1651)/
OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4 (CSA
standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
OFN
(NEC Article 770, UL1651)/
OFN, 90C, FT1, FT4 (CSA
standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
UV-resistant
Yes
Yes
Yes
Halogen-free
Silicone-free
Yes
Yes
Yes
Core cross-section
Diameter of fiber core
Cladding outer diameter
Diameter of inner sheath
Cable dimensions
Cable weight
Maximum permissible tensile force
Bending radius
Bending cycles
Lateral pressure resistance
(short-term)
Lateral pressure resistance
(long-term)
Resistance against
- mineral oil ASTM No. 2
- mineral grease/water
- UV radiation
Routing
In short-circuit on conductor
2/76
Siemens IK PI 2007

Ordering data
Order No.
POF Standard Cable GP

980/1000
POF standard cable for fixed
routing indoors, with PVC sheath;
sold by the meter
6XV1 874-2A
POF Trailing Cable 980/1000

POF trailing cable with
rugged PUR sheath;
sold by the meter
6XV1 874-2B
PCF Standard Cable GP 200/230

Standard cable, segmentable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 Simplex connectors
50 m
6XV1 861-2A
6XV1 861-7AN50
75 m
6XV1 861-7AN75
100 m
6XV1 861-7AT10
150 m
6XV1 861-7AT15
200 m
6XV1 861-7AT20
250 m
6XV1 861-7AT25
300 m
6XV1 861-7AT30
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 SC RJ connectors
50 m
6XV1 861-2AN50
75 m
6XV1 861-2AN75
100 m
6XV1 861-2AT10
PCF Trailing Cable 200/230

Trailing cable, segmentable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
50 m
6XV1 861-2C
6XV1 861-7CN50
75 m
6XV1 861-7CN75
100 m
6XV1 861-7CT10
150 m
6XV1 861-7CT15
200 m
6XV1 861-7CT20
250 m
6XV1 861-7CT25
300 m
6XV1 861-7CT30
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 SC RJ connectors
50 m
6XV1 861-2CN50
75 m
6XV1 861-2CN75
100 m
6XV1 861-2CT10
PCF Trailing Cable GP 200/230

Trailing cable, segmentable,
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
50 m
6XV1 861-2D
Order No.
PCF Trailing Cable GP 200/230 (continued)
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
150 m
6XV1 861-7DT15
200 m
6XV1 861-7DT20
250 m
6XV1 861-7DT25
300 m
6XV1 861-7DT30
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 SC RJ connectors
50 m
6XV1 861-2DN50
75 m
6XV1 861-2DN75
100 m
6XV1 861-2DT10
Termination Kit
SC RJ POF Plug
Assembly case for local assembly
of SC RJ connectors, comprising
a stripping tool, Kevlar scissors,
microscope, grinding paper and
grinding base
6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0
IE SC RJ POF Plug
Screw connector for
local assembly on POF FOC
(1 pack = 20 items)
6GK1 900-0MB00-0AC0
IE SC RJ POF refill set

Refill set for Termination Kit SC RJ
POF Plug consisting of grinding
paper and grinding base
(set of 5)
6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0
Termination Kit
SC RJ PCF Plug
of SC RJ connectors, comprising
a stripping tool, buffer stripping
tool, Kevlar scissors, fiber breaking tool, microscope
6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0
Industrial Ethernet
SC RJ PCF Plug
Screw connector for
local assembly on POF FOC
(1 pack = 10 items)
6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
Manual for TP and

Paper version:
project management, network
components, mounting
German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1

products;
on CD-ROM
German/English
6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
More information
6XV1 861-7DN50
75 m
6XV1 861-7DN75
100 m
6XV1 861-7DT10
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/77

POF/PCF FOC termination kit
Overview
Application
SIMATIC NET POF and PCF fiber optic conductors are used to
construct optical indoor and outdoor Ethernet/PROFINET networks. They are easy to assemble on-site with the Termination
Kits and 2 x 2 RJ connectors. The maximum cable length between two Ethernet/PROFINET devices is 100 m for PCF and
50 m for POF fiber optic cables.
Ethernet/PROFINET devices with integral optical interface
(SC RJ connection system) are e.g. SCALANCE X-200P IRT,
ET200S.
Design
Outer sheath
Strain relief through
aramid fibers
Single core sheath
POF fiber
G_IK10_XX_10179
Compact, rugged assembly case for POF and PCF fiber-optic

cables
Special versions for easy assembly of SC RJ plugs on POF
and PCF fiber-optic cables
The quality of the assembly can be checked using the enclosed microscope.
Benefits
Cable construction POF plastic optical fiber
Easy installation of the unassembled cables in industrial

plants
Flexible assembly of connectors on POF and PCF fiber optic
cables on site (SC RJ connectors)
Mistakes are prevented with easy visual inspection of the
assembled connector on site using a microscope
Simple repair of POF and PCF fiber optic cables in the field
Outer sheath
Supporting element
Strain relief
through
aramid fibers
Fleece material taping
Single core sheath with strain relief
elements
Polymer-cladded fiber
G_IK PI_XX_10031
Cable construction PCF plastic optical fiber
The kit is available in assembly cases for on-site installation of

SC RJ connectors on PCF plastic optical fiber.
It consists of a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar
scissors, fiber breaking tool and microscope.
2/78
Siemens IK PI 2007

POF/PCF FOC termination kit
Ordering data
Order No.
Termination Kit
SC RJ POF Plug
Assembly case for on-site installation of SC RJ POF connectors;
consisting of stripping tool, Kevlar
cutters, SC RJ grinding plate,
grinding paper, grinding base
and microscope
6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0
Termination Kit
SC RJ PCF Plug
of SC RJ POF connectors, comprising a stripping tool, buffer
stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber
breaking tool, microscope
6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0
More information
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
Accessories
IE SC RJ POF Plug
20 plugs for on-site assembly
6GK1 900-0MB00-0AC0
IE SC RJ PCF Plug
6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
IE SC RJ POF refill set

paper and grinding plate
(set of 5)
6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/79
Active Network Components
Industrial Ethernet Switches and media converter
Overview
Active network components for Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X is the product range of Industrial Ethernet
switches from SIMATIC NET. Switches are active network components that specifically distribute data to the relevant addressees. The SCALANCE X product group comprises four product
lines that complement each other and are carefully tuned to the
specific automation task.
SCALANCE X-005 Entry Level;
Unmanaged switch with five RJ45-Ports for use in machine and
plant islands.
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged;
switches with up to eight ports and on-site diagnostics for use
direct at the machine.
SCALANCE X-200 managed;
universally implementable in applications ranging from small
machine-based applications to networked subsystems. Project
design and remote diagnosis are integrated in the SIMATIC
STEP 7 engineering tool. This enhances the availability of the
plant. Devices with a high degree of protection support installation outside the control cabinet.
SCALANCE X-200IRT managed;
for implementation in subsystem networks with a requirement for
hard real time (isochronous real time) and maximum availability.
Data communication without real-time requirements can be conducted on the same network. Dual network structures are therefore not necessary.
SCALANCE X-400 modular;
for implementation in high-performance plant networks that will
also satisfy future requirements (e.g. High Speed Redundancy).
The partially modular design concept offers optimal flexibility for
adapting this switch to the task in hand. Thanks to the support of
numerous standardized IT functions, automation networks can
be seamlessly integrated into existing office networks.
Industrial Ethernet media converter
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged media converter;
media converter for converting electrical signals to optical
signals.
2/80
Siemens IK PI 2007
Active Network Components Industrial Ethernet Switches

Overview
Overview
SCALANCE X
SCALANCE X-400
Real-Time (RT)
Entry Level
r an g e
SCALANCE X-200
SCALANCE X-100
Unmanaged
SCALANCE X005
Managed
OSM / ESM
X204IRT
Perf o m an ce
Isochronous
Real-Time
High Speed
Redundancy
X414-3E
X202-2IRT
X208PRO
ELS TP40M
X208
X204-2
X206-1
X200-4P IRT X201-3P IRT X202-2P IRT
ELS TP40 / TP80
X108
X104-2
X106-1
X005
G_IK10_XX_10133
Modulare Gigabit
Office-Standards
High Speed
Redundancy
Isochronous Real-Time (IRT)
Overview of the Industrial Ethernet Switches
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/81

Overview
Type and number of ports
X414-3E
2 3)
20 5)
4 1)
X202-2IRT
X204IRT
X202-2P IRT
X201-3P IRT
4)
4 2)
Layer 3 switching
X200-4P IRT
X208
X206-1
X206-1LD
X204-2
X204-2LD
X208PRO
1
1
2
2
8
X108
X106-1
X104-2
X005
OSM TP22
OSM TP62
OSM ITP62
OSM ITP53
OSM ITP62-LD
ESM TP40
ESM TP80
ESM ITP80
ELS TP40
ELS TP40M
ELS TP80
8
1) can be additionally plugged in via 2 multimode media modules
2) can be additionally plugged in via 2 singlemode media modules
1) and 2) a total of max. 2 media modules 100 MBit/sec can be plugged in
Function overview of Industrial Ethernet switches

Siemens IK PI 2007
3) FO by gigabit media module

4) available soon
5) with extender module
well suitable
G_IK10_XX_10012
OSM BC08
2/82
Office features
(VLAN, RSTP, IGMP, ...)
Digital inputs
Modular design
Gigabit technology
IRT capability
Standby redundancy
Ring redundancy
with RM
C-PLUG
Ring redundancy without RM
PROFINET diagnosis
Diagnosis: Web, SNMP
Multi- Singlemode mode

BFOC BFOC
Local display
(set button)
Module type
Fiber Optic
Fast ITP
Connect
Signal contact
TP
RJ45 M12
LED diagnosis
TP / FO
100 Mbit/s
2 x 24 V DC
10 / 100 Mbit/s
SIMATIC environment
Fast Ethernet
Gigabit Ethernet
10 / 100 /
1000 Mbit/s
Features
Compact housing

SCALANCE X-005 Entry Level
Overview
Application
For low-cost installation of small, electrical Industrial Ethernet
star and line structures with switching functionality, e.g.
machine or plant islands
For installation in the control cabinet
Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged
metal housing (IP30) are optimized for mounting on a standard
rail and an S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that correspond to those of the SIMATIC S7-300, the devices are ideally
suited for integration into an automation solution using S7-300
components.
Benefits
Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet star and line

topologies
Space-saving installation in the cabinet thanks to the compact
design in S7-300 format
Secure data communication by means of industry-standard
device interface using PROFINET-compliant plug-in connector IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and additional strain relief by latching
the connector to the housing
Installation is possible without a patch field by means of
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and IE FC Standard Cable
Simple and fast diagnosis via LED on device
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the integrated Autocrossover function
Simple network configuration without runtime calculation
Function
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to Autocrossover function integrated in the ports
Load disconnection through integral switch functionality
Network topology and network configuration
The SCALANCE X005 is typically accommodated in one control
cubicle together with the nodes to be connected. It can be operated in small electrical star and line topologies. Network configuration and expansion are easy to implement; there are no limitations with the cascading of SCALANCE X005.
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
following boundary conditions:
Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches:
- max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
PC with
CP 1613 A2
Switch
SCALANCE X005
S7-200 with
CP 243-1
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Lean
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
Panel PC
G_IK10_XX_30039
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet Entry Level Switch

SCALANCE X005 is optimized for low-cost installation of small
Industrial Ethernet networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line and
star topology
Five electrical nodes or network connections
Rugged metal housing for space-saving cubicle mounting
on standard rails, S7-300 DIN rail or for wall mounting
Rugged, industry-standard station connections with
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the
housing
Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (power, link
status, data communication)
The SCALANCE X005 Switch is equipped with:

Supply voltage (1 x 24 V DC)
A row of LEDs for displaying status information
(power, link status, data communication)
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 port:
RJ45 port, automatic detection of the data rate
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover
function for connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
over distances up to 100 m
Star network topology with SCALANCE X005
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/83

Function (continued)
PC with
CP 1613 A2
S7-200 with
CP 243-1
Panel PC
PC with
CP 1613 A2
S7-200 with
CP 243-1
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
Switch
SCALANCE
X005
Industrial Ethernet
Electrical line topology with SCALANCE X005
Diagnosis
The following information is displayed by LEDs on the
equipment:
Port status
Data communication
2/84
Siemens IK PI 2007
Switch
SCALANCE X005
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
G_IK10_XX_30040

Ordering data
Data transmission rates
10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Communication connection,
electrical
Connection for supply voltage
5 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
1 x 2-pole terminal block
SCALANCE X005
Industrial Ethernet Switch for
10/100 Mbit/s;
with five 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
for configuring small star and line
structures
Supply voltage
1 x 24 V DC (18 V 32 V)
Accessories
Current consumption
80 mA
Power loss at 24 V DC
2W
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

RJ45 plug connector for
Network extension parameter /

TP cable length
0 100 m
0 85 m
0 55 m

Relative humidity
during operation
Construction
Weight
Assembly
Approvals
Radio interference level
Interference immunity
CuL listing
C-Tick
CE
IE FC Standard Cable with

IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
through IE FC Outlet RJ45 with
0 90 m IE FC Standard Cable GP
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
0 75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing
Cable + 10 m TP Cord
IE TP Torsion Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug
or
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable with
IE FC outlet RJ45 + 10 m TP cord
0 C +65 C
-40 C +80C
< 95%, non-condensing
40 x 125 x 124
550 g
Standard rail, S7-300 rail,
wall mounting
IP30
EN 61000-6-2 Class A
EN 61000-6-4
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Order No.
6GK5 005-0BA00-1AA3
1 pack = 1 items
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 items
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 items
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145

with 145 cable outlet; e.g. for
SIMOTION and SINAMICS
1 pack = 1 items
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
1 pack = 10 items
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0
1 pack = 50 items
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0
Manual for TP and

German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/85

Overview
Application
The switches of the SCALANCE X-100 series are used for
cost-effective configuration of Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies with switching functionality. They are designed for
installation in the control cabinet.
Product versions
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the

SCALANCE X-100 product line are optimized for installing
Industrial Ethernet networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line and
star topology
Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in
accordance with the port type of the devices
Rugged metal housing for space-saving cabinet mounting
PROFINET-compatible plug-in connectors that offer additional
housing
Redundant power supply
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET
button
Benefits
Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet star and line

topologies
device interface using PROFINET-compliant plug-in connector (IE FC RJ45 Plug 180) and additional strain relief by
latching the connector to the housing
Installation is possible without a patch field by means of
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and IE FC Standard Cable
Simple and fast diagnosis via LED on device and signaling
contact
2/86
Siemens IK PI 2007
SCALANCE X104-2 / SCALANCE X106-1

For configuring optical Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies:
- SCALANCE X104-2;
line or star topologies with 2 optical ports and 4 electrical
ports
- SCALANCE X106-1;
star topologies with 1 optical port and 6 electrical ports
Device diagnosis on the device by means of LEDs (power, link
status, data communication) and signaling contact (signaling
mask can be set on site using buttons)
The four (SCALANCE X104-2) or six (SCALANCE X106-1)
RJ45 sockets are industry-compatible with additional retaining collars for connection to the new IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
SCALANCE X108
For constructing electrical Industrial Ethernet star and line
topologies
Device diagnosis on the device by means of LEDs (power, link
status, data communication) and signaling contact (signaling
mask can be set on site using buttons)
The eight RJ45 sockets are industry-standard and feature
additional retaining collars for connection to the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged
metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail and
an S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is
also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that correspond to
those of the S7-300, the devices are ideally suited for integration
into an automation solution using
S7-300 components.
The SCALANCE X-100 switches feature:
a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power
supply (2 x 24 V DC )
a row of LEDs for displaying status information (power, link
status, data communication, signaling contact)
a 2-pole terminal block for connecting the floating signaling
contact
a SET button for local configuration of the signaling contact
The following port types are available:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 port:
RJ45 port, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function
for connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 over
distances up to 100 m
100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique
BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line and
star topologies.

Function
Configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line or
star topologies
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to
Autocrossover function integrated in the ports
Easy configuration and extension of the network;
no limits to network extension when switches of the
SCALANCE X-100 family are cascaded.

The SCALANCE X -100 switches are typically accommodated in
one control cabinet together with the nodes to be connected.
Electrical and optical versions can be installed together in star
and line topologies.
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the following boundary conditions:
Length of the optical cables:
- max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic
cables.
Switch
SCALANCE X108
IE FC
outlet
RJ45
IE TP cord
SIMATIC Field PG
S7-300
with CP 343-1
MP 370
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
G_IK10_XX_10074
S7-400
with CP 443-1
10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet FC cable 2x2
Switching cabinet
Star network topology with SCALANCE X108
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/87

Switching cabinet
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
S7-300-1/MP 370
IE/PB Link
IPCwith
CP 1613 A2
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
IE FC
RJ45
Plug
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet FC Cable 2x2
S7-300 with CP 343-1
G_IK10_XX_10098
electrical network
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
ET 200X
Electrical line topology with SCALANCE X108
S7-300 with CP 343-1
IE/PB Link
ET 200S
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
electrical network
optical network
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
ET 200X
Optical line topology with SCALANCE X104-2
2/88
Siemens IK PI 2007
G_IK10_XX_10099
Switching cabinet
10/100 Mbit/s

Switch
SCALANCE
X108
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Advanced
S7-300 with
CP 343-1/MP 370
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
IE FC
RJ45
Plug
S7-200
with CP 243-1
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
IE/PB
Link
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
electric linear topology

optical linear topology
ET 200X
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
G_IK10_XX_10090
Switching cabinet
10/100 Mbit/s
S7-300
with CP 343-1
Electrical and optical line topologies with SCALANCE X108 and SCALANCE X104-2
Diagnostics
The following information is displayed by LEDs on the equipment:
Power
Port status
Data communication
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-100 line
can also be monitored using the floating signaling contact.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/89

Type
SCALANCE X104-2
SCALANCE X106-1
SCALANCE X108
Transmission rates
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
Optical
Connection for signaling contact
4 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s;

TP)
2 x BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s)
6 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s;

TP)
8 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)

Supply voltage
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
Current consumption
160 mA
150 mA
140 mA
3.8 W
2.6 W
3.36 W

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
0 ... 90 m IE FC Standard Cable
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
or
0 - 75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing
Cable + 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
IE FC Outlet RJ45 + 10 m TP cord
Glass fiber-optic cable
62,5/125 m or 50/125 m;
1,0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km

+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
or
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
62,5/125 m or 50/125 m;
1,0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km

+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
or
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
-
-10 C ... +60 C

-40 C ... +80 C
-10 C ... +60 C

-40 C ... +80 C
-20 C ... +70 C

-40 C ... +80 C
60 x 125 x 124
780 g
wall mounting
IP30
60 x 125 x 124
780 g
wall mounting
IP30
60 x 125 x 124
780 g
wall mounting
IP30
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
FM 3611
EN 50021
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
60 x 125 x 124
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
FM 3611
EN 50021
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
60 x 125 x 124
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
FM 3611
EN 50021
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
60 x 125 x 124
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Interfaces
Electrical

TP cable length
0 ... 100 m
0 ... 85 m
0 ... 55 m
0 ... 3000 m

Relative humidity during operation
Design
Weight
Mounting
Approvals
Immunity to interference
CuL listing
FM
ATEX Zone 2
C-Tick
CE
Marine approvals
2/90
Siemens IK PI 2007

Ordering data
Order No.
SCALANCE X-100
Accessories
Industrial Ethernet switches for

10/100 Mbit/s
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

SCALANCE X108;
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports for configuring star
topologies
6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X104-2;
with four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports and two fiber-optic ports
for configuring line topologies
6GK5 104-2BB00-2AA3
SCALANCE X106-1
with six 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports and one fiber-optic port for
configuring star topologies
6GK5106-1BB00-2AA3
Order No.
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Manual for TP and

German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/91

Overview
Benefits
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the

SCALANCE X-200 product line are optimized for installing
Industrial Ethernet networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line, star
and ring topology
Rugged metal housing in S7-300 format for mounting on
standard rail, S7-300 standard mounting rail or for direct wall
mounting in various positions
housing
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET
button
The devices feature PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access,
integral Web server and automatic e-mail sending function for
remote diagnosis and signaling over the network.
2/92
Siemens IK PI 2007
Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet line, star and

ring topologies
Reliable data communication thanks to rugged device connection using PROFINET-compatible plug-in cables that offer
additional strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the housing.
High network availability through configuration of redundant
ring topologies with SCALANCE X-400, SCALANCE X-200IRT
or OSM/ESM as redundancy managers
Fast and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, through the
integral Web server and through signaling contacts
Integration of the SCALANCE X-200 switches in the existing
network management infrastructure through SNMP access
point
Easy integration in the process diagnosis and system diagnosis with PROFINET
Configuration and diagnostics integrated into SIMATIC
STEP 7 provide significant benefits during the engineering,
start-up and operating phases of a plant
Module replacement without the need for a programming
device, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the
configuration data
Arrangement possible without control cabinet since devices
with high IP65 degree of protection
Application
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches permit costeffective configuration of Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with switching functionality where high network availability or remote diagnostics options are required. The devices
with IP30 degree of protection have been designed for use in the
control cabinet. The SCALANCE X208PRO has the IP65 degree
of protection for installation outside the control cabinet.
Product versions
SCALANCE X204-2/ SCALANCE X204-2LD/
SCALANCE X206-1/ SCALANCE X206-1LD
For configuring optical Industrial Ethernet line, ring or star
topologies:
- SCALANCE X204-2;
optical line or ring topologies with 2 optical ports,
4 electrical ports
- SCALANCE X204-2LD (max. 26 km single-mode
fiber-optic cable);
optical line or ring topologies with 2 optical ports,
4 electrical ports
- SCALANCE X206-1;
star topologies with 1 optical port, 6 electrical ports, line or
ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths
- SCALANCE X206-1LD
(max. 26 km single-mode fiber-optic cable);
star topologies with 1 optical port, 6 electrical ports, line or
ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission paths
Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data communication)
Remote diagnosis is possible through signaling contact
(signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET,
SNMP and Web browser
The four (SCALANCE X204-2) or six (SCALANCE X206-1)
RJ45 sockets are industry-compatible with additional retaining collars for connection to the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

Switch
SCALANCE X-400
2
SNMP/Web-based
Management
Diagnosis of individual SCALANCE X208 Switches

by means of web browser through SIMATIC Field PG
100
Mbit/s
S7-300-1/MP 370
IE/PB Link
IPC with
CP 1613 A2
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Diagnosis using the network

electrical network
optical network
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
ET 200X
G_IK10_XX_10117
S7-400 with
CP 443-1 Advanced
10/100 Mbit/s
Switching cabinet
FO-Ring
Line-shaped network topology with SCALANCE X204-2 and SCALANCE X208
SCALANCE X208 / SCALANCE X208PRO (IP65 degree of protection)

For configuring electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
The eight PROFINET-compatible M12 sockets of the
topologies (8 electrical ports):
SCALANCE X208PRO are designed with IP65 degree of
- SCALANCE X208 for installation in the control cabinet
protection for connection to the IE M12 Plug PRO or the pre- SCALANCE X208PRO, specially for use outside the control
assembled IE M12 cable
cabinet
The SCALANCE X208PRO can be mounted on a DIN rail or
Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data comS7-300 rail or in a space-saving, horizontal or vertical design
munication)
directly on the equipment or machine;
the status information can be read off regardless of the mount Remote diagnosis with signaling contact (for SCALANCE
ing position due to the angled LED strip.
X208: signal mask can be set locally using buttons),
PROFINET, SNMP and Web browser
Power can also be supplied to the SCALANCE X208PRO
from outside the control cabinet from the PS791-1PRO power
The eight RJ45 sockets of the SCALANCE X208 are industrysupply module at 230 V AC.
standard and feature additional retaining collars for connection to the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/93

Design
Function
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail
and an S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is
also possible. With the S7-300 housing format, the devices are
optimized for integration in an automation solution with S7-300
components.
The switches are equipped with
a 4-pole terminal block,
and SCALANCE X208PRO via 2 x M12 interfaces
for connecting the redundant supply voltage (2 x 24 V DC).
The status information is indicated by means of a row of LEDs
(power, link status, data communication, power supply, signaling
contact).
The SCALANCE X-200 modules are available with the following
port types:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 or M12 connection
RJ45 or M12 socket, automatic detection of the data rate
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover functions for connecting IE FC cables using IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
or IE M12 Plug PRO up to 100 m.
100BaseFX, BFOC connection method
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m (multimode fiber-optic
cable) or up to 26000 m (single-mode fiber-optic cable) for
configuring line, ring and star topologies.
Configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line,

star and ring topologies
Use in ring topologies (100 Mbit/s) together with SCALANCE
X-400, SCALANCE X-200IRT or OSM/ESM as redundancy
manager
Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web
browser
Easy copper cable diagnostics with Web browser for localizing cable breaks
Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO controllers
for a consistent diagnostics concept, including network infrastructure
Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
port with a standard commercial network analyzer
Optimized support of PROFINET real-time communication
(RT) through prioritizing
Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply)
The Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE X-200 switches with IP30
degree of protection are usually installed in a control cabinet
together with the stations to be connected. Electrical and optical
versions can be installed together in star, line and ring topologies. The SCALANCE X208PRO is designed for installation outside the control cabinet.
- max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
IE M12 Plug PRO
- max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
Length of the optical cables
- max. 3000 m with glass fiber-optic cables (multimode).
- max. 26000 m with glass fiber-optic cables (single-mode).
IP address:
With the Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-200
family, the IP address is specified using DHCP (Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol). If an appropriate server is not available in the network, the IP address can be assigned using the
supplied software tool or STEP 7.
2/94
Siemens IK PI 2007

2
ET 200pro
Small switching cabinet

S7-300 with CP 343-1
ET 200pro
PG
screwed cable gland
HMI
PG screwed
cable gland
Field PG
with CP 7515
PGscrewed
cable
gland
IPC
with CP 1616
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
230 V AC
24 V DC
PROFINET
ET 200S
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
with Power Supply

PS791-1PRO
24V DC
230 V AC
Industrial Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_10078
Star network topology with SCALANCE X208PRO outside the control cabinet and 230 V AC power supply
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/95

S7-400
Operator Station
S7-400
S7-300
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
PC
S7-400
Switch
SCALANCE
X206-1
Switch
SCALANCE
X206-1
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300
Switch
SCALANCE X208
IPC
PC
IPC
S7-400
S7-400
Maximum cable length for 100 Mbit/s:

electrical ring circuit: 100 m
optical ring circuit
(multimode): 3000 m
S7-300
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10113
High speed redundancy in the ring with electrical and optical paths
Commissioning and diagnosis

PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and
processed in the control. The engineering outlay for the PLC and
HMI has been drastically reduced thanks to complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be
integrated into a network management system through the standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol). In the event of a fault in the device, error messages (SNMP
traps) can be sent to a network system or as e-mail to a specified
network manager.
2/96
Siemens IK PI 2007
The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnosis

settings to be made using a standard browser. Statistical information can also be read out over the Web server.
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
Power
Port status
Data traffic
Signaling contact
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-200 line

Type
SCALANCE X204-2
SCALANCE X204-2LD
SCALANCE X206-1
SCALANCE X206-1LD
Transmission rate
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
electrical
optical
Slot for the swap medium
4 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
2 x BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s)
4-pole terminal block
C-PLUG
4 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
2 x BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s)
C-PLUG
6 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
1 x BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s)
C-PLUG
6 x RJ45 sockets
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
1 x BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s)
C-PLUG
Supply voltage
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
Current consumption
215 mA
215 mA
200 mA
200 mA
5.16 W
5.16 W
4.8 W
4.8 W
IE FC Standard Cable GP
with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC Outlet RJ45 with
(0 ... 90 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC Marine/Trailing/
Flexible Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Flexible Cable (0 - 75 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 45 m
IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
62.5/125 m or 50/125 m;
1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km
(0 ... 90 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
Flexible Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 45 m
IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
(0 ... 90 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
Flexible Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 45 m
IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
62.5/125 m or 50/125 m;
1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km
(0 ... 90 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
Flexible Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 45 m
IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
0 C ... +60 C
-40 C ... +80 C
-10 C ... +60 C

-40 C ... +80 C
0 C ... +60 C
-40 C ... +80 C
60 x 125 x 124
780 g
wall mounting
60 x 125 x 124
780 g
wall mounting
60 x 125 x 124
780 g
wall mounting
60 x 125 x 124
780 g
wall mounting
IP30
IP30
IP30
IP30
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1
FM 3611
EN 50021
EN 61000-6-4,
EN 61000-6-2
Lloyds Register of
Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
American Bureau of
Shipping
Bureau Veritas
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1
FM 3611
EN 50021
EN 61000-6-4,
EN 61000-6-2
Lloyds Register of
Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
American Bureau of
Shipping
Bureau Veritas
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1
FM 3611
EN 50021
EN 61000-6-4,
EN 61000-6-2
Lloyds Register of
Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
American Bureau of
Shipping
Bureau Veritas
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2
No. 60950-1
FM 3611
EN 50021
EN 61000-6-4,
EN 61000-6-2
Lloyds Register of
Shipping
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
American Bureau of
Shipping
Bureau Veritas

TP cable length
0 ... 100 m
0 ... 85 m
0 ... 55 m
0 ... 3000 m
0 ... 26000 m

-10 C ... +60 C
-40 C ... +80 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95%, non-condensing
Design
Weight
Mounting
Approvals
cULus listing
FM
ATEX Zone 2
C-Tick
CE
Marine approvals

10/125 m single-mode
fiber; 0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm

10/125 m single-mode
fiber; 0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/97


Type
SCALANCE X208
SCALANCE X208PRO
Transmission rate
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
8 x RJ45 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
8 x 4-pole M12 sockets (10/100 Mbit/s)

C-PLUG
2 x 4-pole M12 interface

1 x 5-pole M12 interface
C-PLUG
Supply voltage
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
Current consumption
185 mA
185 mA
4.4 W
4.4 W

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC Standard Cable (0 - 90 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable with
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable (0 - 75 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug
or 0 45 m
IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord

IE M12 plug PRO
Interfaces
electrical
Communication connection, optical

TP cable length
0 ... 100 m
0 ... 85 m
0 ... 55 m
0 - 3000 m
IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable with

IE M12 plug PRO

or 0 45 m
IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC Outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord

-20 C ... +70 C
-40 C ... +80 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95%, non-condensing
-20 C ... +70 C

-40 C ... +80 C
Design
Weight
Mounting
60 x 125 x 124
780 g
Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting
90 x 125 x 124
1000 g
IP30
IP65
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
FM 3611
EN 50021
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Bureau Veritas
EN 61000-6-2
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
FM 3611
EN 50021
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
Bureau Veritas
Approvals
cULus listing
FM
ATEX Zone 2
C-Tick
CE
Marine approvals
2/98
Siemens IK PI 2007

Ordering data
Order No.
Accessories (continued)
SCALANCE X-200
Industrial Ethernet switches
with integral SNMP access,
Web diagnostics, copper cable
diagnosis and PROFINET diagnosis for configuring line,
star and ring topologies
SCALANCE X204-2
ports and two fiber-optic ports
Order No.
6GK5 204-2BB00-2AA3
SCALANCE X204-2LD
ports and two long distance
fiber-optic ports (single-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 26 km)
6GK5 204-2BC00-2AA3
SCALANCE X206-1
ports and one fiber-optic port
6GK5 206-1BB00-2AA3
SCALANCE X206-1LD
ports and one long distance
fiber-optic port (single-mode
fiber-optic cable up to 26 km)
6GK5 206-1BC00-2AA3
SCALANCE X208
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports
6GK5 208-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X208PRO
with degree of protection IP65,
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s M12
ports, incl. eleven M12 dust
protection caps
6GK5 208-0HA00-2AA6
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
IE M12 plug PRO

M12 plug connector for
connection of Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables; 4-pole,
D-coded, metal enclosure,
degree of protection IP65,
pin insert; 180 cable outlet;
for network components and
Industrial Ethernet stations with
degree of protection IP65
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0
1 pack = 8 pieces
6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA8
IE connecting cable
M12-180/M12-180
Pre-assembled IE FC TP Trailing
Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET
type C) with two 4-pole M12 connectors, 4-pole, D-coded, degree
of protection IP65;
Length:
0.3 m
6XV1 870-8AE30
0.5 m
6XV1 870-8AE50
1.0 m
6XV1 870-8AH10
1.5 m
6XV1 870-8AH15
2.0 m
6XV1 870-8AH20
3.0 m
6XV1 870-8AH30
5.0 m
6XV1 870-8AH50
10 m
6XV1 870-8AN10
15 m
6XV1 870-8AN15
IE M12 panel feedthrough

Control cabinet feedthrough for
transition from 4-pole,
D-coded M12 interface (IP65) to
RJ45 socket (IP20)
1 pack = 5 pieces
6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5
IE Power M12
Cable connector PRO
Socket for connecting
SCALANCE W-700/
SCALANCE X208PRO
for 24 V DC supply;
4-pole, A-coded,
with installation instructions
6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
Signaling contact M12

Cable connector PRO
Socket for connecting
SCALANCE X208PRO for signaling contact; 5-pole, B-coded,
with installation instructions
6GK1 908-0DC10-6AA3
Power supply PS791-1PRO

AC/DC power pack, 10 W, IP65
(-20 to +60 C), input: 85 V to
265 V AC, output: 24 V DC,
metal housing, scope of supply:
AC Power 3+PE cable connector,
DC power cord M12,
installation material, manuals
German/English
6GK5 791-1PS00-0AA6
C-PLUG
Swap medium for simple
replacement of devices in the
event of a fault; for storing
configuration or engineering
and application data; can be
used for SIMATIC NET products
with C-PLUG slot
6GK1 900-0AB00
Manual for TP and

German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/99

Overview
Benefits
Especially designed for constructing real-time (RT) and isochronous real-time (IRT) Industrial Ethernet segments in line, star
and ring topologies with 10/100 Mbit/s (RM integrated); construction of redundant ring connections possible
Combination of the switching mechanisms "Cut Through and
"Store and Forward for optimized performance
Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in accordance with the port type of the devices
Rugged metal housing for space-saving cabinet mounting on
standard rails, S7-300 DIN rail or for wall mounting
Industry-standard compatible station connections with
housing
Can be used for fault-tolerant applications and can be replaced during normal operation thanks to redundant transmission characteristics
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the
SET button
The devices feature PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access,
integral Web server and automatic e-mail sending function for
remote diagnosis and signaling over the network
Different device versions with copper and fiber-optic interfaces (BFOC, SC RJ)
2/100
Siemens IK PI 2007
The ideal solution for constructing real-time (RT) and isochronous real-time (IRT) Industrial Ethernet segments especially
in line, star and ring topologies with copper and fiber-optic
cables (glass FOC, PCF FOC, POF FOC)
Reliable data communication thanks to industry-standard
device connection using PROFINET-compatible plug-in connectors (IE FC RJ45 Plug) that offer additional strain relief and
bending strain relief due to latching on the housing
High network availability through design of redundant ring
structures (RM integrated)
Fast and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, through the
integral Web server and through signaling contacts
Integration of the SCALANCE X-200IRT switches in the existing network management infrastructure through SNMP access
point
Easy integration in the process diagnosis and system diagnosis with PROFINET
Configuration and diagnostics integrated into SIMATIC
STEP 7 provide significant benefits during the engineering,
start-up and operating phases of a plant
configuration data

Application
The SCALANCE X-200IRT Industrial Ethernet switches permits
the construction of real-time (RT) and isochronous real-time (IRT)
Industrial Ethernet segments in line and star topologies. Ring
structures can also be designed using the integral redundancy
manager. Redundant ring connections are also possible. Thanks
to innovative switching technology, the special requirements of
automation with regard to line topology, hard real time and unlimited IT openness have been satisfied within a single technology
for the first time based on the PROFINET standard.
The switches with degree of protection IP30 have been designed for use in the control cabinet.
Product versions
SCALANCE X204IRT
For configuring electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with 4 electrical ports
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
For configuring optical or electrical Industrial Ethernet line,
star or ring topologies with 2 optical glass FOC ports and
2 electrical ports
For configuring optical or electrical Industrial Ethernet line,
star or ring topologies with 2 optical POF FOC ports and
2 electrical ports
For configuring optical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with 3 optical POF FOC ports and 1 electrical port
For configuring optical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
topologies with 4 optical POF FOC ports
Applicable to all versions:
Integral redundancy manager (RM)
Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data communication)
Remote diagnosis is possible through signaling contact
(signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET,
SNMP and Web browser
Automatic e-mail send function
The RJ45 sockets are industry-standard and feature
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches, based on PROFINET,
satisfy the real-time requirements of the field level up to high-performance motion control applications.
Real-time Ethernet
Interfacing of the PROFINET IO-Devices to the PROFINET IOController through high-performance, optimized data transmission
Hard real-time and IT openness coexist:
Reaction-free transmission of real-time and non-real-time
communication on the same line
Increased availability thanks to redundant transmission with
bumpless changeover for real-time data
Additionally through isochronous real-time (IRT) Ethernet

Isochronous real-time communication based on the transmission procedure of the IEEE 802 by combining the switching
mechanisms "Cut Through" and "Store and Forward".
For drive controls, PROFINET with isochronous real-time is the
best performing system worldwide with regard to its isochrone
and deterministic response.
With a cycle time of 1 ms, for example, axes can be controlled
in isochronous mode whereby 50% of the bandwidth is available solely for IT communication.
Design
The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches with a rugged metal housing to IP 30 degree of protection are optimized for mounting
on a standard rail and an S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in
various positions is also possible. With the S7-300 housing format, the devices are optimized for integration in an automation
solution with S7-300 components.
The switches have a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the
redundant supply voltage (2 x 24 V DC).
The status information is indicated by means of a line of LEDs
(power, link status, data communication, power supply, signaling contact).
The SCALANCE X-200IRT modules are available with the following port types:
10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for
connecting IE FC cables over IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 over distances up to 100 m.
100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line and
star topologies.
100BaseFX, SC RJ connection technique
SC RJ sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet POF
(50 m) and PCF FOC (100 m) using SC RJ plug connectors
Function
4-port switch for configuring electrical and optical Industrial
Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
Integral redundancy manager for design of ring topologies
Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
Extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
rates thanks to integrated real-time functions
Redundant data transmission with bumpless changeover
System-wide clock accuracy (less than 1 ms)
Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web
browser
Automatic e-mail function
Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO-Controllers
for a consistent diagnostics concept, including network infrastructure
Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the optional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply)
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/101

The Industrial Ethernet Switches SCALANCE X-200IRT are
usually installed in the control cabinet together with the stations
to be connected (e.g. ET 200S). When configuring the network,
it is necessary to observe the following boundary conditions:
- max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- max. 10 m with TP Cord
Length of the optical cables
- max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
- max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet PCF fiber-optic cables
- max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF fiber-optic cables
IP Address:
The IP address is assigned using the BOOTP (Boot Protocol)
and DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) mechanisms. If an appropriate server is not available in the network,
the IP address can be assigned using the supplied software
tool. The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches and their real-time
functions are configured with STEP 7.
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
PC with
CP 1616
as PN IO-Controller
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Field PG

PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X can be displayed with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and
processed in the control. The engineering outlay for the PLC and
HMI have been drastically reduced through complete integration in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
The SCALANCE X-200IRT Industrial Ethernet switches can also
be integrated into a network management system through the
standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management
Protocol). In the event of a device fault, error messages (SNMP
traps) can be sent to a network system or as e-mail to a specified
network manager.
The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnosis
settings to be made using a standard browser. Statistical information can also be read out over the Web server. Warning
thresholds and alarms generated by them permit early recognition of critical fiber states (only with POF). Cable failures (fiber
breakage) can thus be avoided, and plant downtimes reduced,
since maintenance work can be carried out at an early point in
time and outside production periods.
The following information is displayed by LEDs on the
equipment:
Power
Port status
Data communication
RM activated
POF cable diagnostics (system operates in reserve)
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-200IRT line
2/102
Siemens IK PI 2007
IPC with
CP 1616
as PN IO-Device
ET 200S
Configuration example for SCALANCE X204IRT
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10100

2
S7-400
PC
ET 200S
ET 200S
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
Industrial Ethernet
PC
S7-400
Industrial Ethernet
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
S7-300
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
IPC
G_IK10_XX_10102
ET 200S
S7-300
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the optical ring
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/103

S7-400
PC
S7-300
S7-400
S7-300
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Industrial Ethernet
PC
S7-400
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
IPC
PC
S7-400
S7-400
S7-300
IPC
S7-400
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the electrical ring
2/104
Siemens IK PI 2007
G_IK10_XX_10044

2
Operator Station
Operator Stations
S7-300
SCALANCE
X208
SCALANCE
X204IRT
100
Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X208
S7-300
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
as Stand-by
Master
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
S7-300
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
as Stand-by
Slave
100
Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT
IPC
G_IK10_XX_10047
S7-300
Redundant coupling of two subnetworks with SCALANCE X-200IRT
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 243-1
Media-Converter
SCALANCE
X101-1POF
HMI
ET 200pro
POFLWL
IE Standard Cable
POF-FO cable
POF-FO cable
POF-FO cable
Industrial Ethernet
Switch
SCALANCE
X200-4P IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2P IRT
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
G_IK10_XX_10176
PROFINET
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
Mixed network topology with plastic fiber-optic cables and twisted-pair cables
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/105

Type
SCALANCE X204IRT
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
Transmission rate
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
electrical
optical
Connector for signaling contact
C-PLUG
C-PLUG
Supply voltage
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
Current consumption
200 mA
300 mA
4,8 W
7,2 W
0 ... 100 m
IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

IE FC Standard Cable GP (0 - 90 m)
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 ... 85 m
IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable (0 - 75 m)
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable (0 - 75 m)
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 ... 55 m
IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug or

0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug or

0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
0 ... 3000 m
Glass fiber-optic cable 62,5/125 m or 50/125m;

d 1,0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km
Interfaces

TP cable length

-20 C ... +70 C
-10 C ... +60 C
-40 C ... +80C
-40 C ... +80C
Relative humidity during operation; non-condensing
Construction
60 x 125 x 124
60 x 125 x 124
Weight
780 g
780 g
Assembly
IP30
IP30
Approvals
Noise Immunity
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2
CuL listing
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950
FM
FM 3611
FM 3611
ATEX Zone 2
EN 50021
EN 50021
C-Tick
CE
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
2/106
Siemens IK PI 2007

Type
Transmission rate
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
electrical
2 x RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
1 x RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
optical
2 x SC sockets (100 Mbit/s)
3 x SC RJ sockets (10/100 Mbit/s)
4 x SC RJ sockets (10/100 Mbit/s)
C-PLUG
C-PLUG
C-PLUG
Supply voltage
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V)
Current consumption
300 mA
350 mA
400 mA
7.2 W
8.4 W
9.6 W
IE FC Standard Cable GP with

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
(0 ... 90 m) + 10 m TP cord

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
(0 ... 90 m) + 10 m TP cord
IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable
(0 ... 75 m)
+ 10 m TP cord
(0 ... 75 m)
+ 10 m TP cord

IE FC RJ45 Plug
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable
with IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord

IE FC RJ45 Plug
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable
with IE FC outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
0 ... 3000 m
0 ... 100 m
PCF FOC 200/230 at

650 nm 17 MHz x km
PCF FOC 200/230 at

650 nm 17 MHz x km
PCF FOC 200/230 at

650 nm 17 MHz x km
0 ... 50 m
POF FOC 980/1000 at

650 nm 10 MHz x 100 m
POF FOC 980/1000 at

650 nm 10 MHz x 100 m
POF FOC 980/1000 at

650 nm 10 MHz x 100 m
0 C ... +60C
0 C ... +50C
0 C ... +40C
-40 C ... +80C
-40 C ... +80C
-40 C ... +80C
Relative humidity during operation; non-condensing
Ports

TP cable length
0 ... 100 m
0 ... 85 m
0 ... 55 m
Design
60 x 125 x 124
60 x 125 x 124
60 x 125 x 124
Weight
780 g
780 g
780 g
Assembly

wall mounting

wall mounting

wall mounting
IP30
IP30
IP30
Approvals
RF interference level
Noise Immunity
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-2
CuL listing
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
FM
FM 3611
FM 3611
FM 3611
ATEX Zone 2
EN 50021
EN 50021
EN 50021
C-Tick
CE
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
EN 61000-6-4, EN 61000-6-2
Marine approvals

Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd

Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd

Det Norske Veritas
German Lloyd
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/107

Ordering data
Order No.

SCALANCE X-200IRT
Managed Industrial Ethernet
Switches; isochrone real time,
LED diagnostics, error signaling
contact with SET button,
redundant power supply
SCALANCE X204IRT;
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3
SCALANCE X202-2IRT;
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
2 x 100 Mbit/s Multimode BFOC
6GK5 202-2BB00-2BA3
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT;

2 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3

6GK5 201-3BH00-2BA3

6GK5 200-4AH00-2BA3
Industrial Ethernet Medienkonverter SCALANCE X-100

Industrial Ethernet media
converters, LED diagnostics,
fault signaling contact with
SET key, redundant power supply,
PROFINET-compatible securing
collars
SCALANCE X101-1POF;
1 X 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port
1 X 100 Mbit/s POF SC RJ
6GK5 101-1BH00-2AA3
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Siemens IK PI 2007
SC RJ POF Plug
6GK1 900-0MB00-0AC0
IE SC RJ Refill Set POF

paper and grinding base
(set of 5)
6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0
SC RJ PCF Plug
6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
Termination Kit
SC RJ POF Plug
Assembly case for on-site
installation of SC RJ POF
connectors; consisting of
stripping tool, Kevlar scissors,
SC RJ grinding plate,
grinding paper, grinding base
and microscope
6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0
Termination Kit
SC RJ PCF Plug
of SC RJ PCF connectors,
comprising a stripping tool,
buffer stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking
tool and microscope
6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0
C-PLUG
replacement of devices in
the event of a fault; for storing
and application data;
can be used for SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot
6GK1 900-0AB00
Manual for TP and

1 pack = 1 piece
2/108
Order No.
German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1

Overview
The SCALANCE X-400 product range comprises modular

Industrial Ethernet switches expandable by various media
modules and extenders. It supports 10/100/1000-Mbit technology for various transmission media (twisted pair, fiber optic)
and increased port requirements. The main applications are
high-performance plant networks (control level). Thanks to the
modular design, the X-400 product line is also designed for
future requirements and can be adapted to the relevant task.
The X414-3E switch has two integral Gigabit Ethernet twisted
pair interfaces (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) for connecting a number
of switches to one another. Nodes are connected via 12 Fast
Ethernet twisted pair ports (10/100 Mbit/s) integrated into the
switch.
Another eight stations can be connected via extender modules on the right of the switch. The following extender modules
are available:
- Extenders with eight Fast Ethernet twisted-pair ports
- Extenders with four media module slots for up to eight
Fast Ethernet fiber optic ports
The integrated redundancy manager facilitates high-speed
media redundancy even for large networks, both for Gigabit
Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in the ring) and for
Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in the ring in combination with SCALANCE X-200 switches or OSM/ESM).
For the construction of optical Gigabit Ethernet rings, both
integrated Gigabit Ethernet ports can be converted to fiber
optic via a 2-port Gigabit Ethernet media module MM.
Module versions are offered for multimode (up to 750 m fiber
optic cable length) and single-mode (up to 10 km).
By means of a pluggable 2-port Fast Ethernet media module
for multimode or alternatively single-mode fiber optic cable,
SCALANCE X-400 switches can also be integrated into
100-Mbit/s rings, e.g. with SCALANCE X204-2 or OSM.
A second pluggable 2-port Fast Ethernet fiber optic media
module enables remote nodes to be connected optically.
Remote diagnosis is possible by means of PROFINET diagnosis (available soon), Web browser or SNMP.
Switches of the SCALANCE X-400 product line support IT
standards and thus permit seamless integration of automation
networks into existing corporate networks. Virtual networks
(VLAN) can be set up.
The support of standardized redundancy procedures
(Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) permits the redundant integration into higher level enterprise networks.
Through learning the Multicast sources and targets (IGMP
(Internet Group Management Protocol) snooping), X-400
switches can also filter Multicast data traffic and therefore limit
the load in the network.
Layer 3 routing (static, RIP v1/2, OSPF) supports communication between different IP subnets
Benefits
Flexible configuration of electrical or optical Industrial Ethernet networks; the network topology, type and number of ports
can be adapted easily to the structure of the plant.
High availability of the network thanks to:
- redundant power supply
- redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or twisted
pair cables (redundancy manager, standby function and
RSTP are integrated)
- replacement and extension of media and expansion
modules during operation
- easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap
medium
Reliable communication thanks to very fast reconfiguration of
the network in the event of a fault (<0.3 seconds)
Simple fiber optic connection technology by means of
SC sockets (Gigabit Ethernet), proven BFOC sockets
(Fast Ethernet) and prefabricated fiber-optic cables
Twisted pair ports readily accessible from the front,
10/100 Mbit/s;
ports with sleeve for rugged, industry-compatible station
connection for direct connections up to 100 m in conjunction
with the PROFINET-compatible IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145 connector
Easy network configuration without runtime calculation also for
extremely large networks
Simple monitoring and diagnosis by means of signaling
contact, digital inputs, SNMP and e-mail; PROFINET IO diagnostics (available soon)
Reduced engineering expenditure for PLC/HMI due to
integration into the SIMATIC system fault message concept
SFM (available soon)
Due to the integrated Layer 3 function (IP routing), a further
router in the network is not essential
Investment protection for existing networks due to
- effortless connection of existing 10 Mbit/s data terminals or
network segments to Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s
- increase in performance through load decoupling and data
transfer rates of 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s
- easy integration into existing network management infrastructures by means of SNMP
Support of VLAN permits integration into Enterprise Security
Policies
Limiting of load on application of Multicast-based protocols
(e.g. video transmission) through IGMP (Internet Group
Management Protocol) snooping or GMRP (GARP Multicast
Registration Protocol)
Protection of network against overload by setting of port
thresholds
Operating temperature range from 0 C to +60 C
Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/109

Application
SCALANCE X-400 products permit the configuration of switched
networks at the control level, which not only demands high availability of the network and extensive diagnostic options, but also
a high number of ports, high transfer rate and the support of fiber
optic and twisted-pair transmission media. SCALANCE X-400
products are designed with IP20 degree of protection for installation in control cabinets.
SCALANCE X414-3E
Control stations with a high concentration of devices
Star hub in plant bus (applications with high concentration of
devices)
High-speed backbone including high-speed redundancy for
process control systems
SCALANCE X414-3E equipped with Layer 3 functionality for
IP routing
Design
SCALANCE X414-3E
The Industrial Ethernet Switch SCALANCE X414-3E forms the
core of the SCALANCE X-400 product line. It contains the
switching functionality and is responsible for the diagnosis.
The SCALANCE X414-3E has two integrated Gigabit Ethernet
twisted-pair ports (10, 100 or 1000 Mbit/s, RJ45 sockets) for
connecting the SCALANCE X-400 switches to one another and
12 integrated Fast Ethernet twisted-pair ports (10 or 100 Mbit/s,
RJ45 sockets with sleeves) for connecting stations. Both Gigabit
Ethernet ports can be converted to fiber-optic connections with
optical Gigabit Ethernet media modules.
In addition, two slots are available for optical Fast Ethernet media modules with two ports.
By means of an extender interface SCALANCE X414-3E can be
extended by a further 8 Fast Ethernet ports (twisted pair or fiber
optic, depending on extender version). In this way, a maximum
configuration of two Gigabit Ethernet Ports (electrical or optical)
and up to 24 Fast Ethernet Ports (of which between 4 and 12 can
be optical) is possible. The installation width including extender
is max. 19".
Interfaces
Console port (serial interface) and Out-Band-Ethernet port for
on-site parameterization/diagnostics, for firmware update
Slot for C-PLUG swap media for easy device replacement
(included in scope of supply)
Redundant 24 V feed
One floating message output for simple display of faults
Floating inputs for recording digital status information such
as signal contacts of PROFIBUS OLM or door contacts and
forwarding via SCALANCE X-400 diagnostic paths (LED indicator, log table, trap or e-mail)
Extensive operating mode and status information is displayed
via LEDs and selection pushbuttons.
The SCALANCE X414-3E is supplied with 24 V DC. To protect
against power failure, two infeeds are provided.
2/110
Siemens IK PI 2007
SCALANCE X-400 media modules (MM)

Using media modules, the Industrial Ethernet Switch
SCALANCE X414-3E can be equipped with fiber optic cables.
Media modules are available for both multimode and singlemode optical fibers. They can be added or replaced during
network operation. The SCALANCE X414-3E basic unit supports
two optical Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to four additional optical Fast Ethernet ports.
The following media modules are available:
MM491-2;
2 fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances up
to 3 km with multimode fiber-optic conductors
MM491-2LD;
2 fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances up
to 26 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
MM492-2;
2 fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up
to 750 m with multimode fiber-optic conductors (when using
SIMATIC NET FO cable 50/125m)
MM492-2LD;
2 fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
10 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
One plug-in media module for Gigabit Ethernet converts the
Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair-ports included in the switch to
optical mode. The two Gigabit ports can then be used as either
twisted-pair or fiber-optic ports. Optical media modules for
Fast Ethernet each generate two additional ports per slot.
SCALANCE X-400 extender modules (EM)
An optional extender module with up to 8 further Fast Ethernet
ports can be mounted next to the expansion interface of the
SCALANCE X414-3E.
Versions:
EM495-8;
with 8 twisted pair ports (RJ45 sockets with sleeves)
10/100 Mbit/s; this enables the 12 onboard Fast Ethernet
twisted pair ports of the SCALANCE X414-3E to be expanded
to a total of 20 ports.
EM496-4;
with a further four media module slots for Fast Ethernet media
modules for up to 8 optical Fast Ethernet ports
The structure of the SCALANCE X-400 product line offers the
following advantages:
Simple user connection via twisted pair
Gigabit Ethernet transmission rate between SCALANCE X-400
switches
Fiber optic connection via fiber optic media modules
Reduced costs for spare parts inventories;
Electrical and optical versions are covered by a basic unit and
fiber-optic media modules

Design (continued)
Function
SCALANCE X414-3E
Slot
number
TP-Ports
Fast
Ethernet
Gigabit
Fast
Ethernet
SCALANCE X414-3E
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
MM492-2
MM491-2
MM491-2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
MM491-2LD
EM496-4
extender
module
12 13 14 15
SCALANCE X414-3E
EM496-4
extender
module
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
MM491-2LD
MM491-2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
e.g. for use in optical gigabit ring,

connecting four separate optical nodes
and up to twelve electrical nodes
MM491-2
MM491-2
MM491-2
SCALANCE X414-3E
oder
MM491-2
Fast Ethernet
MM492-2LD
oder
MM492-2
Gigabit
G_IK10_XX_10180
SCALANCE X414-3E
MM491-2LD
EM495-8
extender
module
12 13
e.g. for use in electrical gigabit ring,

connecting ten separate optical nodes
and up to twelve electrical nodes
SCALANCE X414-3E
EM495-8
extender
module
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
e.g. for use in optical gigabit ring with

single mode for a distance of up to
10 km, connecting two separate optical nodes and up to twenty electrical
nodes
Application possibilities of the media and extender modules with

SCALANCE X-414-3E
G_IK10_XX_10180
MM492-2LD
MM491-2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
oder
MM491-2
Fast Ethernet
Increasing the network performance;

by filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC)
address of the data terminals, the local data traffic remains
local; only data intended for users of another subnetwork are
forwarded by the switch.
Simple network configuration and expansion;
the switch saves the data received at the ports and forwards
them independently to the destination address. Collision detection (CSMA/CD method) does not restrict the expansion of
the network beyond the port.
Limiting of error spreading to the associated subnetwork;
the SCALANCE X-400 switches only pass on data with a valid
checksum (CRC).
Integration of existing subnetworks with 10 Mbit/s into
Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s;
at the twisted-pair ports, the SCALANCE X-400 switch automatically recognizes the conductor pairs for transmission and
reception (autocrossover), the data transfer rate of 10 or
100 Mbit/s, as well as full-duplex and half-duplex operation
(autonegotiation).
High-performance connection of SCALANCE X-400 switches
with 1 Gbit/s;
SCALANCE X-400 switches have two Gigabit Ethernet ports
for connecting the switches to each other.
High-speed redundancy (HSR) in the ring, reconfiguration
time of ring max. 0.3 seconds;
reliable communication is achieved by closing an optical line
with SCALANCE X-400 switches to form a ring.
The SCALANCE X-400 switch has an integral redundancy
manager (RM) which monitors the function of the network
continuously. It recognizes the failure of a transmission link
in the ring or of a SCALANCE X-400 switch and activates the
standby link within no more than 0.3 seconds. Rings consisting of SCALANCE X-400 switches can be operated at
1000 Mbit/s. In rings with SCALANCE X-200 or OSM/ESM it is
possible to integrate SCALANCE X-400 switches at
100 Mbit/s.
High-speed standby redundancy;
several rings can be connected together redundantly with
SCALANCE X-400 over the integrated standby function.
Two X-400 switches are configured in a ring as a master and
slave over two links to the other ring.
Redundant interfacing to company networks;
SCALANCE X-400 switches support the standardized redundancy procedure Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP).
This enables a subnetwork to be connected redundantly to a
higher level corporate network with reduced requirements for
the reconfiguration time (in the order of seconds).
Support of virtual networks (VLAN);
for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing
number of users, a physically existing network can be divided
into several virtual networks.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/111

Integrated Layer 3 function (IP routing);
different IP subnetworks can be connected together
Load limiting with use of Multicast protocols
(e.g. video transmission);
through learning the Multicast sources and targets
(IGMP snooping), SCALANCE X-400 switches can also filter
Multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load in the network.
Time synchronization;
diagnostic messages (log table entries, e-mails) are timestamped. The local time is standardized throughout the
network by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK or
SNTP time transmitter, thereby simplifying the assignment
of diagnostic messages to several devices.
Fast replacement of devices in event of failure, by means of
the C-PLUG switching medium
Operator Station
Operator Stations
S7-300
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X414-3E
1000
Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X-400
S7-300
Stand-by Master
Non-Siemens
device
SCALANCE X414-3E
Industrial Ethernet
Stand-by Slave
S7-400
SCALANCE X414-3E
1000
Mbit/s
PC
SCALANCE X414-3E
HMI
100
Mbit/s
S7-300
S7-300
SCALANCE X414-3E
S7-300
IPC
Optical redundant connection of two optical Gigabit subnetworks with SCALANCE X-400
2/112
Siemens IK PI 2007
G_IK10_XX_10178


IT network (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP)
Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch
The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of

the plant with SCALANCE X-400 Industrial Ethernet switches.
The following network structures and combinations of structures
can be implemented:
Fast Ethernet and Gigabit rings with fast media redundancy;
to protect against failure of a transmission link or a switch,
as many as 50 X-400 switches cascaded in line can be connected into a ring with a total length of up to 150 km with multimode or 1300 km with single mode. On the failure of a transmission link or a SCALANCE X-400 switch in the ring, the
transmission path is reconfigured within 0.3 seconds.
Several rings can be redundantly linked through the standby
function
In addition, SCALANCE X-400 supports redundant connection of the ring structure to the corporate network with a rapid
spanning tree.
Star topology with SCALANCE X-400 switches:
Each SCALANCE X-400 switch represents a star point which
can interconnect as many as 26 nodes or subnetworks electrically or optically.
Ethernet
SCALANCE
X-400
Industrial
Ethernet
100/1000
Mbits
Ring structure in industrial fields
G_IK10_XX_10066
SCALANCE
X-400

ollowing boundary conditions:
Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
fiber optic conductors:
- 3000 m at 100 Mbit/s
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
fiber optic conductors:
- 26 km at 100 Mbit/s
- 10 km at 1 Gbit/s
Maximum line length for twisted pairs:
100 m
Redundant connection of office network and industrial network
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/113

Network management
Adjustment options on the device itself:

Redundancy manager RM;
when setting up a ring, a SCALANCE X-400 switch in the ring
is switched into the RM mode. The two Gigabit ports (electrical
or with media module optical) are preferably used as ring
ports. When using in optical rings with 100 Mbit/s, the ring
ports can be configured on one media module or on two media modules using the switch.
Signal mask;
the signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE
X-400 (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask
defines which ports and which power supplies are to be monitored. The signal contact only reports an error when a monitored port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of setpoint/
actual status).
The network management provides the following functions:

Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
authorization) and "User" (read only)
Read-out of version and status information
Setting the signal and standby mask and address information
Fixed parameterization of the ports
(data rates, half/full duplex)
Setting parameters of the VLANs and multicast services
Configuration of the IP routing function (static routing,
RIP v1/2, OSPF)
Parameterization of the standby connections for a redundant
ring link
Setting of Rapid Spanning Tree parameters
Parameterization of user administration of SNMP V3
Output of statistics information
Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the
network by a TFTP server
Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
TFTP server
Diagnostic options on site:

The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
- RM mode
- signal contact status
- status of the two voltage feeders
- port status
- port mode (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
- signal mask (setpoint status)
The status of the signal contact is routed externally by means
of floating relay contacts. This enables, for example, the module to be monitored via an input module from a controller.
A PC or a programming device can be directly connected via
a serial interface or an Ethernet interface on the switch CPU
(out-band port). Operation is carried out using commands
(Command Line Interface (CLI)).
Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network;
the following possibilities are available:
- remote via standard browser (Web-based management):
selection of SCALANCE X-400 switches via the network from
a PC with browser
- remote via SNMP V3:
secure integration of SCALANCE X-400 switches via the
network into a network management station
2/114
Siemens IK PI 2007
If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-400 switch can

send error messages (traps) to a network management system
or also e-mails to a predefined network administrator.
The remote monitoring (RMON) offers the following functions:
The SCALANCE X-400 switch can collect statistics information
according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include, for
example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This information can be read out through Web-based management in the statistics sub-area.

Integration
Operator Station (OS)
OS
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SIMATIC IT
SIMATIC Batch
OS
Engineering Station (ES)
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
1 Gbit/s terminal bus
OS Server
(redundant)
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
11 Gbit/s
Gbit/s plant
plant bus
bus
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
S7-300
PROFIBUS
S7-400H
redundant
contoller
ET 200M
Manufactoring cell
G_IK10_XX_10079
Switch
SCALANCE
X414-3E
Use of the SCALANCE X-400 switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7
At the terminal bus in the control center two SCALANCE

X414-3E switches with extender (high number of ports) are
used. These are connected together to create an electrical ring
with a transmission rate of 1 Gbit/s. Several operator panels are
provided and divided between the two switches, so that the
system can still be operated if one switch fails. The terminal
and plant bus are connected by means of redundant servers.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/115

Integration (continued)
The plant bus is designed as an optical ring. It connects three
plant sections with the servers:
SCALANCE X-400 switches without extenders are used for
connecting high-availability SIMATIC controllers (H-systems).
On failure of an individual controller or switch, the plant section
remains functional.
One SCALANCE X414-3E with extender (high number of
ports) is used for the star-format connection of controllers.
In this case, the failure of one switch is tolerated.
Operator
stations
OS Server
redundant
Operator
stations
SCALANCE
X-400
SCALANCE X-400
S7-200
1000
Mbit/s
Non-Siemens device
10/100
Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X-400
S7-300
S7-400
H system
H system
G_IK10_XX_10081
Redundant network with SCALANCE X-400
2/116
Siemens IK PI 2007

Type
SCALANCE X414-3E
10/100/1000 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Communication connection
electrical
optical
In the basic unit:

2 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP)
12 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
with extender modules:
8 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
via EM495-8
In the basic unit:
up to 2 x glass fiber-optic cable
with SC sockets(1000 Mbit/s)
via MM492-2 or MM492-2LD
media modules
up to 4 x glass fiber optic cable
with BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s)
via MM491-2 or MM491-2LD
media modules;
with extender modules:
up to 12 x glass fiber optic cable
with BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s)
via EM496-4 and MM491-2
or MM491-2LD;
Permissible ambient conditions

0 C +60 C
-40 C +80 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95% (non-condensing)

Design
344 x 145 x 112
Weight
3.4 kg
Assembly
S7-300 sectional rail, DIN rail
IP20
Approvals
RF interference level
EN 61000-6-2
CuL listing
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950,

UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M91
UL 1604 and 2279
(hazardous location)
FM
FM 3611,
FM hazardous location
ATEX Zone 2
EN 50021
Extender interface
EM495-8 or EM496-4
C-Tick
CE
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Approvals for use in

marine vessels
German Lloyd (GL)

American Bureau
of Shipping (ABS)
(LRS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK)
Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
Connection for digital input signals 2 x 5-pole terminal block

C-PLUG
Supply voltage
24 V DC (18 32 V DC)
Current consumption
< 2000 mA
15 W (without media and

extender modules),
< 48 W (maximum configuration)

TP cable length
0 100 m

IE FC RJ45 Plug
0 85 m

IE FC RJ45 Plug
0 55 m
IE FC torsion cable with

IE FC RJ45 Plug
0 3000 m
Cable lengths for

multimode fiber-optic cable
at 100 Mbit/s;
MM491-2 with glass FOC
62.5/125 m or 50/125 m;
1 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz x km
0 750 m
Cable lengths for

at 1000 Mbit/s;
50/125 m;
2.7 dB/km at 850 nm;
600 MHz x km
0 26 km
Cable lengths for

single-mode fiber-optic cable
at 100 Mbit/s;
10/125 m or 9/125 m;
0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm
0 10 km
Cable lengths for

single-mode fiber-optic cable
at 1000 Mbit/s;
MM492-2 LD with glass FOC
10/125 m or 9/125 m;
0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/117

Ordering data
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X414-3E
Modular Industrial Ethernet switch
with 2 x Gigabit and 12 x 100 Mbit
integral TP ports for establishing
electrical and/or optical Industrial
Ethernet networks;
With a Gigabit and two 100 Mbit
media module slots and an
extender interface;
Management functionality over
SNMP and Web server
6GK5 414-3FC00-2AA2
MM492-2 media module

Media module with 2 ports
1000BaseSX, 1 Gbit/s, multimode fiber-optic cable up to
750 m, SC interface
6GK5 492-2AL00-8AA2
Media module MM492-2LD

1000BaseLX, 1 Gbit/s, singlemode fiber-optic cable up to
10 km, SC interface
6GK5 492-2AM00-8AA2
MM491-2 media module

100BaseFX, 100 Gbit/s, multimode fiber-optic cable up to
3 km, BFOC interface
6GK5 491-2AB00-8AA2
Media module MM491-2LD

100BaseFX, long distance,
100 Mbit/s, single-mode fiberoptic cable up to 26 km,
BFOC interface
6GK5 491-2AC00-8AA2
Extender module EM495-8

Extender for SCALANCE X414-3E
with 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP ports
6GK5 495-8BA00-8AA2
Extender module EM496-4

Extender for SCALANCE X414-3E
with 4 slots for 100 Mbit/s MMs
6GK5 496-4MA00-8AA2
Order No.
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145

with 145 cable outlet;
for SIMOTION and SINAMICS
network components
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0
C-PLUG
replacement of devices in
the event of a fault; for storing
and application data; can be
used for SIMATIC NET products
with C-PLUG slot
6GK1 900-0AB00
Replacement parts

CV490 cover set

consisting of covers for:
1 x Gbit submodule slot,
1 x 100 Mbit/s submodule slot,
3 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP slot
6GK5 490-0AA00-0AA2
6GK5 498-0AA00-0AA0
6GK5 498-1AA00-0AA0
With 2FE insert;

6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
Label sheet
10 sheets DIN A4, color: petrol,
10 strips/sheet, pre-perforated for
printing with laser printer
10 sheets per pack
With 1GE insert;

6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
4-pole and 5-pole terminal set

Straight, with locking lug
With power insert;

1 x 24 V DC and
6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
2/118
Siemens IK PI 2007

Overview
Application
ELS switches support low-cost construction of Industrial
Ethernet line or star network topologies with switching functions.
ELS switches are designed for installation in the control cabinet.
Product versions
ELS TP40
They are used to construct Industrial Ethernet line topologies
or small neutral points.
Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data communication).
Two RJ45 sockets are available for connecting stations and
two interfaces with insulation-piercing contacts for direct
connection of the Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables.
The Electrical Lean Switches ELS TP40 / ELS TP40M are

optimized for creating Industrial Ethernet networks with
10/100 Mbit/s in a line topology, but they can also be used
as a single star point.
The ELS TP40s are connected to each other via the IE FC
2 x 2 by means of integral insulation-piercing contacts.
One or two stations or a station and a programming device are
connected over two RJ45 sockets.
ELS TP40M with an additional integral Web server, SNMP access and e-mail function for remote diagnostics and signaling
over the network.
The Electrical Lean Switch ELS TP80 is used to create networks with a star topology comprising up to 8 stations over
RJ45 sockets or to expand the number of ports in OSM/ESM
applications.
ELS TP40M
They are used to construct Industrial Ethernet line topologies
or small star neutral points.
Device diagnostics and signaling with LEDs (power, link
status, data communication) and remote diagnostics using a
Web browser, SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
and E-mail function.
Two RJ45 sockets for connecting stations and two interfaces
with insulation-piercing contacts for direct connection of the
Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables
ELS TP80
Used to construct star structures or to extend the number of
ports in conjunction with OSM/ESM or ELS TP40 applications.
Device diagnostics is possible with LEDs (power, link status,
data communication).
Eight RJ45 sockets are available for connecting stations.
Benefits
Ideal solution for configuring Ethernet line topologies

Simple wiring method using integrated FastConnect elements
Simple network configuration without propagation time calculation, also for very large lines
Simple diagnostics through integrated web server on the
ELS TP40M
Simple integration of the ELS TP40M in an existing network
management infrastructure through SNMP
Use of standard patch cables (uncrossed) is possible using
the integrated autocrossover function
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/119

OSM
TP 22
100
Mbit/s
Switching cabinet
S7-400
S7-300-1/MP 370
IE/PB Link
OSM
TP 22
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
ELS
TP 40
ELS
TP 40
electrical network
optical network
ELS
TP 40
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
ET 200X
G_IK10_XX_10116
FO-ring
10/100 Mbit/s
Network topology with ELS TP40
Design
Function
The ELS modules in the rugged metal casing are suitable for
simple mounting onto standard rails. All modules feature a
3-pole terminal block that is used to connect the supply voltage
(24 V DC). The status information is indicated by means of a line
of LEDs (power, link status, data communication). For ELS, the
following port types are available:
10/100BaseTX RJ45
RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data transmission
rate (10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossing
function for connecting TP cables (e.g TP Cords).
10/100BaseTX insulation-piercing contacts
Insulation-piercing contact element for direct connection
to IE FC Cables 2 x 2 up to 100 m with Autosensing and
Autocrossing function for setting up line topologies.
2/120
Siemens IK PI 2007
Configuring Industrial Ethernet line or star topologies.

Integral Autocrossing function of the ports which allows
untwisted connecting leads to be used.
Load disconnection through integral switch functionality.
Simple network configuration and network expansion.
Collision detection (CSMA/CD method) does not restrict the
expansion of the network if ELS switches are cascaded.
The ELS TP40 switches are typically installed in a control cabinet
with the stations to be connected. The control cabinets are interconnected in a line topology.
following basic conditions:
Length of the TP cable between two ELSs, max. 100 m
Length of the TP cable to data terminal, max. 100 m
IP address:
The IP address is assigned for ELS TP40M using the DHCP
(Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) mechanism. If an appropriate server is not available in the network, the IP address
can be assigned using the supplied software tool or STEP 7.

2
ELS TP80
Industrial Ethernet
ELS TP80
FC outlet RJ45
TP cord
SIMATIC Field PG
10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet FC cable
Control cabinet
s
POWER
SIMATIC PANEL PC
TEMP
A
G
B
H
C
I
Q
7
4
R
8
5
9
6
3
+/-
INS
DEL
ESC
TAB
ACK
HELP
SHIFT
S7-400
S7-300
FN
CTRL ALT
ENTER
G_IK10_XX_10118
MP 370
Star network topology with ELS TP80
OSM TP62
ELS TP80
Industrial Ethernet
ELS TP80
Control cabinet
OSM TP62
Industrial Ethernet
fiber optic
TP cord
SIMATIC Field PG
FC outlet with
FC TP cable
IE/PB Link
S7-400
ET 200X
G_IK10_XX_10119
S7-400 / MP 370
0
PROFIBUS
Increasing the density of connections for OSM TP62
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/121

The ELS offers different diagnostic functions:
The following information is displayed by LEDs on the equipment:
Power
Port status
Data communication
The ELS TP40M can also be integrated in a network management system using the standardized SNMP (Simple Network
Management Protocol) In the event of a fault in the device, the
ELS TP40M can send error messages (SNMP traps) to a network
system or as e-mail to a specified network manager.
Diagnostic data for the device (statistical information) can also
be obtained over the integral Web server using a standard
browser.
Diagnosis of individual ELS

by means of web browser through
SIMATIC field PG
SNMP/web based
management
OSM
TP 22
100
Mbit/s
Cabinet
S7-400
IE/PB Link
S7-300-1/MP 370
OSM
TP 22
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
ELS
TP 40
ELS
TP 40
Diagnostic access through the network

electrical network
optical network
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
ET 200X
Line network topology with ELS TP40M and diagnostic access
2/122
Siemens IK PI 2007
ELS
TP 40
G_IK10_XX_10003
FO-ring
10/100 Mbit/s

Electrical Lean Switch
ELS TP40/ELS TP40M
ELS TP80
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Connection of stations
FC TP cables

2 x insulation displacement contacts
(10/100 Mbit/s)

-
Supply voltage
24 V DC (18 V 32 V)
24 V DC (18 V 32 V)
Current consumption
150 mA / 215 mA
150 mA
3.6 W / 5.2 W
3.6 W
Network extension parameter

TP cable length
0 100 m, Industrial Ethernet FC Standard Cable GP

0 85 m Industrial Ethernet FC Marine/Trailing Cable
0 55 m with IE TP Torsion Cable
or via Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45
with 0 90 m Industrial Ethernet FC Standard
Cable GP + 10 m TP Cord
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 45 m Industrial Ethernet TP Torsion Cable
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 90 m Industrial Ethernet FC Standard Cable GP

+ 10 m TP Cord
+ 10 m TP Cord

Relative humidity during operation
0 C +60 C
-40 C +80 C
< 95 %
0 C +60 C
-40 C +80 C
< 95 %
Construction
Weight
Assembly
145 x 126.5 x 62.5

950 g
Standard rail
145 x 126.5 x 62.5

950 g
Standard rail
IP20
IP20
Approvals
UL listing
CSA
FM
C-Tick
CE
EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-2
UL 1950
CSA C22.2 No. 950
FM 3611
Yes
EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-2
UL 1950
CSA C22.2 No. 950
FM 3611
Yes
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
ELS TP40 for

Industrial Ethernet
Electrical lean switch with
two 10/100 Mbit/s insulation
displacement connections for
configuring a line topography
and two 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
6GK1 102-6AA00
ELS TP80 for

Industrial Ethernet
Electrical lean switch with eight
10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports for
star networks for increasing the
connection density in conjunction
with OSM/ESM
ELS TP40M for

Industrial Ethernet
Electrical lean switch with
two 10/100 Mbit/s insulation
displacement connections for
configuring a line topography
and two 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
and Web diagnosis functionality
through SNMP
6GK1 102-6AB00

networks
Paper version
6GK1 102-7AA00
German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/123

Overview
Benefits
Reliable communication due to very fast reconfiguration of the

network in event of fault (<0.3 seconds)
Security of investment for existing networks due to
- effortless connection of existing 10 Mbit/s data terminals or
subnetworks to Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s
- enhanced performance thanks to load decoupling and a
data rate of 100 Mbit/s
Easy network configuration without runtime calculation also for
extremely large networks
High availability of the network due to:
- redundant voltage feed
- redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or Twisted
Pair cables; redundancy manager and standby function are
integrated
Flexible configuration of networks, the network topology can
easily be adapted to the structure of the plant with OSM/ESM
modules.
Simple monitoring and diagnosis by means of signaling contact, digital inputs, SNMP or e-mail
Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
The managed Industrial Ethernet OSM and ESM switches
are used to construct Industrial Ethernet networks at the
control level
The modules are interconnected (backbone) at 100 Mbit/s
over
- glass fiber-optic cables for OSM
- twisted-pair cables for ESM
Connection of data terminals or network segments depending
on the OSM/ESM type through
- 2 to 8 Twisted Pair ports in RJ45 or 9-pole Sub D version with
10/100 Mbit/s
- 3 or 8 fiber-optic ports with 100 Mbit/s
Integrated redundancy manager supports high-speed media
redundancy also for large networks
Very easy network configuration and network extension without complex configuration rules or parameterization
SNMP and Web-based Management and RMON
Error signaling by e-mail
Integration of digital signals, e.g. door switch, temperature
monitoring or signaling contacts into the management system
by means of digital inputs
Application
The Industrial Ethernet OSM (Optical Switch Module) and ESM
(Electrical Switch Module) are used in the construction of
switched networks with data transmission rates of 100 Mbit/s
in the control level range, in which strict demands are placed
on network availability and comprehensive diagnostics are required.
In existing networks, load decoupling and thus increased network performance can be achieved by creating segments (subdividing a network into subnetworks/segments) and connecting
these segments to an OSM/ESM.
The redundancy manager integrated into OSM/ESM allows redundant Industrial Ethernet rings to be constructed in switching
technology with high-speed media redundancy (reconfiguration
time 0.3 seconds max.).
The data transmission rate in the ring is 100 Mbit/s; for each ring,
up to 50 Industrial Ethernet OSMs (optical ring) or ESMs (electrical ring) can be used. Apart from the 2 ring ports, OSM/ESM has
other ports (with either RJ45, ITP or BFOC interfaces) to which
data terminals or network segments can be connected.
With Industrial Ethernet OSM BC08 and media converters Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11, "Fiber to the machine" concepts can be
implemented, so that the advantages of optical transmission
technology can be utilized both for the backbone area and for
station connection:
High-speed station connection (100 Mbit/s Full Duplex) over
Industrial Ethernet OSM BC08 and media converter Industrial
Ethernet OMC TP11 (fiber-optic cable through to the control
cabinet) in an environment subjected to strong electromagnetic fields
Bridging of large distances of up to 3 km between two
OSM BC08 modules or from an OSM BC08 to a distant station
Equipotential bonding measures or lightning protection measures are not necessary thanks to fiber-optic cables.
Industrial Ethernet OSM TP22 or ESM TP40 modules are ideal
for installation in the control cabinet with 1 or 2 stations connected (low equipment density).
With Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM (devices with 8 ports), several
rings can be redundantly interconnected using the integrated
standby function.
2/124
Siemens IK PI 2007

Apart from the 2 ring ports, Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM modules are equipped with other ports to which both data terminals
and network segments can be connected.
OSM/ESM offer the following three error signaling functions:
Over a signaling contact
Over SNMP (traps)
by e-mail
Signals such as signaling contacts from PROFIBUS OLM or door
contacts can be connected to Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM
through digital inputs. These digital inputs can be monitored
using network management functions (read out status, e-mail
on status change, create trap or log table entry).
Design
OSM/ESM have a stable metal casing. They are suitable for the
following installation types:
Standard rail
Wall mounting
Mounting in 19-inch racks (when 2 modules are used)
All modules have
a 6-pole terminal block for connecting the supply voltage
(redundant 24 V DC infeed) and the floating signaling contact
as well as
one or two 6-pole terminal blocks for connecting four digital
inputs in each case
The operating mode and status information are displayed by
LEDs and a selection button.
Modules with 8 ports also have a standby interface that is used
to synchronize two modules when coupling redundant rings.
Using the serial interface, Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM can be
parameterized, diagnosed or upgraded to the latest firmware
status. The firmware can also be upgraded over the network.
Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM is available with 4 or 8 ports. They
are equipped with the following types of ports depending on the
variant:
Twisted Pair interface (RJ45); 10/100BaseTX :
RJ45 socket, automatic data rate detection (10 or 100 Mbit/s)
as well as automatic cross-over of the send/receive cables for
connecting FC cables in the field to IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 of up
to 100 m in length or TP Cords (max. length 10 m, in combination with IE FC Outlet RJ45s and IE FC cables up to 100 m)
Twisted Pair interface (Sub D); 10/100BaseTX:
9-pole Sub D socket, automatic data rate detection (10 or
100 Mbit/s) as well as automatic cross-over of the send/
receive circuits for connecting ITP cables (max. length 100 m)
with Sub D connectors
Glass FOC: Multimode (MM);100BaseFX BFOC:
2 BFOC sockets per port, 100 Mbit/s data transmission rate,
for connecting multimode fiber-optic cables in environments
subjected to strong electro-magnetic fields and for distances
of up to 3000 m between two Industrial Ethernet OSMs
Glass FOC: Singlemode (SM);100BaseFX BFOC:
2 BFOC sockets per port, 100 Mbit/s data transmission rate,
for connecting singlemode fiber-optic cables in environments
subjected to strong electro-magnetic fields and for distances
of up to 26 km between two Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP62-LD
modules.
Function
Enhancing network performance

By filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC)
address of the data terminals, the local data traffic remains local;
only data to stations of another subnetwork is forwarded by the
OSM/ESM.
Simple network configuration and network expansion.
The overall extension of the network can be up to 150 km with
OSM or up to 5 km with ESM. The OSM/ESM saves the data
received at the ports and forwards it independently to the destination address. Collision detection (CSMA/CD method) does not
restrict the expansion of the network beyond the switch port.
Limiting error propagation to the subnetwork concerned
The OSM/ESM only passes on valid data.
Integration of existing subnetworks at 10 Mbit/s in fast
Ethernet networks at 100 Mbit/s
The OSM/ESM automatically detects the data transmission rate
at Twisted Pair ports (10 or 100 Mbit/s) as well as full-duplex or
half-duplex mode.
Fast redundancy in the ring (reconfiguration time of the ring
is max. 0.3 seconds)
The availability of the communication can be enhanced by
closing an optical line with an OSM or an electrical line with an
ESM to form a ring. OSM/ESM have an integral redundancy
manager that continuously monitors the function of the network.
It recognizes the failure of a transmission link in the ring or of
a OSM/ESM and activates the standby link within no more than
0.3 seconds.
Fast standby redundancy
Several redundant rings can be reliably interconnected over
the integrated standby function (in the case of OSM/ESM with
8 ports). For this purpose, two OSM or ESM modules belonging
to one ring that are connected over a standby link are connected
to the other ring over two separate connection paths.
Digital inputs
Simple integration of digital signals in SNMP-based network
management.
Autocrossover function on RJ45 ports
On RJ45 ports, if required, Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM TP
modules automatically cross over the send and receive circuits
to the connected partner device. This means that twisted TP XP
Cords are not necessary. The Autocrossover function requires
that Autonegotiation is activated.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/125

Module type
Twisted Pair
(Sub D9)
Autosensing
10/100 Mbit/s
Twisted Pair
(RJ45)
Autosensing
10/100 Mbit/s
Multimode
fiber-optic
cable
(BFOC)
100 Mbit/s
Singlemode fiberoptic cable

(BFOC)
100 Mbit/s
Signaling contact
Digital inputs
Web-based management & SNMP
RMON
E-mail
Configuration Save & Load
Firmware Load
Log Table Save
Mirror port
MAC filter
Access protection
Safety
LED on switch
Service
Standby
Redundancy
Ring
2 x 24 V DC
Typical
applications
OSM TP22
OSM TP62
OSM ITP62
Control
Level
OSM ITP62-LD
OSM BC08
OSM ITP53
Industrial Ethernet OSM product variants
Twisted Pair
(Sub D9)
Autosensing
10/100 Mbit/s
Twisted Pair
(RJ45)
Autosensing
10/100 Mbit/s
Web-based management & SNMP
RMON
E-mail
Configuration Save & Load
Firmware Load
Log Table Save
Mirror port
MAC filter
Access protection
ESM ITP80
Industrial Ethernet ESM product variants
2/126
Siemens IK PI 2007
Safety
Digital inputs
Control Level
Service
Signaling contact
ESM TP80
Redundancy
LED on switch
ESM TP40
Standby
Typical
applications
Ring
Module type
2 x 24 V DC

Cabinet
ESM TP80
S7-300 with CP 343-1
PC with
CP 1613
ESM
D
Patch panel with IE FC Outlet RJ45
IE FC Standard Cable
max. 100 m

max. 90m
IE TP Cord
RJ45/RJ45
IE FC RJ45
S7-300 with
Plug 180
CP 343-1/
CP 343-1 Advanced
Max. cable length:

D=A+C 10 m
A+B+C
100 m
IE FC
Outlet
RJ45
C
S7-400 with
CP 443-1/
CP 443-1 Advanced
S7-400 with
CP 443-1/
CP 443-1 Advanced
A, C, D = IE TP Cord 2x2
B
= IE FC Standard Cable
G_IK10_XX_10114
IE FC RJ45
Plug 180
Example of device connection with ESM

The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of
the plant with OSM/ESM modules.
The following network structures and combinations of structures
can be implemented:
Optical line and star topology with OSM, SCALANCE X204-2
or SCALANCE X414-3E and optical-fiber media module
100 Mbit/s:
The cascade depth and network extension are only limited by
the signal propagation delay; the overall extension can be up
to 150 km.
Electrical line and star topologies with ESM, SCALANCE X208
or SCALANCE X414-3E:
The cascading depth and network extension are only limited
by the signal propagation time, the overall network extension
can be up to 5 km.
Structuring of existing networks by connecting individual
subnetworks to OSM/ESM
Optical 100 Mbit/s rings with high-speed media redundancy
(up to 50 Industrial Ethernet OSM, SCALANCE X204-2 or
SCALANCE X414-3E per ring; reconfiguration time is max.
0.3 seconds)
Electrical 100 Mbit/s rings with high-speed media redundancy
(up to 50 ESM, SCALANCE X208 or SCALANCE X414-3E per
ring; reconfiguration time is max. 0.3 seconds)
Hierarchic redundant rings:
Individual redundant rings (10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s) are
connected over two OSM or ESM modules to a higher-level
100 Mbit/s ring. High-speed media redundancy can be
achieved for the individual rings and for their redundant
coupling.

Maximum FOC length between two modules:
3000 m for multimode FOCs
Maximum length of the fiber-optic cable between two
Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP62-LD modules:
26 km for singlemode FOCs
Maximum length of TP-Cord: 10 m; together with Outlets RJ45
and FC cables up to 100 m
Maximum length of the ITP cable with Sub-D connectors
between 2 modules or to the station: 100 m.
Maximum length of the IE FC cable 2 x 2 with an IE FC RJ45
Plug 180 between two modules or to the station:
100 m
Network configuration rules such as "Propagation time equivalence" and "Variability value" end at the port of the switch and
have no influence on the cascading of switches.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/127

Server
Operator Station
Engineering Station
Firm network
PC
Industrial
Ethernet
100 Mbit/s
PC
Switch SCALANCE
X414-3E
Standby connection
S7-300
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
S7-300
Switch
SCALANCE
X204-2
100 Mbit/s
S7-300
Switch SCALANCE
X208
S7-400
S7-400
PG
G_IK10_XX_10132
Optical and electrical ring, redundantly coupled

The following settings can be made on the OSM/ESM module:
Redundancy manager RM
When setting up a ring, a module in the ring is switched into
RM mode.
The non-ring ports of the RM can be used for the connection
of data terminals and networks.
Standby function (for OSM/ESM with 8 ports)
In the case of a redundantly coupled ring, a module in the ring
that is linked to the neighboring module over a standby link is
switched to standby mode by means of a switch.
Signal mask;
the signal mask is set to the current status of the module
(setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask defines
which ports and which voltage feeders are to be monitored.
The signal contact only reports an error, if a monitored port or
a monitored feeder fails (deviation of setpoint/actual status).
2/128
Siemens IK PI 2007
OSM/ESM features the following diagnostic functions:

The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
- RM mode
- standby mode (for OSM/ESM with 8 ports)
- signal contact status
- status of the two voltage feeders
- port status
- port mode (10/100 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
- signal mask (setpoint status)
- status of the digital inputs
The status of the signal contact is routed externally by means
of floating relay contacts. This enables the module to be
monitored via an input module from a controller.
Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM can also be monitored by means
of network management. The following interfaces are provided
for this:
Locally on the module;
over the serial interface and PC with terminal emulation per
command line (CLI Command Line Interface)
Remote via browser (Web-based management):
Selection of OSM/ESM modules over the network from a PC
with browser
Remotely over SNMP;
integration of OSM/ESM over the network to a Network
Management Station

Network management
Network management offers the following functions:
Password-protected dialup for "Administrator"
(read and write authorization) and "User" (read only)
Reading of version and status information
Setting the signal and standby mask and address information
Permanent parameterization of the ports and filter tables
(filter tables only for OSM/ESM with 8 ports)
Output of statistical information
Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the
network by a TFTP server
Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
TFTP server
If faults occur in the network, the OSM/ESM can send error messages (traps) to a network management system or also e-mails
to a predefined network administrator.
Remote Monitoring (RMON) offers the following functions for
OSM/ESM modules with 8 ports:
The OSM/ESM can collect statistical data in accordance with
RMON Standards 1 to 3. These include, for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port.
This information can be read out from the OSM/ESM through
Web-based management in the statistics sub-area.
10/100 Mbit/s
Interface variants
For variants, see table of device

connections
RJ45 socket
(10/100 Mbit/s Autocrossover)
or 9-pole Sub-D socket
1 x 6-pole plug-in terminal block
Connection of data terminals or

subnetworks (10/100 Mbit/s)
Connection for power supply and
signaling contact
Connection for digital input signals
and auxiliary power
1 x 6-pole pluggable terminal

block for OSM TP22/ESM TP40)
or 2 x 6-pole pluggable terminal
block
Input voltage:
- rated value 24 V DC
- for status "1": +13 ... +30 V
- for status "0": -30 ... +3 V
- max. input current: 8 mA
Power supply
2 x 24 V DC (18 V to 32 V DC)
Current consumption
(at rated voltage)
1000 mA
20 W

Cable length between 2 OSM
ITP62/OSM TP62
Cable length between 2 OSM

ITP62-LD
Cable length with RJ45 connection
method
Cable length with Sub D

connection method
0 to 3 km with 50/125 m or
62.5/125 m glass fiber;
1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz*km
0 to 26 km with 10/125 m or
9/125 m glass fiber;
0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm;
0 to 100 m with FC RJ45 Plug 180
and FC cables
0 to 10 m with TP Cord
0 to 100 m with
structured cabling
(e.g. with Industrial Ethernet
FC Outlet RJ45)
0 to 100 m
Cascading depth
Line/star topology
Redundant ring
Relative humidity
Construction
Weight
Mounting
Approvals
UL
CSA
FM
Any (dependant on signal

propagation time only)
50 (for reconfiguration time
< 0.3 s)
0 C ... +60 C
(OSM ITP62-LD: 0 C ... +55 C)
-20 C ... +80 C
max. 95 % at +25 C
217 x 156.5 x 69
approx. 1,400 g
Standard rail, fixed mounting
for 19" rack (in pairs)
IP20
C-Tick
CE
1950
CSA C22.2 No. 950
Class 1, Division 2,
Group A, B, C, D
Use in industrial environments
Marine approvals
Germanische Lloyd (GL)

Llyods Register of Shipping (LRS)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK)
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/129

Ordering data
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP62

Optical Switch Module with 2 fiberoptic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 ITP ports
10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs;
redundant 24 V DC infeed and
signaling contact; with network
management
6GK1 105-2AA10
Industrial Ethernet OSM TP62

Optical Switch Module with 2 fiberoptic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 RJ45 ports
management
6GK1 105-2AB10
Industrial Ethernet OSM

ITP62-LD
Optical Switch Module with 2 fiberoptic ports 100 Mbit/s long distance
(single mode FOC up to 26 km), 6
ITP ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital
inputs; redundant 24 V DC infeed
and signaling contact;
with network management
6GK1 105-2AC10
Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP53

Optical Switch Module with 3 fiberoptic ports 100 Mbit/s, 5 ITP ports
management
6GK1 105-2AD10
Industrial Ethernet OSM TP22

Optical Switch Module with 2 fiberoptic ports 100 Mbit/s, 2 RJ45 ports
redundant 24 V DC infeed and signaling contact; with network management
6GK1 105-2AE00
Industrial Ethernet OSM BC08

Optical Switch Module with
8 fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s
and 8 digital inputs; redundant
24 V DC infeed and signaling
contact; with network management
6GK1 105-4AA00
Industrial Ethernet ESM ITP80

Optical Switch Module with 8 ITP
ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital
and signaling contact;
with network management
6GK1 105-3AA10
Industrial Ethernet ESM TP80

Optical Switch Module with 8 RJ45
and signaling contact; with network
management
6GK1 105-3AB10
2/130
Siemens IK PI 2007
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet ESM TP40
Optical Switch Module with 4 RJ45
and signaling contact; with network
management
6GK1 105-3AC00
IE FC Outlet RJ45
prices from 10 and 50 units
6GK1 901-1FC00 0AA0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Manual for TP and

Paper version;
German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1

ITP installation cable with
two 9-pole Sub-D connectors
for synchronizing two ESMs
over the standby port for redundant coupling of subnetworks
2m
6XV1 850-0CH20
5m
6XV1 850-0CH50
8m
6XV1 850-0CH80
12 m
6XV1 850-0CN12
15 m
6XV1 850-0CN15
20 m
6XV1 850-0CN20
30 m
6XV1 850-0CN30
40 m
6XV1 850-0CN40
Active Network Components Industrial Ethernet media converters

SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged media converter
Overview
The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet media converters of the

SCALANCE X-100 product line are optimized for converting
various transmission media in Industrial Ethernet networks
operating at 10/100 Mbit/s in a line, star and ring topology
Rugged metal housing for space-saving cubicle mounting
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional
housing
Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the
SET button
Connection of existing 10 Mbit/s fiber optic networks
Connection of existing 10Base5 networks (e.g. SINEC H1)
Benefits
Ideal solution for converting various transmission media in

Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
device interface using PROFINET-compliant plug-in connector IE FC RJ45 Plug and additional strain relief by latching the
connector to the housing
Integration of existing 10Base FL and/or 10Base5 networks
Cost savings, since installation is possible without a patch
field by means of IE FC RJ45 Plug and IE FC Standard Cable
Simple and fast diagnostics via LED on device and signaling
contact
Application
The unmanaged media converters of the SCALANCE X-100
product line permit low-cost conversion of various transmission
media within Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies.
They are designed for installation in the control cabinet.
Single, remote terminal units on network segments can be linked
via the optical path of the SCALANCE X-100 media converters.
Integration of an optical path into a redundant ring is also possible, as well as installation of the SCALANCE X-100 media converters into a standby link.
Product versions
SCALANCE X101-1 and SCALANCE X101-1LD,
SCALANCE X101-1POF, SCALANCE X101-1FL and
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
For converting electrical signals into optical signals in
Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
The Industrial Ethernet media converters SCALANCE X101-1
and SCALANCE X101-1LD have an
- electrical 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port
SCALANCE X101-1
- a 100 Mbit/s multimode interface with BFOC connections
SCALANCE X101-1LD
- a 100 Mbit/s single mode interface with BFOC connections
SCALANCE X101-1POF
- a 100 Mbit/s plastic optical fiber interface with SC-RJ
connections
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
- a 10 Mbit/s AUI interface with Sub-D connections
SCALANCE X101-1FL
- a 10 Mbit/s multimode interface with BFOC connections
Redundant power supply with 2 x 24 V DC
Device diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs
(power, link status, data communication) and signaling
contact (signaling mask can be set on site using buttons)
The electric RJ45 socket is industry-standard and features
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/131

Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet media converters with a rugged metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail
and an S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions
is also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that correspond
to those of the S7-300, the devices are ideally suited for integration into an automation solution using S7-300 components.
The SCALANCE X-100 media converters feature:
a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power
supply (2 x 24 V DC)
a row of LEDs for displaying status information (power, link status, data communication, signaling contact)
a 2-pole terminal block for connecting the floating signaling
contact
a SET button for local configuration of the signaling contact
and of cascading mode
The following port types are available:

10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connector:
RJ45 connector, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for
connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plugs over distances
up to 100 m
100BaseFX, BFOC connections with glass fiber optic cable:
glass fiber optic cables up to 3000 m or 26000 m for configuring line, star or ring topologies.
100BaseFX, SC RJ connections with plastic fiber optic cable:
SC RJ sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
plastic fiber optic cables up to 50 m for configuring line, star
or ring topologies.
10BaseFL, BFOC connections with glass fiber optic cable:
glass fiber optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line, star
or ring topologies.
AUI, 15-pin Sub-D connector:
15-pin Sub-D socket for connecting an Industrial Ethernet AUI
cable (connecting cable 727-1/drop cable) to 50 m.
Function
Configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star
or ring topologies
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to Autocrossover function integrated in the TP ports
Easy configuration and extension of the network;

no limits to network extension when switches or media converters of the SCALANCE X-100 family are cascaded.
Integration of existing 10Base FL and/or 10Base5 networks
SCALANCE X101-1LD
SCALANCE X101-1POF
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
OMC TP11
OMC TP11LD
Ring redundancy
without RM
1
1
1
1
Multimode
BFOC
SCALANCE X101-1FL
AUI
10 Mbit/s
Singlemode
BFOC
Local display
(SET button)
Multimode
BFOC
1
1
1
G_IK10_XX_10137
SCALANCE X101-1
100 Mbit/s
POF / PCF
Signal contact
Module type
RJ45
2 x 24 V DC
Fast Ethernet
10 / 100 Mbit/s
SIMATIC environment
Fiber Optic
LED diagnosis
Twisted Pair
Features
Compact housing
Function overview of Industrial Ethernet media converters

The SCALANCE X-100 media converters are typically accommodated in one control cabinet together with the nodes to be
connected. They can be installed in line, star and ring topologies.
Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X media
converters:
2/132
Siemens IK PI 2007
Length of the optical cables:

- max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet multimode fiber-optic
cables.
- max. 26000 m with Industrial Ethernet singlemode fiber-optic
cables.
- max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF fiber optic cables.
Length of the AUI cable:
- max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet connecting cable 727-1
(AUI drop cable)

2
SCALANCE X-400
S7-300 with CP 343-1
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
Industrial
Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet
Access Point
SCALANCE
W-788-1PRO
Industrial
Ethernet
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
SCALANCE
X206-1
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1 LD
Field PG with
CP 7515
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10056
Optical star topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD and remote SCALANCE W Access Point
S7-300 with CP 343-1
S7-200 with
CP 243-1
IE/PB Link
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
IE FC
RJ45
Plug
SCALANCE
X101-1
electrical network
optical network
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
Switch
SCALANCE
X104-2
PROFIBUS
FC Standard Cable
ET 200X
G_IK10_XX_10055
S7-400 with CP 443-1

Advanced
10/100 Mbit/s
Switching cabinet
Electrical and optical linear topology with SCALANCE X101-1
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/133

S7-400
S7-300
S7-400
S7-300
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Industrial Ethernet
PC
S7-400
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE
X208
S7-300
SCALANCE
X208
IPC
PC
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10054
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1LD
IPC
Mixed ring topology with twisted-pair and fiber optic cables
S7-400
S7-300
Switch
SCALANCE X-400
Industrial Ethernet
PC
S7-400
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300
PC
SCALANCE X
204-2
PC
PC
SCALANCE
X101-1LD
S7-400
G_IK10_XX_10052
Mixed ring topology with fiber optic and twisted-pair cables
2/134
Siemens IK PI 2007

2
Operator Station
Operator Stations
S7-300
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
100
Mbit/s
SCALANCE X-400
S7-300
Stand-by master
S7-300
Stand-by slave
SCALANCE
X101-1 or
X101-1LD
SCALANCE
X204-2
SCALANCE
X204-2
100
Mbit/s
PC
SCALANCE
X204-2
S7-300
IPC
S7-300
G_IK10_XX_10047
HMI
SCALANCE
X202-2IRT as
redundancy
manager
Optical redundant connection of two optical rings with SCALANCE X101-1 or SCALANCE X101-1LD
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/135

Media-Converter
SCALANCE
X101-1POF
HMI
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 243-1
ET 200pro
POFLWL
PROFINET
POF-FO cable
POF-FO cable
IE Standard Cable
POF-FO cable
Industrial Ethernet
Switch
SCALANCE
X200-4P IRT
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
G_IK10_XX_10176
Switch
SCALANCE
X202-2P IRT
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN FO
Network structure with plastic fiber optic cabling
SIMATIC S7-400
with CP 443-1
IE Standard Cable
Industrial Ethernet
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
Industrial
Ethernet
OLM
Industrial
Ethernet
OLM
Industrial
Ethernet
OLM
Fiber Optic
Media-Converter
SCALANCE
X101-1FL
SIMATIC S5
with CP 1430
PC with
CP 1413
HMI
SIMATIC S5
with CP 1430
PC with
CP 1413
HMI
Connection of a 10BaseFL segment to Industrial Ethermet (10/100 Mbit/s) with SCALANCE X101-1FL
2/136
Siemens IK PI 2007
SIMATIC S5
with CP 1430
PC with
CP 1413
HMI
G_IK10_XX_10175

Diagnostics data
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
Power
Port status
Data traffic
SIMATIC S7-200
with CP 243-1
The Industrial Ethernet media converters of the SCALANCE

X-100 product line can also be monitored using the floating
signaling contact. Two media converters of the same type can
be connected in cascading mode.
IE Standard Cable
Switch
SCALANCE
X108
Connecting cable
727-1
(AUI Dropcable)
Media-Converter
SCALANCE
X101-1AUI
10Base5-Segment
Bus coupler
incl. Medium
Attachment
Unit
G_IK10_XX_10174
Industrial
Ethernet
Connection of a 10Base5 segment (e.g. SINEC H1) to

Industrial Ethermet (10/100 Mbit/s) with SCALANCE X101-1FL
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/137

Type
SCALANCE X101-1
SCALANCE X101-1LD
Transmission rates
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
electrical
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
optical
2 x BFOC sockets (multimode)
1 x BFOC socket (single mode)
Supply voltage
24 V DC 18 32 V
24 V DC 18 32 V
Current consumption
120 mA
120 mA
3W
3W
0 ... 100 m
IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug

or
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug

or
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 85 m
IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug

or
0 75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable
+ 10 m TP Cord
IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug

or
0 75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing Cable
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 55 m

or
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC Outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord

or
0 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC Outlet RJ45
+ 10 m TP cord
0 3.000 m
Cable length with multimode glass-fiber cable

with 50/125 mm or 62.5/125 mm
at 600 MHz.km
with 1.0 dB/km
at 1300 nm
0 26,000 m
Cable length with single mode glass-fiber cable

with 10/125 mm
with 0.5 dB/km
at 1300 nm
-10 C +60 C
-10 C +60 C
Storage and transport temperature -40 C +80 C
-40 C +80 C
Interfaces
Cable length

Relative humidity
95%
95%
Construction
40 x 125 x 124
40 x 125 x 124
Weight
0.55 kg
0.55 kg
Assembly
IP degree of protection
IP30
IP30
Approvals
EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-4
FM
FM 3611
FM 3611
CuL listing
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
C-Tick
ATEX Zone 2
EN 50021
EN 50021
CE
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
2/138
Siemens IK PI 2007


Type
SCALANCE X101-1POF
SCALANCE X101-1FL
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
Transfer rates
10/100 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
10 Mbit/s
Interfaces
electrical
1 x RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 1 x RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 1 x RJ45 socket
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP);
1x 15-pin Sub D socket
for connecting to cable 727-1
(AUI drop cable)
optical
1 x SC-RJ POF
1 x BFOC multimode
Electrical interfaces for

power supply
Electrical interfaces for

signaling contact
Supply voltage
24 V, 18 32 V
24 V, 18 32 V
24 V, 18 32 V
Input current
0.12 A
0.12 A
0.16 A
Power loss at 24 V with DC
3.0 W
3.0 W
3.0 W
0 ... 100 m

IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 ... 90 m IE FC Standard Cable GP
+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC RJ45 Plug or
+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC RJ45 Plug or
+ 10 m TP Cord
0 85 m

IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 ... 75 m IE FC Marine/Trailing

IE FC RJ45 Plug or

IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 55 m

IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 ... 45 m IE TP Torsion Cable with
IE FC Outlet RJ45 + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC RJ45 Plug or

IE FC RJ45 Plug or
0 3.000 m
Cable length with multimode glass

fiber cable with 50/125 mm
or 62.5/125 mm
at 600 MHz.km
with 1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm or
with 3 db/km at 850 nm (X101-1FL)
0 26,000 m
0 ... 50
Cable length in the case of

plastic optical fiber
with 980/1000 m POF
with 230 dB/km at 660 nm
Cable length in the case of

connecting cable 727-1
(AUI drop cable)
Cable length
Ambient temperature
During operation
-10 ... +60 C
-10 ... +60 C
-10 ... +60 C
During storage/During transport
-40 ... +80 C
-40 ... +80 C
-40 ... +80 C
Maximum relative humidity at 25C

during operation
95%
95%
95%
Construction
40 x 125 x 124
40 x 125 x 124
40 x 125 x 124
Net weight
0.55 kg
0.55 kg
0,55 kg
Type of mounting

wall mounting

wall mounting

wall mounting
IP degree of protection
IP30
IP30
IP30
Approvals
EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-4
FM
FM 3611
FM 3611
FM 3611
CuL listing
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950
UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950
C-Tick
ATEX Zone 2
EN 50021
EN 50021
EN 50021
CE
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/139

Ordering data
Order No.

media converter
Industrial Ethernet media
converters, LED diagnostics,
fault signaling contact with
SET key, redundant power supply,
PROFINET-compatible securing
collars
Accessories
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables;
SCALANCE X101-1
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port
1 x 100 Mbit/s multimode BFOC
6GK5 101-1BB00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1LD
1 x 100 Mbit/s singlemode
BFOC
6GK5 101-1BC00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1POF
1 x 100 Mbit/s POF SC RJ
6GK5 101-1BH00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1AUI
1 x 10 Mbit/s AUI segment port
6GK5 101-1BX00-2AA3
SCALANCE X101-1FL
1 x 10 Mbit/s multimode BFOC
6GK5 101-1BY00-2AA3
2/140
Siemens IK PI 2007
Order No.
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

180 cable outlet;
for network components and
CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
interface
1 pack = 1 item
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 items
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 items
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

networks
German
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
English
6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1

Overview
Application
The optical media converters OMC TP11 and OMC TP11-LD
for Industrial Ethernet enable selective use of FOC in Industrial
Ethernet networks.
100 Mbit/s full duplex twisted pair interfaces of terminals or network components are converted to FOC interfaces with OMC.
This allows implementation of the following applications:
Connection of an individual remote terminal or a remote subnetwork through FOC to an Industrial Ethernet network. Maximum FOC lengths are as follows:
- with multimode FOC and OMC TP11 3 km or
- with OMC TP11-LD and monomode FOC 26 km.
Integration of an FOC line in a redundant ring with ESM
through the interconnection of two OMCs and FOC
Equipotential bonding measures or lightning protection
measures are not necessary when using OMC and FOC.
Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11 and OMC TP11-LD optical media converters convert the electrical Twisted Pair interface into
an optical interface and therefore enable the targeted use of
fiber optic-cables
Optical connection of OMC TP11 media converters to other
OMC TP11s or to OSM TPs through the fiber-optic port (BFOC
sockets) with multimode glass FOCs up to 3 km in length at a
transmission rate of 100 Mbit/s
Monomode variant OMC TP11-LD supports monomode fiberoptic cables of up to 26 km in length to other OMC TP11-LD
converters
Electrical connection of data terminals capable of 100 Mbit/s
to the RJ45 port of OMC TP11 or OMC TP11-LD using TP
Cords up to 6 m in length
Can be combined with OSM/ESM in a redundant ring or in
standby configurations
Integration of the media converters in the plant monitoring
system using the signaling contact
Benefits
Media redundancy of OSM/ESM is maintained through interconnection of OMC.

High availability through redundant power supply.
Simple monitoring and diagnostics through signal contact.
Equipotential bonding measures or lightning protection equipment is not required due to use of fiber-optic cables
The OMCs forward fail-state characteristics that they recognize

at one port to other ports. For this reason they can be integrated
in redundant rings or between rings on redundant connection
routes (connection of OMC to the coupling or ring port of an
OSM TP/ESM).
The reliability performance of the media converters can be
monitored through the signal contact.
Design
The Industrial Ethernet OMCs TP11 and TP11-LD are equipped
with an industry-standard metal housing. It is suitable for the
following types of assembly:
DIN standard mounting rail
Wall mounting
OMC has a 6-pin terminal block for connecting the supply voltage (redundant 24 V DC incoming supply) and the isolated
signal contact. The signal contact can be monitored through an
input module by a controller.
LEDs display the following information:
Signal contact status
State of both 24 V incoming feeders L1 and L2
Link state/data port 1 and port 2
The Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11 has the following interfaces:
100BaseTX:
RJ45 socket, 100 Mbit/s data rate, for the connection of
TP Cords or TP XP Cords of up to 6 m in length.
100BaseFX BFOC:
2 BFOC sockets, transmission speed 100 Mbit/s, for connection of multimode FOCs up to 3000 m in length per line
segment or for connection of monomode FOCs up to 26 km
in length per line segment with OMC TP11-LD.
Function
Conversion of twisted pair signals (100 Mbit/s) to optical
signals (100 Mbit/s) and vice versa.
Signaling of operating parameters for 100 Mbit/s full duplex
operation to twisted pair interface during link setup.
Electrical connection of OMC to network components
(e.g. OSM/ESM) through crossed twisted pair patch cable
(TP XP Cord; max. 6 m)
Electrical connection of OMC to data terminals (e.g. S7-400
with CP 443-1) through uncrossed twisted pair patch cable
(TP Cord; max. 6 m).
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/141

Integration
Fiber optic connection in the redundant ring with ESM
O
M
C
10/100
Mbit/s
ESM
ESM
ESM
ESM
Industrial Ethernet
OMC TP11
100 Mbit/s
max. 6 m
TP XP cord
OSM
TP62
PC
Remote
subnet
OSM
ESM
ESM
ESM
Industrial Ethernet
OMC TP11
O
M
C
ESM
Industrial Ethernet
OMC TP11
100 Mbit/s
fiber optic
max. 3 km/26 km
Industrial Ethernet
OMC TP11
ESM
ESM
TP XP cord
max. 6 m
100 Mbit/s
Remote
node
Industrial Ethernet
OMC TP11
S7-400
S7-300
Configuration example for OMC
2/142
Siemens IK PI 2007
S7-400
O
M
C
100 Mbit/s
max. 6 m TP cord
G_IK10_XX_10123

Ordering data
100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
OMC TP11 for

Industrial Ethernet
Optical Media Converter RJ45 on
(BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s up to
3 km; redundant 24 V DC incoming supply and signal contact;
6GK1 100-2AB00
OMC TP11-LD for

Industrial Ethernet
Optical Media Converter RJ45 on
monomode fiber-optic cable
(BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s up to
26 km; redundant 24 V DC incoming supply and signal contact;
6GK1 100-2AC00
Electrical connection of
data terminals or network
components
RJ45 socket (100 Mbit/s;

100BaseTX) for connection of
TP Cords or TP XP Cords
up to 6 m in length
Optical connection to additional

OMC or OSM TP
2 BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s; 100BaseFX)
for multimode (OMC TP11) or
for monomode (OMC TP11-LD)
Connection for power supply and

signaling contact
1 x 6-pole plug-in terminal block,

can be screwed
Power supply
2 x DC 24 V (18 V to 32 V)
Current input at rated voltage
250 mA
5W
Terminal connection
TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
TP connecting cable
with 2 RJ45 connectors
TP cable length
0 to 6 m with TP Cord
0.5 m
6XV1 850-2GE50
Optical-fiber cable length

between two OMC TP11s or
between an OSM and OMC TP11
0 to 3 km
(62.5/125 m glass fiber;
1.0 dB/km at 1300 nm;
600 MHz*km)
1m
6XV1 850-2GH10
2m
6XV1 850-2GH20
6m
6XV1 850-2GH60
0 to 26 km
(10/125 m or
9/125 m glass fiber;
0.5 dB/km at 1300 nm)
TP Cord RJ45/15
TP cord
with one 15-pin Sub-D connector
Optical-fiber cable length

between two OMC TP11-LDs or
between an OSM ITP62-LD and
OMC TP11-LD
0.5 m
6XV1 850-2LE50
0 C to +60 C
1m
6XV1 850-2LH10
-25 C to +80 C
2m
6XV1 850-2LH20
Relative humidity during operation < 95 %
6m
6XV1 850-2LH60
Construction
54 x 136.5 x 69
Weight
350 g
Mounting
Standard rail, fixed installation
Network component
connection
TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45
Twisted TP cable
with 2 RJ45 connectors
IP20
0.5 m
6XV1 850-2HE50
Approvals
Order No.
1m
6XV1 850-2HH10
UL
1950
2m
6XV1 850-2HH20
CSA
CSA C22.2 No. 950
6m
6XV1 850-2HH60
FM
Class 1, Division 2,
Group A, B, C, D
C-Tick
CE
Use in industrial environments
TP XP Cord 9/RJ45
Twisted TP cord
with one 9-pin Sub-D connector
0.5 m
6XV1 850-2ME50
1m
6XV1 850-2MH10
2m
6XV1 850-2MH20
6m
6XV1 850-2MH60
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/143
Industrial Security
Overview
Overview
WAN
Production service computer

with SOFTNET Security
Client software
Host computer with
SOFTNET Security Client software
Firewall
PC with
SOFTNET
Security
Client
software
Server
MES level
PC
Security
Module
SCALANCE S
Office level
PC
Server
Switch
SCALANCE X-400
Automation network
PROFINET
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Industrial Ethernet
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Panel
PC
Control & Monitoring
Robot cells
Automation cell
Robot cell
G_IK10_XX_30010
Secure access (VPN tunnel)
Secure communication with SCALANCE S
Modern automation technology is based on communication and

the trend toward increased networking of individual manufacturing islands. It is becoming more and more important to integrate
all the manufacturing components into a uniform network that
merges with the office network and the corporate Intranet.
There is also a requirement for remote access for servicing, the
increasing use of IT mechanisms such as Web servers and
e-mail with programmable controllers as well as the use of wireless LANs. In this manner, industrial communication interacts
more and more with the IT environment and is now subjected
to the same dangers that are well-known from the office and IT
environment, such as hackers, viruses, worms and Trojans.
The current security concepts are tailored to the office world and
require constant administration and specialist knowledge. They
are not usually conversant with the special protocol landscape
of industrial communication and are not designed to withstand
the harsh environmental conditions.
With its security concept, Siemens offers a safety solution specially designed for industrial automation engineering that satisfies the specific requirements of this application environment.
Advantages of industrial security concept:

Protection from espionage and data manipulation
Protection against overloading of the communication system
Protection against mutual interference
Protection against addressing mistakes
User-friendly and simple configuration and administration
without specialist knowledge of IT security
No changes or modification of the existing network structure
are necessary
No changes or modification of the existing applications or
network stations are necessary
Rugged, industry-compatible design
SCALANCE S security modules offer a scaleable security
functionality:
Firewall for protecting the programmable controllers from
unauthorized access regardless of the size of the network to
be protected.
Supplementary or alternative VPN (Virtual Private Network)
for reliable authentication of the communication partners and
encryption of the transmitted data
SOFTNET Security Client for secure access of PCs/notebooks to
programmable controllers protected by SCALANCE S.
2/144
Siemens IK PI 2007
Industrial Security
SCALANCE S
Overview
Security modules for the protection of automation networks

and security during data exchange between automation systems.
Communication is only possible between authenticated and
authorized devices
- protection against operator mistakes
- prevention of unauthorized access
- prevention of faults and communications overload
Easier handling thanks to minimal configuration and no
special knowledge of IT security is required
No modification or adaptation of the existing network
structure, applications or stations is required
Safeguarding of communication is independent of the
protocol (e.g. PROFINET or other Ethernet-based fieldbus
solutions)
configuration data (not included in the scope of supply)
SCALANCE S602
Basic version with firewall functionality
In addition to bridge mode, can also be operated in router
mode and can therefore also be used directly at IP subnet
limits
Address translation
- NAT (Network Address Translation) permits the use of private
IP addresses in the internal network in that public IP
addresses are converted to private ones
- NAPT (Network Address and Port Translation) permits the
use of private IP addresses in the internal network in that
frames are converted to private IP addresses depending on
the communications port used
Internal network nodes can receive their IP addresses from
the integral DHCP server
Log files can also be evaluated by the Syslog server
Simple and fast configuration of the firewall through global
firewall rules and symbolic names for IP addresses
Benefits
Access protection can be implemented for any devices in

Ethernet networks
Problem-free integration into existing networks since it is unnecessary to reconfigure any end stations or introduce new
IP subnets
High flexibility through optional operation as bridge or with
router function
Use of private IP addresses possible in the internal network
through NAT (Network Address Translation) or NAPT (Network
Address and Port Translation) functionality;
public IP addresses can therefore be saved, and automation
cells can be designed identically with the same private IP
addresses.
Automatic reading out of log files using Syslog server
Simple and fast startup;
firewall rules which are to apply to several SCALANCE S
devices can be combined in global firewall rules.
Assignment of symbolic names to IP addresses simplifies the
configuration and readability of the firewall rules
Rugged, industry-compatible design tailored to the requirements in an industrial environment
Device replacement without programming devices, as all
information is stored on the replaceable C-PLUG (even file
system for IT functions).
Application
The security modules of the SCALANCE S range can be used to
protect all devices of an Ethernet network against unauthorized
access. In addition, SCALANCE S612 and SCALANCE S613
also protect the data transmission between devices or network
segments (e.g. automation cells) against data manipulation and
espionage. SCALANCE S is optimized for use in automation and
industrial environments, and meets the specific requirements of
automation systems, such as easy upgrades of existing systems, simple installation and minimal downtimes in the event of
a fault.
Note:
You can obtain support regarding the special features of WAN
connections and company firewalls/security infrastructures from
your local contact.
I&S Security Service
Customer Care Desk
Tel.: +49(0)9131-7-28811
E-mail: professionalsupport@siemens.com
SCALANCE S612 and SCALANCE S613

Encryption of data transmission
- protection against espionage
- protection against unauthorized manipulation
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/145
Industrial Security
SCALANCE S
Function
Security functions
VPN (Virtual Private Network)
(only for SCALANCE S612 and SCALANCE S613);
for reliable authentication (identification) of the network stations,
for encrypting the data and checking data integrity.
Authentication;
All incoming data traffic is monitored and checked. As IP
addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the IP
address (of the client access) is not sufficient. In addition,
Client PCs may have changing IP addresses. For this reason
the authentication is performed by means of tried and tested
VPN mechanisms.
Data encryption;
Secure encryption is necessary in order to protect data communication from espionage and unauthorized manipulation.
This means that the data traffic remains incomprehensible to
any eavesdropper in the network. The SCALANCE Security
Module establishes VPN tunnels to other Security Modules for
this purpose.
Firewall;
Can be used as an alternative or to supplement VPN with flexible
access control.
The firewall filters data packets and disables or enables communications links in accordance with the filter list (packet filter firewall). Both incoming and outgoing communication can be filtered, IP and MAC addresses, as well as communication
protocols (ports).
Logging;
access data are saved by the Security Module in a log file.
Detection of how, when and by whom it has been accessed
is as important as detecting access attempts, to ensure that
appropriate preventative measures can be taken.
2/146
Siemens IK PI 2007
Versions:
SCALANCE S602;
uses Stateful Inspection Firewall to protect network segments
against unauthorized access
SCALANCE S612;
against unauthorized access;
protects up to 32 devices using VPN tunnels (up to 64 VPN
tunnels simultaneously)
SCALANCE S613;
protects up to 64 devices using VPN tunnels, (up to 128 VPN
tunnels simultaneously)
extended temperature range from -20 C +70 C
Configuring
Configuring is simple to carry out even without special IT knowledge. Only the Security Modules or SOFTNET Security Clients
that have to communicate with each other securely have to be
created and configured. All the configuration data can be saved
on the optional C-PLUG swap media (not included in scope of
supply) so that the Security Module can be replaced quickly in
the event of a fault and without the need of a programming device.
Industrial Security
SCALANCE S
Configuration
Remote
access
Office environment
Office PC
ROBCAD
PC
Test
systems
Process
Virus
data
protection
recording
server
File
server
archive
Print
server
DHCP
DNS
server
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X414-3E
with layer 3-functions
(IP routing)
SCALANCE X414-3E
with layer 3-functions
(IP routing)
SCALANCE X414-3E
SCALANCE S602
Plant PC
Adhesive bead
monitoring
Bolt PC
Laser PC
Plant PC
SCALANCE S602
Adhesive bead
monitoring
Laser PC
Bolt PC
Plant cells
Vehicle body production network
Syslog
server
Robot
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Bolt
Programming Screwdriver
controller device
Welding
controller
Programming Screwdriver
Bolt
controller device
Robot
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
Welding
controller
G_IK_XX_30043
Factory network
Printer
Factory computer center
Plant network protected by SCALANCE S
Internal network
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Internal network
G_IK10_XX_10083
External
"insecure"
network
Secure communication with SCALANCE S
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/147
Industrial Security
SCALANCE S
Ordering data
10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
External network (red port)
1 x RJ45
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Internal network (green port)
1 x RJ45
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Supply voltage
24 V DC (20.4 28.8 V)
Current consumption
130 mA at 24 V
Power loss
approx. 3 W
Permissible ambient conditions

- SCALANCE S602 and S612
- SCALANCE S613
0 C +60 C
-20 C +70 C
-40 C +85 C
Relative humidity during operation < 95% (at 30 C)

Design
60 x 125 x 124
Weight
approx. 0.7 kg
Assembly
For snapping onto a standard

mounting rail
Screw-mounting onto S7-300
subrack and onto horizontal and
vertical surfaces
IP30
Performance data
Number of VPN connections that
can be operated simultaneously
SCALANCE S612
max. 64
SCALANCE S613
max. 128
Number of internal nodes with VPN

connections
SCALANCE S612
max. 32
SCALANCE S613
max. 64
Approvals
FM
FM 3611
CuL listing
UL 60950,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950
C-Tick
ATEX Zone 2
EN 50021
CE
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4
2/148
Siemens IK PI 2007
Industrial Security Modules

SCALANCE S
For protection of programmable
controllers and automation
networks, and for safeguarding
of industrial communication;
configuring tool and electronic
manual on CD-ROM
German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish
SCALANCE S602
uses Stateful Inspection Firewall
to protect network segments
SCALANCE S612
protects up to 32 devices,
up to 64 VPN tunnels
simultaneously
SCALANCE S613
simultaneously;
enhanced temperature range
(-20 to +70 C)
Order No.
6GK5 602-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5 612-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5 613-0BA00-2AA3
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

Edition 2006
Software for designing secure
IP-based VPN connections
from programming device/PC to
network segments which are
secured by SCALANCE S;
single license for 1 installation,
runtime software (German/English),
configuring tool (German/English)
and electronic manual
on CD-ROM (German/English/
French/Spanish/Italian)
for 32-bit Windows, XP Professional
+ SP1, 2, Windows 2000 Professional + SP3, 4
6GK1 704-1VW01-0AA0
C-PLUG
Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a
fault; for storing configuration or
engineering and application data;
6GK1 900-0AB00
Industrial Security
Overview
SOFTNET Security Client is a component part of the industrial
security concept for protecting automation devices and for
security during data exchange between automation systems.
VPN client for programming devices, PCs and notebook
computers in the industrial environment;
secure VPN client access is supported through SCALANCE S
protected automation systems
PC/IPC with
Software
SOFTNET
Security Client
Data transmission is protected against incorrect user operation, listening in, espionage and malignant intervention;
communication can only take place between authenticated
and authorized devices
Uses the IPSec mechanisms already tried and tested in the
office sector for setting up and operating VPNs.
PC/PG/Notebook
with CP 7515
and Software
Access Point
SCALANCE
W788-1PRO
Industrial Ethernet
Automation cell 1
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Automation cell 2
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Automation cell 3
protected access (VPN tunnel)
G_IK10_XX_10083
Security Module
SCALANCE S
Secure access to automation cells secured by SCALANCE S612/S613 with SOFTNET Security Client
Benefits
Secure access by programming devices or notebooks to

automation devices or complete automation cells
Simple use on mobile PCs when using the SOFTNET Security
Client, as no external device is required for securing the communication
Consistent security concept for the automation system with
SCALANCE S and SOFTNET Security Client
Protecting data transmission against espionage and manipulation by means of certified standards.
Simple operation, can be implemented without special IT
knowledge
Non-secure devices can be integrated into the secure data
traffic
Reaction-free;
no change to existing network infrastructures is required
Communication can be protected independent of the
IP-based application protocol used
Application
Security modules of the SCALANCE S family are provided
specially for use in automation, yet connect seamlessly with the
security structures of the office and IT world. They offer security
and meet the specific requirements of automation systems, such
as easy upgrades of existing systems, simple installation and
minimal downtimes in the event of a fault.
Depending on the respective security needs, various different
security measures can be combined with one another. The
SOFTNET Security Client allows programming devices, PCs and
notebook computers access to network nodes or automation
systems protected by SCALANCE S.
Note:
You can obtain support regarding the special features of WAN
connections and company firewalls/security infrastructures from
your local contact.
I&S Security Service
Customer Care Desk
Tel.: +49(0)9131-7-28811
E-mail: professionalsupport@siemens.com
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/149
Industrial Security
Function
Ordering data
Authentication
Each incoming item of data traffic is monitored and checked.
As IP addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the IP
address (of the client access) is not sufficient. In addition,
Client PCs may have changing IP addresses. For this reason
the authentication is performed by means of tried and tested
VPN mechanisms.
Data encryption
To protect the data traffic against espionage and manipulation
secure encryption is necessary. This means that the data traffic
remains incomprehensible to any eavesdropper in the network.
To this end, SOFTNET Security Client sets up VPN tunnels based
on IPSec to other SCALANCE S security modules.
Performance data
System requirements:
Windows 2000 Professional (32 bit) + SP3, 4
Windows XP Professional (32 bit) + SP1, 2
Configuring
Using the associated configuration tool it is possible to handle
setup and administration of security rules even without special
IT knowledge. In the simplest case, only the SCALANCE S
modules or SOFTNET security clients that are to communicate
with one another are set up and configured. As soon as
SOFTNET Security Client knows which automation device is
to be accessed, a communication can be set up.

Edition 2006
Software for designing secure
IP-based VPN connections
from programming device/PC to
network segments which are
secured by SCALANCE S;
runtime software
(German/English), configuring
tool (German/English) and
electronic manual on CD-ROM
(German/English/French/Italian/Spanish) for 32-bit Windows,
XP Professional + SP1, 2 Windows 2000 Professional + SP3, 4
Industrial Security Modules
SCALANCE S
For protection of programmable
controllers and automation
networks, and for safeguarding
of industrial communication;
configuring tool and electronic
manual on CD-ROM
German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish
SCALANCE S612
simultaneously
SCALANCE S613
simultaneously;
enhanced temperature range
(-20 to +70 C)
Order No.
6GK1 704-1VW01-0AA0
6GK5 612-0BA00-2AA3
6GK5 613-0BA00-2AA3
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

2/150
Siemens IK PI 2007
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

CPU 315-2 PN/DP
Overview
The CPU with a medium program memory and quantity framework
High processing performance in binary and floating-point
arithmetic
Used as a central controller on production lines with central
and distributed I/O
Integral PROFINET interface
Combined MPI / PROFIBUS DP-master/slave interface
Component Based Automation (CBA) on PROFINET
PROFInet proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP in
Component Based Automation (CBA)
PROFINET IO Controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
Product status
associated programming package
STEP 7 V5.3 SP1 with hardware

update
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V
Yes
permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V
permissible range, upper limit
28.8 V
(DC)
Voltages and currents
external protection for supply
cables (recommendation)
min. 2 A
Current consumption
Inrush current, typ.
2.5 A
It
1 As
Current consumption
(in no-load operation), typ.
100 mA
Current consumption (rated value)
650 mA
Power loss, typ.
3.5 W
- expandable
Load memory
- pluggable (MMC)
- pluggable (MMC), max.
Backup
present
without battery
DB
Number, max.
Size, max.
1,023; Number band: 1 to 1023

16 KByte
FB
Number, max.
Size, max.

16 KByte
FC
Number, max.
Size, max.

16 KByte
OB
Number, max., remark
Size, max.
See Operation List

16 KByte
Nesting depth
per priority class
additional within an error OB
8
4
CPU/processing times
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
CPU/blocks
for bit operations, min.
0.1 s
for word operations, min.
0.2 s
for fixed point arithmetic, min.
2 s
for floating point arithmetic, min.
3 s
256 KByte; for program and data,

less the display data
No
Yes
8 MByte
Yes; guaranteed by MMC
(maintenance-free)
Yes; Program and data
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/151

CPU 315-2 PN/DP

6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
Times/counters and their
remanence
S7 counter
Number
of which remanent without battery
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Remanence
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Counting range
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
IEC counter
present
Type
256
Yes
0
255
Yes
0
255
Yes
0
999
Yes
SFB
S7 times
Number
Remanence
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
- preset
256
Yes
0
255
No retentivity
Time range
- lower limit
- upper limit
10 ms
9,990 s
IEC timer
present
Type
Yes
SFB
Data areas and their remanence

Flag
Number, max.
Remanence available
Number of clock memories
2,048 Byte
Yes; MB 0 to MB 2047
8; 1 memory byte
Data blocks
Number, max.
Size, max.
Remanence adjustable
Remanence preset
1,023; from DB 1 to DB 1023

16 KByte
Yes; via non-retain property on DB
yes
Local data
per priority class, max.
1,024 Byte; per block max. 510
Process image
Inputs
Outputs
2/152
Siemens IK PI 2007
16,384
16,384
1,024; max.
1,024; max.
Analog channels
Inputs
Outputs
Inputs, of which central
Outputs, of which central
1,024
1,024
256; max.
256; max.
Hardware config.
Central devices, max.
Expansion devices, max.
Racks, max.
Modules per rack, max.
Number of DP masters
integrated
via CP
1
4
Number of operable FMs and CPs

(recommended)
FM
CP, point-to-point
CP, LAN
8
8
10
Time
Clock
Hardware clock (real-time clock)
Battery backed and synchronized
Deviation per day, max.
Operating hours counter
Number
Number/Number range
Range of values
Granularity
remanent
Clock synchronization
supports
to MPI, Master
to MPI, Slave
in AS, Master
in AS, Slave
Yes
Yes
10 s
1
0
2 to the power of 31 hours
(when using the SFC 101)
1 hour
Yes; must be restarted at each
warm restart
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
S7 message functions
Number of login stations for
message functions, max.
16; (depending on the configured

connections for PG-/OP and S7
basic communication)
2 KByte
2 KByte
Process diagnostic messages
Yes
simultaneously active Alarm-S

blocks, max.
40
2 KByte
2 KByte
Test commissioning functions
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
of which, distributed
- Inputs
- Outputs
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
Digital channels
Inputs
Outputs
128 Byte
128 Byte
Status/control
Status/control variable
Variables
Yes
Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,
times, counters

CPU 315-2 PN/DP

Monitoring functions
Number of variables, max.
of which status variable, max.
of which control variable, max.
30
30
14
Forcing
Forcing
Yes
Force, variables
Inputs, outputs
Forcing, number of variables, max. 10
Status block
Yes
Single step
Yes
Number of breakpoints
Diagnostic buffer
present
Number of entries, max.
adjustable
Yes
100
No
Communication functions
PG/OP communication
Yes
Routing
Yes
Global data communication

supported
Size of GD packets, max.
Yes
22 Byte
S7 basic communication
supported
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
S5-compatible communication
supported
Yes; via CP and loadable FC
Open IE communication
TCP/IP
- Number of connections, max.
- Data length, max.
Number of connections
overall
usable for PG communication
usable for OP communication
usable for S7 basic communication
Yes; via integrated PROFINET

interface and loadable FBs
8
1,460 Byte
16
15; max.
15
14
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint
communication load)
Setpoint for the CPU communication load
Number of remote interconnection
partners
Number of functions, master/slave
Total of all master/slave
connections
Data length of all incoming connections master/slave, max.
Data length of all outgoing connections master/slave, max.
Number of device-internal and
PROFIBUS interconnections
Data length of device-internal and
PROFIBUS interconnections, max.
Data length per connection, max.
Remote interconnections with
acyclic transmission
- Sampling frequency: sampling
interval, min.
- Number of incoming interconnections
- Number of outgoing interconnections
- Data length of all incoming interconnections, max.
- Data length of all outgoing interconnections, max.
- Data length per connection,
max.
cyclic transmission
- Transmission frequency:
transmission interval, min.
- Data length of all incoming
interconnections, max.
- Data length of all outgoing
max.
HMI variables via PROFINET
(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for
HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
- HMI variable updating
- Number of HMI variables
- Data length of all HMI variables,
max.
PROFIBUS proxy functionality
- supported
- Number of linked PROFIBUS
devices
max.
50%
32
17
1,000
4,000 Byte
4,000 Byte
500
4,000 Byte
1,400 Byte
500 ms
100
100
2,000 Byte
2,000 Byte
1,400 Byte
10 ms
200
2,000 Byte
2,000 Byte
450 Byte
3; 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
500 ms
200
2,000 Byte
Yes
16
240 Byte; Slave-dependent
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/153

CPU 315-2 PN/DP

6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
1st interface
Type of interface
Integral RS 485 interface
Physics
RS 485
isolated
Yes
Power supply to interface

(15 30 V DC), max.
200 mA
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
Point-to-point coupling
MPI
Services
- PG/OP communication
- Routing
- Global data communication
- S7 basic communication
- S7 communication
- S7 communication, as client
- S7 communication, as server
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
16
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Transmission speeds, max.
12 Mbit/s
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- equidistance support
- SYNC/FREEZE
- DPV1
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Number of DP slaves, max.
DP slave
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- direct data exchange
(cross traffic)
- DPV1
12 Mbit/s
124
Yes; only when interface active

No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
(15 30 V DC), max.
0 mA
automatic detection of transmission

speed
Yes; (10/100 Mbit/s)
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET CBA
PROFINET IO controller
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
PROFINET CBA
Acyclic transmission
cyclic transmission
Yes
Yes
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- open IE communication
Transmission speed, max.
Number of connectable
IO-devices, max.
Send cycle, remark
Yes
Yes
Yes; with loadable FBs, max.
configurable connections: 14,
max. number of instances: 32
Yes; via TCP/IP
100 Mbit/s
128
1 to 512 ms
(minimum value depends on
communication share set for
PROFINET IO, on the number of
IO devices and on the number
of configured useful data items)
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
2 KByte
2 KByte
Useful data consistency, max.
256 Byte
CPU/programming
Programming language
STEP 7
LAD
FBD
STL
SCL
CFC
GRAPH
HiGraph
Yes; V 5.3 SP1 or higher + HW

update
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Software libraries
Operational stocks
See Operation List
No
Nesting levels

Transfer memory
- Inputs
- Outputs
12 Mbit/s
User program protection/password

protection
Yes
244 Byte
244 Byte
System functions (SFC)
See Operation List
System function blocks (SFB)
See Operation List
Address area, max.
32; with max. 32 bytes each
Dimensions and weight
2nd interface
Width
80 mm
Type of interface
PROFINET
Height
125 mm
Physics
Ethernet
Depth
130 mm
isolated
Yes
Weight, approx.
460 g
2/154
Siemens IK PI 2007

CPU 315-2 PN/DP
Ordering data
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
Main memory 256 KB,
power supply 24 V DC,
combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master/slave interface,
Ethernet/PROFINET interface;
MMC required
Order No.
6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
Micro Memory Card

64 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
128 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
512 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
2 MByte
6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
4 MByte
6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
8 MByte
6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0
MPI cable
For connecting SIMATIC S7 and
the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
Slot number plates
6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0
S7-300 manual
Design, CPU data, module data,
instruction list
Order No.
Labeling sheets for
machine inscription
For 16-channel signal modules,
DIN A4, for printing with laser
printer;
10 units
petrol
6ES7 392-2AX00-0AA0
light-beige
6ES7 392-2BX00-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 392-2CX00-0AA0
red
6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0

printer;
10 units
petrol
6ES7 392-2AX10-0AA0
light-beige
6ES7 392-2BX10-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 392-2CX10-0AA0
red
6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
Manual "Communication for

SIMATIC S7-300/-400"
German
6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0
English
6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0
French
6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0
Spanish
6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0
Italian
6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0
SIMATIC Manual Collection

Electronic manuals on CD-ROM,
multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7,
S7-400, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(Programming device), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Communication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

update service for 1 year
Current "Manual Collection" CD
and the three subsequent
updates
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Power supply connector

10 units, spare part
6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0
Labeling strips
6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
Label cover
6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
S7 SmartLabel
Software for automatic labeling
of modules based on data of the
STEP 7 project
2XV9 450-1SL01-0YX0
German
6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
English
6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0
French
6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
Spanish
6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
Italian
6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
SIMATIC S7 demo case

With mounting components for
mounting S7-200 and S7-300
6ES7 910-3AA00-0XA0
PROFIBUS DP bus connector

RS 485
With 90 cable outlet, max.
transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
- without PG interface
6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
- with PG interface
6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
With 90 cable outlet for FastConnect connection system,

max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0
- with PG interface
6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0
With axial cable outlet for

SIMATIC OP, for connecting to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
6GK1 500-0EA02
PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus

cable
Standard type with special design
for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter,
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
minimum ordering quantity 20 m
6XV1 830-0EH10
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS

Data transmission rate up to
12 Mbit/s; 24 V DC; IP20 housing
6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
PROFIBUS bus components

For establishing MPI/PROFIBUS
communication
see Catalogs IK PI, CA 01
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/155

CPU 317-2 PN/DP
Overview
The CPU with a large program memory and quantity framework for demanding requirements
Distributed intelligence in Component Based Automation
(CBA) on PROFInet
PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP in
PROFINET I/O controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
For multisector automation tasks in the construction of series
machines, special machines and plants
Used as a central controller on production lines with central
and distributed I/O
For extensive I/O configurations
For setting up distributed I/O structures
High processing performance in binary and floating-point
arithmetic
Combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP-master/slave interface
Supports as an option the use of SIMATIC Engineering Tools
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
Product status
STEP 7 V5.3 or higher with HW

update
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V
Yes
28.8 V
(DC)
min. 2 A
Current consumption
2.5 A
It
1 As
Current consumption
100 mA
Current consumption (rated value) 650 mA

3.5 W
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated
- expandable
Load memory
- pluggable (MMC)
Backup
present
without battery
1 MByte; for program and data,

No
Yes
8 MByte
Yes; Guaranteed by MMC
(maintenance-free)
CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max.
Size, max.
2/156
Siemens IK PI 2007
FB
Number, max.
Size, max.

64 KByte
FC
Number, max.
Size, max.

64 KByte
OB
Size, max.
See Operation List

64 KByte
Nesting depth
per priority class
16
4
Power loss, typ.
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0

64 KByte
0.05 s
0.2 s
0.2 s
1 s

remanence
S7 counter
Number
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
512
Yes
0
511
Remanence
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Yes
0
511
Counting range
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Yes
0
999
IEC counter
present
Type
Yes
SFB

CPU 317-2 PN/DP

6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
S7 times
Number
Remanence
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
- preset
512
Yes
0
511
No retentivity
Time range
- lower limit
- upper limit
10 ms
9,990 s
IEC timer
present
Type
Yes
SFB

Flag
Number, max.
Remanence available
4,096 Byte
8; 1 memory byte
Data blocks
Number, max.
Size, max.
Remanence preset
2,047; from DB 1 to DB 2047

64 KByte
yes
Local data
1,024 Byte
8 KByte
8 KByte
8 KByte
8 KByte
Process image
Inputs
Outputs
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
Inputs, preset
Outputs, preset
2,048 Byte
2,048 Byte
2,048 Byte
2,048 Byte
256 Byte
256 Byte
Digital channels
Inputs
Outputs
65,536
65,536
1,024
1,024
Analog channels
Inputs
Outputs

(recommended)
FM
CP, point-to-point
CP, LAN
8
8
10
Time
Clock
Number
Number/Number range
Range of values
Granularity
remanent
supports
to MPI, Master
to MPI, Slave
in AS, Master
in AS, Slave
Yes
Yes
10 s
4
0 to 3
0 to 2^31 hours
(when using SFC101)
1 hour
warm restart
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
- Inputs
- Outputs
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
4,096
4,096
256
256
Hardware config.

32; depending on the configured

connections for PG-/ OP- and S7basic commmunication
Yes

blocks, max.
60

Status/control
Variables
Yes
times, counters
30
30
14
Forcing
Forcing
Yes
Inputs, outputs
Force, variables
Status block
Yes
Single step
Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present
adjustable
Yes
100
No
PG/OP communication
Yes
Racks, max.
Routing
Yes
integrated
via CP
1
4

supported
Yes
22 Byte
supported
Yes
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/157

CPU 317-2 PN/DP

6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
S7 communication
supported
Yes
supported
TCP/IP
- Data length, max.
overall
usable for S7 basic comm.
communication load)
partners
Total of all master/slave connections
- Sampling frequency:
sampling interval, min.
max.
cyclic transmission
max.
(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for HMI
variables (PN OPC/iMap)
max.
2/158
Siemens IK PI 2007

8
1,460 Byte
32
31
31
30
50%
32
17
1,000
4,000 Byte
4,000 Byte
500
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
- supported
devices
max.
Yes
16
1st interface
Type of interface
Physics
RS 485
isolated
Yes

(15 30 V DC), max.
200 mA
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
MPI
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
32
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
4,000 Byte
12 Mbit/s
1,400 Byte
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- SYNC/FREEZE
- DPV1
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

12 Mbit/s
124
DP slave
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- dir. data exchange (cross traffic)
- DPV1
Yes; when interface active

No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
500 ms
100
100
2,000 Byte
2,000 Byte
1,400 Byte
10 ms
200
2,000 Byte
2,000 Byte
450 Byte
3; 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
500 ms
200
2,000 Byte

Transfer memory
- Inputs
- Outputs
12 Mbit/s
Address area, max.

Useful data per address area,
max.
32
32 Byte
244 Byte
244 Byte

CPU 317-2 PN/DP

6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
2nd interface
CPU/programming
Type of interface
PROFINET
Physics
Ethernet
isolated
Yes

(15 30 V DC), max.
0 mA

speed
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET CBA
PROFINET CBA
cyclic transmission
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
IO-devices, max.
Send cycle, remark
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes; Firmware Status V2.3
or higher
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; via TCP/IP
STEP 7
LAD
FBD
STL
SCL
CFC
GRAPH
HiGraph
Yes; V 5.3 or higher + HW update

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Software libraries
Operational stocks
See Operation List
Nesting levels

protection
Yes
See Operation List
See Operation List

Width
Height
Depth
Weight, approx.
80 mm
125 mm
130 mm
460 g
100 Mbit/s
128
1 to 512 ms
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
8 KByte
8 KByte
256 Byte
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/159

CPU 317-2 PN/DP
Ordering data
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
Main memory 1 MB,
power supply 24 V DC, combined
MPI/PROFIBUS DP master/slave
interface, Ethernet/PROFINET
interface; MMC required
Order No.
6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
Micro Memory Card
Order No.
Labeling sheets for machine
inscription
printer;
10 pieces
petrol
6ES7 392-2AX00-0AA0
64 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
light-beige
6ES7 392-2BX00-0AA0
128 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 392-2CX00-0AA0
512 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
red
6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
2 MByte
6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
4 MByte
6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
8 MByte
6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0

printer;
10 pieces
MPI cable
6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
Slot number plates
6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0
S7-300 manual
instruction list
petrol
6ES7 392-2AX10-0AA0
light-beige
6ES7 392-2BX10-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 392-2CX10-0AA0
red
6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0

German
6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0
German
6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
English
6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0
English
6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0
French
6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0
French
6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
Spanish
6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0
Spanish
6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
Italian
6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0
Italian
6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0

multilingual: S7-200, S7-300,
C7, S7-400, SIMATIC DP
(Distributed I/O), SIMATIC PC,
SIMATIC PG (Programming
device), STEP 7, Engineering
Tools, Runtime Software,
SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC HMI
(Human Machine Interface),
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

6ES7 910-3AA00-0XA0

and the three subsequent updates
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

10 pieces, spare part
6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0
Labeling strips
6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
Label cover
6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
S7 SmartLabel
STEP 7 project
2XV9 450-1SL01-0YX0
2/160
Siemens IK PI 2007

RS 485
With 90 cable outlet, max. data
- with PG interface
With 90 cable outlet for
FastConnect connection
system, max. data transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
- with PG interface
6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

SIMATIC OP, for connecting
to PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
6GK1 500-0EA02
PROFIBUS Fast Connect

bus cable
6XV1 830-0EH10

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

communication
See Catalogs IK PI, CA 01

CPU 319-3 PN/DP
Overview
The CPU with high command processing performance, large
program memory and quantity framework for demanding
applications
For cross-sector automation tasks in series machine, special
machine and plant construction
Used as central controller in production lines with central and
distributed I/O on PROFIBUS and PROFINET
Distributed intelligence in Component Based Automation
(CBA) on PROFINET
Isochronous mode on PROFIBUS
Optionally supports the use of SIMATIC engineering tools
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
Product status
STEP 7 V5.3 or higher,

Service pack 3 with HSP
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V
Yes
28.8 V
(DC)
min. 2 A
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
FC
Number, max.
Size, max.
2,048; from FC 0 to FC 2047

64 KByte
OB
Size, max.
64 KByte
Nesting depth
per priority class
16
4
0.01 s
0.02 s
0.02 s
4A
0.04 s
It
1.2 As

remanence
Current consumption
400 mA
1,050 mA
Power loss, typ.
14 W
Current consumption
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated
- expandable
1,400 KByte
No
Load memory
- pluggable (MMC)
Yes
8 MByte
S7 counter
Number
Remanence
- adjustable
2,048
Yes
Counting range
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Yes
0
999
IEC counter
present
Type
Yes
SFB
Yes; up to 700 KB, maintenancefree
S7 times
Number
Remanence
- adjustable
- preset
DB
Number, max.
Size, max.
4,095; DB 0 reserved
64 KByte
Time range
- lower limit
- upper limit
10 ms
9,990 s
FB
Number, max.
Size, max.
2,048; from FB 0 to FB 2047

64 KByte
IEC timer
present
Type
Yes
SFB
Backup
present
CPU/blocks
2,048
Yes
No retentivity
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/161

CPU 319-3 PN/DP

6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
Time
Flag
Number, max.
Remanence available
8 KByte
8; 1 memory byte
Clock
Data blocks
Number, max.
Size, max.
4,095; from DB 1 to DB 2047

64 KByte

Number
Number/Number range
Range of values
Local data
1,024 Byte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
- Inputs
- Outputs
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
Inputs, preset
Outputs, preset
8 KByte
8 KByte
8 KByte
8 KByte
2 KByte
2 KByte
256 Byte
256 Byte
Granularity
remanent
supports
to MPI, Master
to MPI, Slave
in AS, Master
in AS, Slave
on Ethernet via NTP
Yes
Yes
10 s
4
0 to 3
0 to 2^31 hours
(when using SFC101)
1 hour
warm restart
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Yes

blocks, max.
60
Digital channels
Inputs
Outputs
65,536
65,536
1,024
1,024
Status/control
Variables
Analog channels
Inputs
Outputs
4,096
4,096
256
256
Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images,
max.
Hardware config.
Racks, max.
integrated
via CP
(recommended)
FM
CP, point-to-point
CP, LAN
2/162
Siemens IK PI 2007
2
4
8
8
10
Yes
times, counters
30
30
14
Forcing
Forcing
Yes
Force, variables
Inputs, outputs
Status block
Yes
Single step
Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present
Yes
100

CPU 319-3 PN/DP

6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
PG/OP communication
Yes
Routing
Yes

supported
Yes
22 Byte
supported
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
supported
TCP/IP
- Data length, max.
ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006)
- Data length, max.
overall

8
1,460 Byte
8
8,192 Byte
32
31
31
30
1st interface
Type of interface
Physics
RS 485
isolated
Yes

(15 30 V DC), max.
150 mA
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- SYNC/FREEZE
- DPV1
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
DP slave
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
(cross traffic)
- DPV1
Transfer memory
- Inputs
- Outputs
Address area, max.
max.
MPI
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
12 Mbit/s
124
244 KByte
244 KByte

No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
12 Mbit/s
244 Byte
244 Byte
32
32 Byte
16
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
12 Mbit/s
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/163

CPU 319-3 PN/DP

6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
2nd interface
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
3rd interface
Type of interface
Type of interfaces
PROFINET
Physics
RS 485
Physics
RJ45
isolated
Yes
isolated
Yes

(15 30 V DC), max.
200 mA

speed
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET CBA
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- SYNC/FREEZE
- DPV1
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
DP slave
Services
- Routing
(cross traffic)
- DPV1
automatic baud rate search
Transfer memory
- Inputs
- Outputs
Address area, max.
max.
2/164
Siemens IK PI 2007
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
12 Mbit/s
124
244 KByte
244 KByte
Functionality
MPI
PROFINET CBA
PROFINET IO device
No
Yes
Yes
No
Number of connections, max.
PROFINET CBA (at 50 % communication load)

cyclic transmission
Yes
Yes
CPU/programming
STEP 7
LAD
FBD
STL
SCL
CFC
GRAPH
HiGraph
Yes; 5.3 or higher, Service Pack 3

with HSP
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Software libraries
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
12 Mbit/s
Yes; only with passive interface
244 Byte
244 Byte
32
32 Byte
Operational stocks
See Operation List
Nesting levels

protection
Yes
See Operation List
See Operation List

Width
120 mm
Height
125 mm
Depth
130 mm
Weight, approx.
1,250 g

CPU 319-3 PN/DP
Ordering data
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
Main memory 1.4 MB,
combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master/slave interface,
PROFIBUS DP master/slave
interface; MMC required
Order No.
6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
Labeling sheets for

machine inscription
printer;
10 pieces
petrol
6ES7 392-2AX00-0AA0
Micro Memory Card
light-beige
6ES7 392-2BX00-0AA0
64 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 392-2CX00-0AA0
128 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
red
6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
512 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
2 MByte
6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
4 MByte
6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0

printer;
10 pieces
8 MByte
6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0
petrol
6ES7 392-2AX10-0AA0
MPI cable
6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
light-beige
6ES7 392-2BX10-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 392-2CX10-0AA0
red
6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0
Slot number plates
6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0

S7-300 manual
instruction list
German
6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
German
6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0
English
6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0
English
6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0
French
6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0
Spanish
6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0
Italian
6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
Italian
6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0
6ES7 910-3AA00-0XA0

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0


6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0
Labeling strips
6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
Label cover
6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
S7 SmartLabel
STEP 7 project
2XV9 450-1SL01-0YX0
French
Spanish
Order No.

RS 485
With 90 cable outlet, max.
data transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
- with PG interface
system, max. data transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
- with PG interface
6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

6GK1 500-0EA02

bus cable
6XV1 830-0EH10

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

communication
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/165

CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
Overview
For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with increased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 to IEC 61508
and up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Fail-safe I/O modules in distributed stations can be connected
through the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe)
and/or through the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface
(PROFIsafe);
Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be centrally connected
Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
Product status
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 or higher + HW

update, S7 Distributed Safety
V5.4 or higher
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V
Yes
28.8 V
(DC)
min. 2 A
2.5 A
1 As
It
Current consumption
100 mA
650 mA
Power loss, typ.
3.5 W
- expandable
Load memory
- pluggable (MMC)
- expandable FEPROM
Backup
present
without battery
2/166
Siemens IK PI 2007

16 KByte
OB
Size, max.
See Operation List

16 KByte
Nesting depth
per priority class
8
4
0.1 s
0.2 s
2 s
3 s

remanence
256 KByte; for program and data,

No
Yes
8 MByte
Pluggable via MMC
Remanence
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Yes
0
255

(maintenance-free)
Counting range
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Yes
0
999
IEC counter
present
Type
Yes
SFB
CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max.
Size, max.
FC
Number, max.
Size, max.
S7 counter
Number
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated

16 KByte
Current consumption
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
FB
Number, max.
Size, max.

16 KByte
256
Yes
0
255

CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
S7 times
Number
Remanence
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
- preset
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
Time
256
Yes
0
255
No retentivity
Time range
- lower limit
- upper limit
10 ms
9,990 s
IEC timer
present
Type
Yes
SFB

Flag
Number, max.
Remanence available
2,048 Byte
8; 1 memory byte
Data blocks
Number, max.
Size, max.
Remanence preset
1,023; from DB 1 to DB 1023

16 KByte
yes
Clock
Number
Number/Number range
Range of values
Granularity
remanent
supports
to MPI, Master
to MPI, Slave
in AS, Master
in AS, Slave
Yes
Yes
10 s
1
0
2 to the power of 31 hours
(when using the SFC 101)
1 hour
warm restart
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of login stations for message functions, max.
16; (depending on the configured

connections for PG-/OP and S7
basic communication)
Yes
40
1,024 Byte; per block max. 510

blocks, max.
Address area
I/O address area

Inputs
Outputs
- Inputs
- Outputs
2 KByte
2 KByte
Status/control
Variables
Local data
2 KByte
2 KByte
Process image
Inputs
Outputs
384 Byte
384 Byte
Digital channels
Inputs
Outputs
16,384
16,384
1,024; max.
1,024; max.
Yes
times, counters
30
30
14
Forcing
Forcing
Yes
Force, variables
Inputs, outputs
Status block
Yes
Single step
Yes
1,024
1,024
256; max.
256; max.
Diagnostic buffer
present
adjustable
Yes
100
No
PG/OP communication
Yes
Routing
Yes
Racks, max.
integrated
via CP

supported
Yes
22 Byte
1
4
supported
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
supported
Analog channels
Inputs
Outputs
Hardware config.

(recommended)
FM
CP, point-to-point
CP, LAN
8
8
10
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/167

CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
TCP/IP
- Data length, max.
overall
usable for routing

communication load)
partners
interval, min.
max.
cyclic transmission
max.
2/168
Siemens IK PI 2007

8
1,460 Byte
16
15; max.
15
14
X1 as MPI: max. 10;
X1 as DP-master: max. 24;
X1 as DP-slave (active): max. 14;
X2 as PROFINET: max. 24
50%
32
17
1,000
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
(acyclic)
max.
- supported
devices
max.
3; 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
500 ms
200
2,000 Byte
Yes
16

Data length for arrays and strucSlave-dependent
tures (local interconnection), max.
(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for HMI 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
1st interface
Type of interface
Physics
RS 485
4,000 Byte
isolated
Yes
500

(15 30 V DC), max.
200 mA
4,000 Byte
4,000 Byte
1,400 Byte
500 ms
100
100
2,000 Byte
2,000 Byte
1,400 Byte
10 ms
200
2,000 Byte
2,000 Byte
450 Byte
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
MPI
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
16
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
12 Mbit/s
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- SYNC/FREEZE
- DPV1
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

12 Mbit/s
124

CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
DP slave
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
(cross traffic)
- DPV1
Transfer memory
- Inputs
- Outputs
Address area, max.
CPU/programming
Yes; only when interface active
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
STEP 7
No
LAD
FBD
STL
SCL
CFC
GRAPH
HiGraph
12 Mbit/s
Software libraries
244 Byte
244 Byte
32; with max. 32 bytes each
2nd interface
Yes; V 5.3 SP3 or higher +

hardware update
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Operational stocks
See Operation List
Nesting levels

protection
Yes
See Operation List
Type of interface
PROFINET
See Operation List
Physics
Ethernet
isolated
Yes
Width
80 mm

(15 30 V DC), max.
0 mA
Height
125 mm
Depth
130 mm
Weight, approx.
460 g

speed
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET CBA
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
PROFINET CBA
cyclic transmission
Yes
Yes
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
Number of connectable IO-devices, max.
Send cycle, remark
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
Yes
Yes
Yes; with loadable FBs,
max. configurable connections:
14, max. number of instances: 32
Yes; via TCP/IP
100 Mbit/s
128
1 to 512 ms
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
2 KByte
2 KByte
256 Byte
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/169

CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
Ordering data
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
CPU for SIMATIC S7-300F;
main memory 256 KB,
interface, Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET interface; incl. slot
number labels; MMC required
Order No.
6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
Order No.
S7 SmartLabel
Software for automatic labeling of
modules based on data of the
STEP 7 project
Labeling sheets for
machine inscription
printer;
10 pieces
Distributed Safety V5.4 programming tool

Task: Software for configuring
fail-safe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F,
ET 200S; Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
petrol
6ES7 392-2AX00-0AA0
light-beige
6ES7 392-2BX00-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 392-2CX00-0AA0
6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
Floating License
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
red
Software Update Service
6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
Distributed Safety Upgrade

Von V5.x auf V5.4; Floating
License fr 1 User
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

printer;
10 pieces
Micro Memory Card

64 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
128 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
512 Kbyte
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
2 MByte
6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
4 MByte
6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
8 MByte
6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0
MPI cable
6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
Slot number plates
6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0
German
6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0
English
6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0
French
6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0
Spanish
6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0
Italian
6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0
Labeling strips
6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
Label cover
6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
Siemens IK PI 2007
petrol
6ES7 392-2AX10-0AA0
light-beige
6ES7 392-2BX10-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 392-2CX10-0AA0
red
6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0

German
6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
English
6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0
French
6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
Spanish
6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
Italian
6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0

RS 485
S7-300 manual
instruction list
2/170
2XV9 450-1SL01-0YX0

- with PG interface
system, max. data transmission
rate 12 Mbit/s
- with PG interface
6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

6GK1 500-0EA02

bus cable
6XV1 830-0EH10

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

communication

CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
Overview
The fail-safe CPU with a large program memory and quantity
framework for demanding applications
For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with
increased safety requirements
Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 to IEC 61508
and up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
Fail-safe I/O modules in distributed stations can be connected
through the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe)
and/or through the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface
(PROFIsafe);
Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be
centrally connected
Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP
in Component Based Automation (CBA)
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
Product status
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 or higher + HW

update , S7 Distributed Safety
V5.4 or higher
Supply voltages
Rated value
DC 24 V
Yes
28.8 V
(DC)
min. 2 A
It
2.5 A
1 As
Current consumption
100 mA
650 mA
Power loss, typ.
3.5 W
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated
- expandable
Load memory
- pluggable (MMC)
Backup
present
without battery
1 MByte; for program and data,

No

64 KByte
FC
Number, max.
Size, max.

64 KByte
OB
Size, max.
See Operation List

64 KByte
Nesting depth
per priority class
16
4
0.05 s
0.2 s
0.2 s
1 s

remanence
S7 counter
Number
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
512
Yes
0
511
Yes
8 MByte
Remanence
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Yes
0
511

(maintenance-free)
Counting range
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Yes
0
999
IEC counter
present
Type
Yes
SFB
CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max.
Size, max.
FB
Number, max.
Size, max.
Current consumption
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0

64 KByte
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/171

CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
S7 times
Number
Remanence
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
- preset
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
integrated
via CP
1
4
Yes
0
511
No retentivity
Time range
- lower limit
- upper limit

(recommended)
FM
CP, point-to-point
CP, LAN
8
8
10
10 ms
9,990 s
Time
IEC timer
present
Type
Yes
SFB
512

Flag
Number, max.
Remanence available
4,096 Byte
8; 1 memory byte
Data blocks
Number, max.
Size, max.
Remanence preset
2,047; from DB 1 to DB 2047

64 KByte
yes
Local data
1,024 Byte
Address area
I/O address area
Inputs
Outputs
- Inputs
- Outputs
Process image
Inputs
Outputs
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
Inputs, preset
Outputs, preset
Granularity
remanent
supports
to MPI, Master
to MPI, Slave
in AS, Master
in AS, Slave
4
0 to 3
0 to 2^31 hours
(when using SFC101)
1 hour
warm restart
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Number of login stations for message functions, max.

8 KByte
8 KByte
Yes

blocks, max.
60
2,048 Byte
2,048 Byte
2,048 Byte
2,048 Byte
1,024 Byte
1,024 Byte
65,536
65,536
1,024
1,024
Analog channels
Inputs
Outputs
4,096
4,096
256
256
Hardware config.
Racks, max.
Siemens IK PI 2007

Number
Number/Number range
Range of values
Yes
Yes
10 s
8 KByte
8 KByte
Digital channels
Inputs
Outputs
2/172
Clock

Status/control
Variables
Yes
times, counters
30
30
14
Forcing
Forcing
Yes
Force, variables
Inputs, outputs
Status block
Yes
Single step
Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present
adjustable
Yes
100
No

CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
PG/OP communication
Yes
Routing
Yes

supported
Yes
22 Byte
supported
Yes
S7 communication
supported
Yes
supported
TCP/IP
- Data length, max.
overall
communication load)
partners
interval, min.
max.

8
1,460 Byte
32
31
31
30
50%
32
17
1,000
4,000 Byte

cyclic transmission
max.
(acyclic)
max.
- supported
devices
max.
10 ms
200
2,000 Byte
2,000 Byte
450 Byte
3; 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
500 ms
200
2,000 Byte
Yes
16

Data length for arrays and strucSlave-dependent
tures (local interconnection), max.
HMI variables via PROFINET (acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for HMI 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
1st interface
Type of interface
Physics
RS 485
isolated
Yes
500

(15 30 V DC), max.
200 mA
4,000 Byte
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
4,000 Byte
1,400 Byte
500 ms
100
100
2,000 Byte
2,000 Byte
1,400 Byte
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
MPI
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
16
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
12 Mbit/s
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/173

CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- SYNC/FREEZE
- DPV1
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

12 Mbit/s
124
DP slave
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
(cross traffic)
- DPV1

No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
8 KByte
8 KByte
256 Byte
No
STEP 7

Transfer memory
- Inputs
- Outputs
12 Mbit/s
Address area, max.

max.
32
32 Byte
244 Byte
244 Byte
2nd interface
PROFINET CBA
cyclic transmission
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
IO-devices, max.
Send cycle, remark
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes; via TCP/IP
100 Mbit/s
128
1 to 512 ms
CPU/programming
LAD
FBD
STL
SCL
CFC
GRAPH
HiGraph
Yes; V 5.3 SP3 or higher + HW

update
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Type of interface
PROFINET
Software libraries
Physics
Ethernet
Operational stocks
See Operation List
isolated
Yes
Nesting levels

(15 30 V DC), max.
0 mA

protection
Yes

speed
See Operation List
See Operation List
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET CBA
2/174
Siemens IK PI 2007
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes; Firmware Status V2.3
or higher

Width
80 mm
Height
125 mm
Depth
130 mm
Weight, approx.
460 g

CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
Ordering data
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
CPU for SIMATIC S7-300F;
main memory 1024 KB,
24 V DC supply voltage,
interface, Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET interface;
MMC required
Order No.
6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
S7-SmartLabel
STEP 7 project
petrol
6ES7 392-2AX00-0AA0
light-beige
6ES7 392-2BX00-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 392-2CX00-0AA0
6ES7 392-2DX00-0AA0
Floating License
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
red
6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
Distributed Safety Upgrade

From V5.x to V5.4;
Floating license for 1 user
6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5

printer;
10 pieces
Micro Memory Card

128 Kbyte
512 Kbyte
2XV9 450-1SL01-0YX0
Labeling sheets for

machine inscription
printer;
10 pieces
Distributed Safety V5.4

programming tool
Task: Software for configuring
fail-safe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F,
ET 200S; Requirement:
64 Kbyte
Order No.
6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
2 MByte
6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
4 MByte
6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
8 MByte
6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0
MPI cable
6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
Slot number plates
6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0
S7-300 manual
instruction list
German
6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0
English
6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0
French
6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0
Spanish
6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0
Italian
6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

and the three subsequent
updates
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0
Labeling strips
6ES7 392-2XX00-0AA0
Label cover
6ES7 392-2XY00-0AA0
petrol
6ES7 392-2AX10-0AA0
light-beige
6ES7 392-2BX10-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 392-2CX10-0AA0
red
6ES7 392-2DX10-0AA0

German
6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
English
6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0
French
6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
Spanish
6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
Italian
6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0

RS 485
6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
- with PG interface
With 90 cable outlet for FastConnect connection system, max.
data transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
- with PG interface
6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0
6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

6GK1 500-0EA02

bus cable
6XV1 830-0EH10

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

communication
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/175
SIMATIC WinAC
Overview
Optimized for applications that demand a high level of
flexibility and integration.
SIMATIC WinAC Software PLCs include:
- WinAC Basis and
- WinAC RTX
WinAC RTX:
- the software solution for tasks which require high performance and strict real-time requirements
- with real-time expansion for ensuring RTX strict real-time
requirement behavior for the control section
SIMATIC Basis:
- the economic solution for PC-based control tasks
- for data intensive processes in connection with extensive
PC tasks
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
Memory
Memory
RAM
- integrated
Load memory
- integrated RAM, max.
PC work memory can be used

(non-paged memory)
PC work memory can be used
(non-paged memory)
CPU/blocks
DB
Number, max.
Size, max.
FB
Number, max.
Size, max.
FC
Number, max.
Size, max.
Limited only by available

PC work memory
64 KByte
PC work memory
64 KByte
PC work memory
64 KByte
OB
Size, max.
64 KByte
Nesting depth
per priority class
24
24
Reference platform
Pentium IV, 2.4 GHz

remanence
S7 counter
Number
Remanence
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
- preset
2/176
Siemens IK PI 2007
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
Counting range
- adjustable
- lower limit
- upper limit
Yes
0
999
IEC counter
present
Yes
Type
SFB
S7 times
Number
Remanence
- lower limit
- upper limit
- preset
512
0
511
0
Time range
- lower limit
- upper limit
10 ms
9,990 s
IEC timer
present
Type
Yes
SFB

Remanence without UPS and
PS Extension Board
none
Remanence with UPS
all data
Flag
Number, max.
of which remanent
Remanence preset
16 KByte
MB 0 - MB 16383
MB 0 - MB 15
8
Address area
512
Yes
0
511
8
I/O address area

Inputs
Outputs
- DP interface, inputs
- DP interface, outputs
16 KByte
16 KByte
16 KByte
16 KByte
SIMATIC WinAC

6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
Process image
Inputs, adjustable
Outputs, adjustable
Inputs, preset
Outputs, preset
Subprocess images
Number of subprocess images,
max.
Digital channels
Outputs
Analog channels
Inputs
Outputs
8 KByte
8 KByte
512 Byte
512 Byte
15
128,000
8,000
8,000
Hardware config.
Submodules
Number of submodules, max
of which PROFIBUS, max.

(recommended)
FM, remark
CP, point-to-point, remark

CP, LAN, remark
PG/OP communication
Yes

supported
No
supported
No
S7 communication
as server
as client
Yes
Yes
overall
reserved for PG communication
reserved for OP communication
64
1
1
1st interface
4
4; CP 5611, CP 5611-A2,
integrated PB interface of the
SIMATIC PC, CP 5613 CP,
5613-A2
FM distributed: FM 350-1/350-2,
FM 351, FM 352, FM 353, FM 354,
FM 355, FM 355-2
CP 340, CP 341 distributed
over PC CP
Time
Clock
Yes
Yes
supports
to PC-CP, Slave
Yes
Yes
SCAN procedure
No
Yes; Alarm_S
Alarm 8-blocks
Yes
Instrumentation & control messages No

Status/control
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
Yes
Forcing
Forcing
No
Status block
Yes
Single step
Yes
Diagnostic buffer
present
preset
Yes
3,200
120
Type of interface
CP 5611, CP 5611-A2, integrated

PB interface of SIMATIC PC
Number of simult. operable CPs,

max.
Physics
RS-485 / PROFIBUS
isolated
Yes
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
No
Yes
No
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- SYNC/FREEZE
- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves
- direct data exchange (cross traffic)
- DPV0
- DPV1
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
Useful data per DP slave
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
8
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
12 Mbit/s
64
16 KByte
16 KByte
244 Byte
244 Byte
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/177
SIMATIC WinAC

6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
2nd interface
Type of interface
CP 5613, CP 5613-A2
Number of simult. operable CPs,

max.
Physics
RS-485 / PROFIBUS
isolated
Yes
Functionality
MPI
DP master
DP slave
PROFINET CBA
PROFINET CBA-SRT
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
DP master
Services
- Routing
- S7 communication
- SYNC/FREEZE
- Activation/deactivation of DP
slaves
(cross traffic)
- DPV0
- DPV1
Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
Useful data per DP slave
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
50
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
LAD
FBD
STL
SCL
CFC
GRAPH
HiGraph
Yes; as of V5.3, SP2,

Engineering Tools (optional)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Software libraries
Easy Motion Control
Yes
Nesting levels

protection
No
Open development interfaces

CCX (Custom Code Extension)
SMX (Shared Memory Extension)
- Inputs
- Outputs
CMI (Controller Management
Interface)
Yes; with WinAC ODK V4.1

4 KByte
4 KByte
Hardware requirements
Hardware required
PC with color monitor, keyboard,

mouse or pointing device for
Windows
Yes
Yes
Required memory on hard disk,

min.
100 MByte
12 Mbit/s
125
Processor
Multi-processor system
Hyperthreading
Intel Pentium 400 MHz

Yes; Dual Pentium
Yes
16 KByte
16 KByte
244 Byte
244 Byte
Isochronous mode
Yes
Number of DP masters with

isochronous mode
Useful data per isochronoous slave,

max.
128 Byte
equidistance
Yes
shortest clock pulse
2.2 ms; 2.2 ms without partial

process image; 2.2 ms with
partial process image
Siemens IK PI 2007
STEP 7
Yes
Isochronouos mode
2/178
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
CPU/programming
Operating systems
Operating system
Windows NT 4.0
Windows 2000
Windows XP
No
Yes; Professional, >=SP3
Yes; Professional, SP1 and SP2
SIMATIC WinAC
Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2005

Software-based PC-based control
system for applications requiring
a strictly deterministic response;
CD-ROM with electronic
documentation in English,
French and German;
Single license,
for Windows 2000/XP
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2005

Upgrade
For upgrading from Basic/
RTX V3.x, V4.0, V4.1 to 2005;
single license,
for Windows 2000/XP
6ES7 671-0RC05-0YE0
Order No.
CP 5611 A2 communications
processor
PCI card (32-bit) for connection
of a programming device or
PC to PROFIBUS
6GK1 561-1AA01
processor
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) for
connection to PROFIBUS incl.
DP-Base software with NCM PC;
DP-RAM interface for DP master,
incl. PG and FDL protocol;
runtime software, software and
electronic manual on CD-ROM,
Class A, for 32-bit Windows 2000
Professional/Server, Windows XP
Professional, German/English
6GK1 561-3AA01
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/179
System interfacing for SIMATIC and SINUMERIK

General
Overview
CPs with standard functions
CP 243-1 for SIMATIC S7-200, CP 343-1 Lean and CP 343-1
for SIMATIC S7-300, CP 443-1 for SIMATIC S7-400
Designed for use in harsh industrial environments
Shipbuilding certification for use on ships and offshore units
Can be used via RJ45 interface for the industrial-standard
SIMATIC NET FastConnect cabling system
High-speed data transfer even with large volumes of data
(10/100 Mbit/s)
S7-400
S7-300
S7-200
CPs with function expansions

CP 243-1 IT for SIMATIC S7-200 with IT functionality
CP 343-1 Advanced for SIMATIC S7-300 with IT functionality
and for use as PROFINET IO controller
CP 443-1 Advanced for SIMATIC S7-400 with IT functionality
and for use as PROFINET IO controller;
the CP 443-1 Advanced also has an integral 4-port switch for
setting up small local networks
SIMATIC S7-200/S7-300/S7-400
STEP 7 with NCM S7
CP 443-1
CP 443-1
Advanced
CP 343-1
Lean
CP 343-1
CP 343-1
Advanced
CP 243-1 IT
For the protocols
PG/OP communication
CP 243-1
S7 communication
S5 compatible communication 1)
(SEND/RECEIVE, FETCH/WRITE)
Open IE-Communication (TCP/IP)
PROFINET 1) 2)
IT
FTP
Multiprotocol:
All protocols of a CP can be operated simultaneously
Several CPs can be operated in one S7-200, S7-300 or S7-400
1) Not with CPs for S7-200
2) Not with CP 443-1
System connections for SIMATIC
2/180
Siemens IK PI 2007
G_IK10_XX_50182

CP 243-1
Overview
PN
ISO
Benefits
TCP/IP UDP
PG
S7
S5
IT
FTP
Connection of S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet with

- 10/100 Mbit/s
- Half/full duplex
- RJ 45 socket
- TCP/IP
Configuration, remote programming and service with STEP 7
Micro/WIN over Industrial Ethernet possible (program upload
and program download, status)
CPU/CPU communication over Industrial Ethernet possible
(client + server, 8 S7 connections + 1 PG connection)
An S7 OPC server (e.g. in SOFTNET-S7) allows PLC data to be
further processed in PC applications.
Module replacement possible without PG
Time and cost savings due to fast and easy configuration, programming and monitoring from a central location via LAN
Fast access via Ethernet for archiving or further processing of
SIMATIC S7-200 process data
Increased data throughput, almost unlimited expansion and
use of a standardized Ethernet infrastructure
SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400 programmable controllers can
communicate with S7-200 over Industrial Ethernet which
means that S7-200 can also be used for more complex
applications.
Reduction of complexity and savings for networking all automation levels and devices since only Ethernet is required
Simple startup and easy diagnostics options due to configuration support by STEP 7 Micro/WIN
Simple maintenance since modules can be replaced without
a PG and network administrator support is simple (e.g. PING)
Open data exchange with PC applications over OPC is possible
Application
The CP 243-1 communication processor is used to connect
S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet.
A SIMATIC S7-200 with STEP 7-Micro/WIN can be configured,
programmed and diagnosed remotely over Industrial Ethernet
in this way.
An S7-200 programmable controller with CP 243-1 can exchange data with other S7 programmable controllers over Industrial Ethernet.
PC applications can access the data of an S7-200 via an S7
OPC server. In this way, process data can be easily archived
or further processed.
Design
The CP 243-1 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-200
system design:
Compact construction in a rugged plastic housing
Terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of
24 V DC
LED status display
Alternatively, standard rail mounting or wall mounting
RJ45 socket for connecting to Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s full/half
duplex with automatic transmission rate detection)
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/181

CP 243-1
Function
The CP 243-1 independently handles data traffic over Industrial
Ethernet. The communication is based on TCP/IP. You can configure up to eight connections. For connection control (keep
alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time for all TCP/IP
transport connections for active and passive partners.
The CP 243-1 enables communication between an S7-200 and
another S7-200 or S7-300/S7-400 controller via Ethernet.
Integration into PC applications is possible by means of the
S7-OPC server of the PC software.
The CP 243-1 enables the S7-200 programming software

STEP 7-Micro/WIN to access the S7-200 via Industrial Ethernet.
Configuration
The CP 243-1 is configured with STEP 7-Micro/WIN (V3.2 SP1
or higher)
The programming data of the CP 243-1 are stored on the
S7-200 CPU so it is possible to replace modules without a programming device
The CP 243-1 is supplied with a globally unique MAC address
that cannot be changed.
Integration
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
PC with SOFTNET-S7
(incl. S7-OPC server)
PC with WinCC
OPC
WinCC
PC with WinAC
WinAC
SIMATIC Field PG
with SOFTNET-PG
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
S7-200
S7-200
IO
S7-200
EM 277
CP 243-1
IO
CP 243-2
S7-200
CP 243-1
CP 243-1 IT
CP 243-1 IT
AS-Interface
S7-200 communication options with CP 243-1
2/182
Siemens IK PI 2007
G_IK10_XX_10120

CP 243-1
Interfaces
electrical
Ordering data
10/100 Mbit/s autosensing
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
1 x 2-pin terminal block
Supply voltage
24 V DC (5%)
Current consumption
from the backplane bus
from 24 V DC external
55 mA
60 mA
1.75 W

- horizontal installation
- vertical installation
0 C +55 C
0 C +45 C
Relative humidity
-40 C +70 C
max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Weight
71.2 x 80 x 62
150 g
Performance data
S7 communication/
PG communication
Number of connections that can
be used
Configuration
8 S7 connections
+ 1 PG connection
With STEP 7-Micro/WIN
(V3.2 SP1 or higher)
Order No.
CP 243-1
communications processor
for connection of SIMATIC S7-200
to Industrial Ethernet;
for S7 communication,
PG communication with electronic
manual on CD-ROM, German,
English, French, Italian, Spanish
6GK7 243-1EX00-0XE0
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 for

Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
Software for S7 and S5-compatible communication,

incl. OPC server, PG/OP
communication and NCM PC;
up to 64 connections, single
license for 1 installation, runtime
software, software and electronic
manual on CD-ROM, license key
on diskette, Class A, for 32-bit
Windows XP Professional,
2003 Server, 2000 Professional/
Server; for CP 1512 and CP 1612
German/English
SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2005
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0

incl. OPC server, PG/OP communication and NCM PC; up to
8 connections, single license for
1 installation, runtime software,
software and electronic manual
on CD-ROM, license key on
diskette, Class A, for 32-bit
German/English
S7-1613 Edition 2005
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
Software for S7 and S5 communication, incl. PG/OP communication, OPC server and NCM PC;
2003 Server, Windows 2000
Professional/Server;
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4
programming software
Target system:
All CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-200
Prerequisite:
Windows 2000/XP on PG or PC
Type of delivery:
German, English, French,
Spanish, Italian, Chinese;
with online documentation
Single license
6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX0
1)
Upgrade Single License
6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX3
1) Upgrade for all previous STEP 7-Micro/WIN and

STEP 7-Micro/DOS versions
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/183

CP 243-1 IT
Overview
PN
Benefits
ISO
TCP/IP UDP
PG
S7
S5
IT
FTP
Connection of S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet with

- 10/100 Mbit/s
- Half/full duplex
- RJ 45 socket
- TCP/IP
Configuration, remote programming and service with STEP 7
Micro/WIN over Industrial Ethernet possible (program upload
and program download, status)
CPU/CPU communication over Industrial Ethernet possible
(client + server, 8 S7 connections + 1 PG connection)
IT communication
- Web function
- E-mail function
- FTP client function for program-controlled data communication (e.g DOS, UNIX, LINUX, embedded systems)
FTP server with 8 MB memory
OPC allows PLC data to be further processed in PC applications
Process information can be accessed simultaneously (password protected) with standard Web browsers, which reduces
software costs on the client side
Low-cost bulk storage for data, statistics and HTML-based
machine or plant documentation
Simple universal linking of PLCs to different computers by
means of FTP
Local and worldwide transmission of event-driven messages
by e-mail
Time and cost savings due to fast and easy configuration,
programming and monitoring from a central location via LAN
SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400 programmable controllers can
communicate with S7-200 over Industrial Ethernet which
means that S7-200 can also be used for more complex applications.
Reduction of complexity and savings for networking all automation levels and devices since only Ethernet is required
Simple startup and easy diagnostics options due to configuration support by STEP 7 Micro/WIN
Open data exchange with PC applications over OPC is possible
Application
The CP 243-1 IT communications processor is used to connect S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet.
A SIMATIC S7-200 with STEP 7-Micro/WIN can be configured,
programmed and diagnosed remotely over Industrial Ethernet
in this way.
A S7-200 programmable controller with CP 243-1 IT can exchange data with other S7 programmable controllers over Industrial Ethernet.
Simple visualization using Web technology, sending e-mails,
and file processing (FTP). The file system of the CP 243-1 IT
can also be managed through the CPU. The file system serves
as a bulk storage device, a cross-system computer link and a
storage for HTML pages and Java applets. The CP 243-1 IT
has a large file system in which, apart from HTML pages, machine documentation or user guides can also be stored.
Distributed plants can be reached over telephone lines or the
Internet by using a router and simple diagnostics, signal or
user functions can be performed with the help of a web
browser. The CP 243-1 IT is especially suited for plant sections
in which using PCs for permanent monitoring functions would
not be cost-effective.
PC applications can access the data of a S7-200 via S7-OPC.
In this way, process data can be easily archived or further processed.
Design
The CP 243-1 IT offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-200
system design:
Compact construction in a rugged plastic housing
Terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of
24 V DC
LED status display
Alternatively, standard rail mounting or wall mounting
RJ45 socket for connecting to Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s full/half
duplex with automatic transmission rate detection)
2/184
Siemens IK PI 2007

CP 243-1 IT
Function
The CP 243-1 IT independently handles data traffic over
Communication is based on TCP/IP.
Up to 8 connections can be configured. For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time
for all TCP/IP transport connections for active and passive
partners.
The CP 243-1 IT enables communication between a S7-200
and another S7-200 or S7-300 or S7-400 PLC through Industrial Ethernet.
It can be integrated in PC applications by using the S7 OPC
server of the PC software.
The CP 243-1 IT permits the S7-200 programming software
STEP 7- Micro/WIN to access the S7-200 through Industrial
Ethernet.
IT functions
Web server:
HTML pages can be downloaded and viewed with standard
browsers.
Web pages
For monitoring the S7-200 controller:
standard pages are supplied with it for system diagnostics as
well as a simple variable editor.
Other customized pages can be created with any HTML tools.
E-mails
messages can be sent from the application program through
predefined E-mails. Variables can be integrated into text.
FTP communication
The CPU can send data blocks to other computers in the form of
files or read or delete files on other computers (client function).
Communication through FTP is possible with most operating systems
Configuration
The CP 243-1 IT is configured with STEP 7-Micro/WIN
(V3.2 SP3 and higher)
The CP 243-1 is supplied with a MAC address that is unique
worldwide and which cannot be changed
Integration
LINUX, DOS,
UNIX, Mainframe
over FTP
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
PC with application
(e. g. WinCC, WinAC)
over OPC or
Internet browser
S7-300 with
CP 343-1
Advanced
Notebook
Field PG
Websites
Router
Industrial Ethernet
Internet
Intranet
PROFIBUS
IO
EM 277
CP 243-2
CP 243-1 IT
CP 243-1 IT
IO
embedded system
(e.g. nutrunner,
welding control)
over FTP
MOBIC
Mobile/PDA
AS-Interface
G_IK10_XX_10200
S7-200
S7-200 communication options with CP 243-1 IT
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/185

CP 243-1 IT
Ordering data
10/100 Mbit/s Autosensing
Interfaces
electrical
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
optical
Supply voltage
24 V DC (5%)
Current consumption
From backplane bus
55 mA
From external 24 V DC
60 mA
1.75 W
Perm. environmental conditions

- Horizontal mounting
0C to +55C
- Vertical mounting
0C to +45C
-40 C to +70 C
Relative humidity
max. 95% at +25 C
Design
71.2 x 80 x 62
Weight
150 g
Performance data
IT communication
to an e-mail server
E-mail client
32 E-mails with max.

1024 characters
Number of FTP connections
Number of HTTP connections
Adjustable access enable

program
8 users
Memory capacity of the Flash

Memory file system
8 MB
Service life of the Flash Memory

cells
1,000,000 write cycles
CP 243-1 IT
Number of usable connections
8 S7 connections
+ 1 PG connection
Configuration
With STEP 7-Micro/WIN,

V3.2 SP3 and higher
6GK7 243-1GX00-0XE0
for connection of SIMATIC S7-200

to Industrial Ethernet;
for S7 communication,
PG communication,
E-mail and WWW server;
with electronic manual on
CD-ROM; German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish
Industrial Ethernet
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0

German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0

German/English
S7 communication/
PG communication
Order No.
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4
programming software
Target system:
All CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-200
Prerequisite:
Windows 2000/XP on PG or PC
Type of delivery:
Spanish, Italian, Chinese;
with online documentation
Single license
6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX0
Upgrade Single License1)
6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX3
1) Upgrade for all previous STEP 7-Micro/WIN

and STEP 7-Micro/DOS versions
2/186
Siemens IK PI 2007

CP 343-1 Lean
Overview
PN
ISO
Benefits
TCP/IP UDP
PG
S7
S5
IT
FTP
Interface for the SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet

- 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with Autosensing
for automatic switchover
- RJ45 connection
- multi-protocol operation with TCP and UDP transport
protocol
- Keep Alive function
Communication services:
- TCP/IP and UDP transport protocol
- S7 communication (server)
- S5-compatible communication
Multicast for UDP
Remote programming and initial start-up is possible exclusively over Industrial Ethernet
Integration into network management through SNMP
Configuration of CP 343-1 Lean with NCM S7 for
Industrial Ethernet (integrated into STEP 7)
Cross-network programming device/operator panel communication through S7 routing
Direct integration of S7-300 in complex systems by means of

Industrial Ethernet at 100 Mbit/s
Investment protection for existing plants through the integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of the S5-compatible
communication
Flexible use thanks to lack of slot rules
One slot is saved thanks to single-width format
Remote programming is possible due to the WAN characteristic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN)
A large number of stations can be accessed thanks to the
multicast function
Access by as many as 4 HMI systems to the SIMATIC S7-300
Use of the socket interface in the partner system possible
without RFC 1006
Initial start-up can be performed directly over Industrial
Ethernet
device interface using plug-in connector IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
and additional strain relief by latching the connector to the
housing
Application
The CP 343-1 Lean is the communications processor for
SIMATIC S7-300 for Industrial Ethernet.
The CP 343-1 Lean relieves the CPU of communications tasks
and facilitates additional connections with its own processor.
Communication options of the S7-300 through CP 343-1 Lean
with:
Programming devices, processors and HMI devices
Other SIMATIC S7 systems
SIMATIC S5 PLCs
Design
The CP 343-1 Lean offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
Compact design;
the rugged plastic casing features on the front:
- RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet with
automatic data rate detection through Autosensing;
The RJ45 sockets have additional industry-compatible retaining collars for connection to the new IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
- 2-pin plug-in terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of 24 V DC
Easy installation;
The CP 343-1 Lean is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail
and connected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors. There are no slot rules.
The CP 343-1 Lean can be operated without a fan. A standby
battery is not required.
In combination with IM 360/361, CP 343-1 Lean can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER).
The module can be replaced without the need for a programming device
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/187

CP 343-1 Lean
Function
The CP 343-1 Lean independently handles data traffic over
Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own processor. Layers 1
to 4 comply with international standards.
Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols TCP/IP and
UDP is possible.
The CP 343-1 Lean has a preset unique Ethernet address and
can be put directly into operation through the network.
The CP 343-1 Lean works in multi-protocol mode for the following communication services:
PG/OP communication
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the
network to be remotely programmed.
S7 routing;
Using of S7 routing it is possible to use programming device
communication across networks.
S7 communication
For connecting the S7-300 (server only) to S7-400, HMI units and
PCs (CP 1613 with S7-1613 or SOFTNET-S7).
Based on layer 4, this is a simple, optimized interface for data
communication. Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one
call.
S5-compatible communication is used for communication with

SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and computers/PCs.
The function blocks required are a component part of NCM S7
for Industrial Ethernet and must be integrated into the S7 user
program.
S5-compatible communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct
access to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S5 (e.g. via CP 1430).
This means existing HMI systems can still be used.
Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol for S5-compatible communication allows utilization of the multicast function to
simultaneously send and receive data on configured multicast
circuits.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via NCM S7, including:
Status of the CP
General diagnostics and statistics functions
Connection diagnostics
LAN controller statistics
Diagnostics buffer
Via SNMP all MIB-2 objects can be read out. This enables the
current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be retrieved.
This interface enables

TCP transport connections
UDP
- Multicast for UDP
Configuring
to be used.
The configuration data of the CP is stored on the CPU. This allows the module to be replaced without a programming device.
Version 5.2 or higher of STEP 7 and NCM S7 for Industrial

Ethernet is required for configuring the CP 343-1 Lean.
NCM S7 is completely embedded in the STEP7 environment.
All the function blocks required for S5-compatible communication are included in the scope of supply.
Interfaces
electrical
optical
Power supply
Current consumption
From backplane bus
From 24 V DC external
Performance data
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
(SEND/RECEIVE)
Sum of all simultaneously operable

TCP/UDP connections
+5 V DC (5%) and
+24 V DC (5%)
200 mA
typ. 160 mA
max. 200 mA
Power loss
5.8 W

Relative humidity
0 C to +60 C
-40 C to +70 C
max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Module format
Weight
Configuring software
2/188
Siemens IK PI 2007
Compact module S7-300,

single width
40 x 125 x 120
approx. 200 g
NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet
(supplied with STEP 7 V5.2)
max. 8
Useful data
- TCP
- UDP
8 KByte
2 KByte
S7 communication
max. 4
PG/OP communication
Number of operable OP connections (non-isochrone services)
max. 4
Multi-protocol operation
connections
max. 12
Multicast

CP 343-1 Lean
Ordering data
Order No.
CP 343-1 Lean communications

processor
For connecting SIMATIC S7-300
to Industrial Ethernet through
TCP/IP and UDP, S7 communication, S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE),
FETCH/WRITE, diagnostic
expansions, Multicast, SNMP,
initial start-up over LAN
10/100 Mbit/s; with electronic
manual on CD-ROM
6GK7 343-1CX00-0XE0

Industrial Ethernet
German/English
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0

German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0

for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
Order No.
NCM S7 configuration software
for Industrial Ethernet CPs for
SIMATIC S7 V5.2, for execution
under STEP 7 V5.2; on CD-ROM,
with electronic manual in English,
German, French, Spanish and
Italian
Included in the scope of supply of

STEP 7 V5.2 and higher
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7
For Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS; manual package for
configuring S7-CPs, IE/PB link
and PC stations (STEP 7 V5.3)
German
6GK7 080-0AA01-8AA0
English
6GK7 080-0AA01-8BA0
More information
The NCM S7 configuration software for Industrial Ethernet is
included in the scope of supply of STEP 7 V5.2.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/189

CP 343-1
Overview
Benefits
PN
ISO
IO-C
IO-D
TCP/IP UDP
PG
S7
S5
IT
FTP
CBA
Connection of SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet

- 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connection with autosensing
- Connection for RJ45
- Multi-protocol operation with TCP and UDP transport
protocol
- Adjustable Keep Alive function
- PROFINET IO Controller
- PROFINET CBA
- TCP/IP and UDP transport protocol
- Programming device/operator panel communication:
Cross-network by means of S7 routing
- S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing)
Multicast for UDP
IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via the
user program (e.g. HMI)
Access protection by means of configurable access list
Remote programming and initial startup via the network
Automatic setting of the CPU clock via Ethernet with NTP or
SIMATIC procedure
SNMP MIB2 diagnostics information for network management
systems
2/190
Siemens IK PI 2007
Connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with

PROFINET
communication
Savings in time and cost in modular machine and plant construction with PROFINET CBA
Security:
Protection without the need for changing passwords through
device-oriented IP address lists
Setting of intrinsic IP parameters of series machines without
STEP 7
Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC procedure
Accessibility of many nodes by means of free UDP connections or multicast function
Active transmission of data with S7 communication
Access by as many as 16 HMI systems to the SIMATIC S7-300
without RFC 1006
Application
The CP 343-1 is the communications processor for connecting
SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet.
With its own processor, it relieves the CPU of communications
tasks and facilitates additional connections.
The CP 343-1 offers the communication options of the S7-300
with:
PG/PC
HMI devices
SIMATIC S5/S7/C7 systems
PROFINET IO devices
PROFINET CBA components
Design
The CP 343-1 offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
Compact design;
- automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing;
- RJ45 socket for connection to Industrial Ethernet.
Simple assembly;
The CP 343-1 is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and connected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors.
There are no slot rules.
Operation without fans;
a backup battery is not required.
With the IM 360/361, the CP 343-1 can also be used in an
expansion rack (ER)
C-PLUG (configuration plug) for PROFINET CBA
(not included in scope of delivery)

CP 343-1
Function
Ethernet. The module has its own processor. Layers 1 to 4 comply with international standards.
Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols TCP/IP and
UDP is possible. For connection control (keep alive) it is possible
to configure an adjustable time for all TCP transport connections
for active and passive partners.
The CPUs time can be set using NTP or SIMATIC procedures
with an accuracy of approx. +/-1 s.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostics options are available via NCM S7, including:
Operating status of CP
Operating status of PROFINET devices connected to CP
Diagnostics buffer
The CP 343-1 works in multi-protocol mode for the following

communication services:
Diagnostics possibilities during operation

Status scanning of connections using function block
SNMP MIB-2 objects;
the current status of the Ethernet interface can then be called,
e.g. for network management.
PG/OP communication
Security

S7 routing;
with the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming
device communication across networks
With a configurable IP access list, specific PCs and automation

devices can be released for IP-based access to the CP or controller.
The CP 343-1 has a preset unique Ethernet address and can be

put directly into operation over the network.
PROFINET communication
PROFINET IO Controller;
real-time communication (RT) with field devices on Industrial
Ethernet in accordance with PROFINET standard
PROFINET CBA;
Communication between technology modules (distributed
intelligence);
Cyclic or acyclic communication can be selected.
S7 communication
For connecting the S7-300 (server and client) to S7-200/300/400
(server and client), HMI units and PCs (CP 1613 with S7-1613 or
SOFTNET-S7).
Open IE and S5-compatible communication
call.
- TCP with RFC 1006
- TCP without RFC 1006
UDP
- Multicast for UDP
to be used.
Open IE and S5-compatible communication is used for communication with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and computers/PCs.
The function blocks required are a component part of STEP 7 for
Industrial Ethernet and must be integrated into the S7 user program.
access to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S5 (e.g. via CP 1430
TCP). This means existing HMI systems can still be used.
Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol for S5-compatible communication allows utilization of the multicast function to
simultaneously send and receive data on configured multicast
circuits.
Configuring
Version 5.3 SP2 of STEP 7 and NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet are
required for configuring the CP 343-1. NCM S7 is completely
embedded in the STEP 7 environment.
The CBA interconnection information created with SIMATIC
iMAP are backed up on the C-PLUG (Configuration Plug) swap
media.
The CP can be replaced in the event of failure without the need
for a programming device because the relevant user and configuration data are saved on the CPU or on the C-PLUG.
The function blocks required for communication and the programmable communications block (S7-Client) are included in
the scope of supply of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet or can
be downloaded from the Internet.
Transmission rate
Interfaces
electrical
optical
Power supply
Current consumption
From backplane bus

1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
C-PLUG
+5 V DC (5%) and
+24 V DC (5%)
200 mA
typ. 160 mA
max. 200 mA
Power loss
5.8 W

Relative humidity
0 C to +60 C
-40 C to +70 C
max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Module format
Weight

double width
80 x 125 x 120
approx. 600 g
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/191

CP 343-1

Performance data
(SEND/RECEIVE)
TCP/UDP connections
Useful data
- TCP
- UDP
max. 16
8 KB
2 KB
S7 communication
max. 16
PG/OP communication
Number of operable OP connections (non-isochrone services)
16
connections
max. 48
Multicast
16
PROFINET IO Controller
Number of operable
PN IO-Devices
125
Size of IO data areas overall

- I/O input area
- I/O output area
2160 byte
2160 byte
Size of I/O data areas

per connected PN IO device
- I/O input area
- I/O output area
max. 128 byte

max. 128 byte
PROFINET CBA
Number of remote interconnecting
partners
64
Swapped connectors
1000
Data length of all incoming connections
8192 byte
Data length of all outgoing connections
8192 byte
Data length for arrays and structures (acyclic interconnection),

max.
8192 byte
Data length for arrays and structures (cyclic interconnection),

max.
450 byte
Data length for arrays and structures (local interconnection), max.
2400 byte
2/192
Siemens IK PI 2007

acyclical transmission
- Scan rate: Sampling time, min.
Possible settings:
100, 200, 500 and 1000 ms
- Number of incoming
- Number of outgoing
interconnections
interconnections
cyclical transmission
Transmission time, min.
Possible settings: 10, 20, 50,
100, 200, 500 and 1000 ms
- Number of incoming
- Number of outgoing
interconnections
interconnections
(acyclic)
- Number of stations for HMI
variables that can connect
(PN OPC/iMap);
stations are 2 x PN OPC and
1 x SIMATIC iMap
- Update HMI variables, min.
- Number of HMI variables, max.
- Data length of all HMI variables
Internal device interconnections
- Number of internal
interconnections
- Data length of all internal
interconnections
Interconnections with constants
- Number of interconnections with
constants, max.
- Data lengths of all interconnections with constants.
Access to S7extended variables
- Maximum number of S7
connections for access to
variables with the PROFINET
attribute "S7extended", max.
100 ms
128
128
8192 byte
8192 byte
10 ms
200
200
2000 byte
2000 byte
500 ms
200
8192 byte
256
2400 byte
200
4096 byte
No
32

CP 343-1
Ordering data
Order No.
CP 343-1
For connection of SIMATIC
S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet;
PROFINET IO Controller,
PROFINET CBA, TCP/IP and UDP,
S7 communication,
(SEND/RECEIVE), FETCH/
WRITE, with and without RFC
1006, diagnostic expansions,
multicast, CPU clock synchronization via SIMATIC procedure
and NTP, access protection
through IP access list, SNMP,
DHCP, initialization over LAN
manual on CD-ROM
6GK7 343-1EX21-0XE0
C-PLUG
event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and
application data; can be used
for SIMATIC NET products with
C-PLUG slot
6GK1 900-0AB00
Order No.
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
SIMATIC S7 V5.3 SP2, operating
under STEP 7 V5.3; on CD-ROM
with electronic manual in German,
English, French, Spanish, Italian
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
Included in the STEP 7 V5.3

package
Documentation S7-CPs/NCM
for Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS
for V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x);
paper version
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

Industrial Ethernet
German/English
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0

German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
German
6GK7 080-0AA01-8AA0
English
6GK7 080-0AA01-8BA0
SIMATIC iMap V2.0

for configuring
PROFINET CBA,
Prerequisite:
Windows 2000 Prof. SP4 or
Windows XP Prof. SP1;
on programming device or PC
with Pentium processor, min.
500 MHz; STEP 7, V5.2 SP1 and
higher incl. NCM, SIMATIC NET IE
SOFTNET-PG, V6.2 and higher;
PN OPC server, V6.2 and higher
Type of supply:
German, English with electronic
documentation
Single license
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5
6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2
Upgrade to V2.0 single license
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/193

CP 343-1 Advanced
Overview
Benefits
PN
ISO
IO-C
IO-D
TCP/IP UDP
PG
S7
S5
IT
FTP
CBA

- Connection for RJ45
- Multi-protocol operation with TCP and UDP transport
protocol
- Open IE communication (TCP/IP and UDP): Multicast for
UDP
- PROFINET IO controller
- PROFINET CBA
- S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing)
- S5compatible communication
- IT communication:
HTTP communication supports access to process data
through Web browsers;
FTP communication supports program-controlled FTP client
communication,
Access to data blocks through FTP server,
Data handling for own file system through FTP,
E-mail
IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via
program block (e.g. for HMI)
Module replacement without programming device; all information is stored on the C-PLUG (also file system for IT
functions).
Extensive diagnostic functions for all modules in the rack
Integration into network management systems through the
support of SNMP V1 MIB-II
2/194
Siemens IK PI 2007
The field level (PROFINET, S7, S5) can be connected over

Industrial Ethernet with the management level (IT communication such as Email, FTP and HTTP)
PROFINET
Optimum support of maintenance through
- web-based diagnostics
- monitoring with IT network management tools (SNMP)
- simple module replacement without PG using C-PLUG swap
media
Savings in time and cost in modular machine and plant
construction with PROFINET CBA
Security:
Protection without changing passwords, through devicerelated IP address lists;
password protection for Web applications
Low-cost access to process information using standard Web
browsers, reducing software costs on the client side
File system as low-cost bulk storage for data, log files, machine documentation and statistics (C-PLUG as swap media)
Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC procedure
Setting of own IP parameters when using in series machines
delivered without STEP 7
Application
The CP 343-1 Advanced is the communications processor for
connecting SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet.
The CP 343-1 Advanced offers the communication options of the
S7-300:
PG/PC
Host computer
HMI devices
PROFINET IO devices
PROFINET CBA is used to create reusable technology modules.
Design
The CP 343-1 Advanced offers all the advantages of SIMATIC
S7-300 system design:
Compact design;
- automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing;
Easy installation;
The CP 343-1 Advanced is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN
rail and connected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors. There are no slot rules.
Operation without fans;
a backup battery is not required.
With the IM 360/361, the CP 343-1 Advanced can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER)
C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in scope of delivery
as replacement medium (cannot be operated without C-PLUG)

CP 343-1 Advanced
Function
The CP 343-1 Advanced independently handles data traffic over
Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own processor and can
be put into service directly using the unique preset Ethernet address (MAC) via the network. Multi-protocol operation of the
transport protocols TCP/IP and UDP is possible.
For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an
adjustable time for all TCP transport connections for active and
passive partners.
The CPUs time can be set using NTP or SIMATIC procedures
with an accuracy of approx. +/-1 s.
The CP 343-1 Advanced works in multi-protocol mode for the
following communication services:
PG/OP communication
S7 routing;
With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming
device communication across networks.
PROFINET IO Controller;
real-time communication (RT) with field devices on Industrial
Ethernet in accordance with PROFINET standard
PROFINET CBA;
Communication between technology modules (distributed
intelligence);
Cyclic or acyclic communication can be selected.
S7 communication
For connecting the S7-300 (server and client) to S7-200/300/400
(server and client), HMI units and PCs (SOFTNET-S7 or CP 1613
A2 with S7-1613).
call.
- TCP with RFC 1006
UDP
- Multicast for UDP
to be used.
Open IE and S5-compatible communication is used for communication with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and
computers/PCs.
The function blocks required are a component part of STEP 7 for
Industrial Ethernet and must be integrated into the S7 user program.
access to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S7 (in the same way as
in the CP 1430 TCP and the SIMATIC S5). This means existing
HMI systems can still be used.
Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol allows utilization
of the multicast function to simultaneously send and receive data
on configured multicast circuits.
IT functions
Web server;
any HTML pages up to 30 MB can be downloaded and viewed
with standard browsers
Standard diagnostics pages;
for prompt diagnostics on the system for all modules inserted
in the rack, without the need for additional tools
Emails;
sending of Emails direct from the user program
Communication via FTP;
open protocol that is available on most operating system platforms
The 30 MB RAM file system can be used for buffering dynamic
data.
Diagnostics data
Extensive diagnostics options are available via NCM S7, including:
Operating status of CP
Diagnostics of the assigned PROFINET field devices
Diagnostic buffer
Diagnostics possibilities during operation
Status scanning of connections using function block
SNMP MIB-2 objects;
the current status of the Ethernet interface can then be called,
e.g. for network management.
Web interface with basic diagnostics information and diagnostics buffer of the CP and CPU in plain text
Security
With a configurable IP access list, specific PCs and automation
devices can be released for IP-based access to the CP or the
controller.
Web pages can be protected using passwords.
Configuration
Version 5.3 SP3 of STEP 7 and NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet are
required for configuring the CP 343-1 Advanced. NCM S7 is
completely embedded in the STEP 7 environment.
The configuration data of the CP created with STEP 7 is stored
on the CPU. Attention must however be paid to the memory volume of the S7-CPU.
The user-specific HTML pages, FTP data and the CBA connection information created with SIMATIC iMAP are saved on the
swap media C-PLUG (Configuration Plug).
The function blocks required for communication and the programmable communications block (S7-Client) are included in
the scope of supply of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet or can be
downloaded from the Internet.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/195

CP 343-1 Advanced
Interfaces
electrical
Voltage supply
Current consumption
10/100 Mbit/s
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Autosensing/Autocrossover/
Autonegotiation
1 x 2-pin plug-in terminal block
C-PLUG
+5 V DC (5%) and
+24 V DC (5%)
200 mA
typ. 160 mA
max. 200 mA
Power loss
5.8 W

Relative humidity
0 C +60 C
-40 C +70 C
max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Module format
Weight

double width
80 x 125 x 120
approx. 600 g
Performance data
Open IE/S5-compatible
communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
TCP/UDP connections
max. 16
Useful data
- TCP
- UDP
8KB
2KB
S7 communication
max. 16
PG/OP communication
Number of operable OP connections (acyclic services)
16
connections
max. 48
Multicast
16
FTP communication
Number of client connections
Number of server connections
max. 10
max. 2
IT communication
Number of connections to an
Email server
Memory capacity
Flash memory file system
RAM memory
Service life of the Flash Memory
cells
2/196
Siemens IK PI 2007
max. 1
30 MB
30 MB
approx. 100000 write cycles
Number of operable
PN IO-Devices
125

- I/O input area
- I/O output area
2160 byte
2160 byte
Size of I/O data areas

per connected PN IO device
- I/O input area
- I/O output area
max. 128 byte

max. 128 byte
PROFINET CBA
partners
64
Swapped connectors
1000
Data length of all incoming

connections
8192 byte
Data length of all outgoing

connections
8192 byte

max.
8192 byte

max.
450 byte
2400 byte

- Scan rate: Sampling time, min.
Possible settings: 100, 200, 500
and 1000 ms
- Number of incoming interconnections, max.
- Number of outgoing interconnections, max.
- Data length of all incoming interconnections
- Data length of all outgoing interconnections
cyclic transmission
100, 200, 500 and 1000 ms
- Number of incoming interconnections, max.
- Number of outgoing interconnections, max.
- Data length of all incoming interconnections
- Data length of all outgoing interconnections
(acyclic)
- Number of stations for HMI
(PN OPC/iMap);
1 x SIMATIC iMap
- Update HMI variables, min.
- Number of HMI variables, max.
- Data length of all HMI variables
100 ms
128
128
8192 byte
8192 byte
10 ms
200
200
2000 byte
2000 byte
500 ms
200
8192 byte

CP 343-1 Advanced

- number of internal interconnections
- data length of all internal interconnections
- number of interconnections with
constants, max.
- data lengths of all interconnections with constants.
Ordering data
CP 343-1 Advanced

256
2400 byte
4096 byte
Order No.
6GK7 343-1GX21-0XE0

German/English
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0

6GK1 900-0AB00
Configuration software for

Industrial Ethernet CPs for
SIMATIC S7 V5.3 SP2, operating
under STEP 7 V5.3; on CD-ROM
with electronic manual in German,
English, French, Spanish, Italian
Included in the STEP 7 V5.3

package
for Industrial Ethernet and
PROFIBUS
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0

German/English
Order No.
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
Swap medium for simple replacement of devices in the event of a

fault; for storing configuration or
engineering and application data;
Industrial Ethernet

- maximum number of S7 connec- 32
tions for access to variables with
the PROFINET attribute
"S7extended", max.
200
For the connection of SIMATIC

S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet;
PROFINET IO Controller,
PROFINET CBA, TCP/IP and UDP,
S7 communication,
(SEND/RECEIVE), FETCH/WRITE,
with and without RFC 1006, diagnostics expansions, multicast,
Web server, HTML diagnostics,
FTP server, FTP client, E-mail
client, setting of CPUs clock
using SIMATIC and NTP procedures, access protection through
IP access list, SNMP, DHCP,
initialization over LAN
manual on CD-ROM
C-PLUG
no
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
for V5.x (STEP 7 V5.x);

paper version
German
6GK7 080-0AA01-8AA0
English
6GK7 080-0AA01-8BA0
SIMATIC iMap V3.0

for configuring
PROFINET CBA,
Prerequisite:
Windows 2000 Prof. with Service
Pack 4 or later or Windows XP Prof.
with Service Pack 1 or later or
Windows 2003 Server
with Service Pack 1 or later;
on PG or PC with Pentium
processor, min. 1 GHz; STEP 7
V5.3 or later with Service Pack 3,
PN OPC Server V6.3 or later
Type of deilvery:
documentation
Single license
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5
6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2
Upgrade to V3.0, single license
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/197

CP 443-1
Overview
Benefits
Direct integration of S7-400 even in complex systems by

means of Industrial Ethernet at 100 Mbit/s
communication. Flexible in use thanks to automatic media
switching (AUI/ITP) and free choice of slot
Accessibility of many nodes by means of free UDP connections or multicast function
without RFC 1006
Protection against unauthorized access via TCP/IP
PN
ISO
TCP/IP UDP
PG
S7
S5
IT
FTP

for automatic switchover between AUI, ITP and RJ45 interface
- universal connection options for ITP, RJ45 and AUI
- multi-protocol operation with ISO, TCP/IP and UDP transport
protocol
- adjustable Keep Alive function
- Open IE communication via TCP/IP and UDP)
- S7 communication
- S5 compatible communication
Multicast for UDP
Cross-network programming device/operator panel communication through S7 routing
Remote programming and initial startup via the network
2/198
Siemens IK PI 2007
Application
The CP 443-1 is the communications processor for the SIMATIC
S7-400 for Industrial Ethernet. With its own processor, it relieves
the CPU of communications tasks and facilitates additional connections. Communication options for S7-400 through CP 443-1
with:
Programming devices, processors and HMI devices
Other SIMATIC S7 systems
SIMATIC S5 PLCs.
Design
The CP 443-1 offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-400
system design:
Compact design;
- 15-pin Sub-D socket with automatic switching between AUI
and twisted pair interface;
Automatic transmission rate detection through autosensing.
Easy installation:
the CP 443-1 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected
to other modules of the S7-400 by means of the backplane
bus. There are no slot rules.
The CP 443-1 can be operated without a fan. A standby battery is not required.
In combination with IM 460/461, the CP 443-1 can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER)
The module can be replaced without the need for a programming device.

CP 443-1
Function
Ethernet. The module has its own processor. Layers 1 to 4 comply with international standards. Multi-protocol operation of the
transport protocols ISO and TCP/IP is possible.
Security
With a freely configurable access list, specific users and programmable controllers can be enabled for accessing the CP or
control via TCP/IP.
Diagnostics data
The CP 443-1 works in multi-protocol mode for the following

communication services:
Extensive diagnostic options are available via NCM S7, including:

Operating status of the CP
Diagnostic buffer
PG/OP communication
Configuration

S7 routing
STEP 7 and NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet are required for configuring the CP 443-1. NCM S7 is completely embedded in the
STEP 7 environment.
For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an

adjustable time for all TCP transport connections for active and
passive partners.
The CP 443-1 has a preset unique Ethernet address and can be
put directly into operation over the network.
S7 communication
for connecting the S7-200/300 (server and client) to S7-400
(server and client), HMI devices and PCs (SOFTNET-S7 or
CP 1613 A2 with S7-1613).
Communication takes place through the CP 443-1 without further
configuration.
H communication
For redundant S7 communication, the CP 443-1 can also be
used in SIMATIC H systems.
Time of day synchronization
The CP 443-1 is capable of forwarding the time of day of the
S7-400 CPU to the network. Conversely, the CP 443-1 of the
S7-400-CPU can make an existing time of day available on the
network.
This is also made available by means of the international protocol (Network Time Protocol).
The CP is only available following installation of NCM S7 for

Industrial Ethernet in the hardware catalog of STEP 7.
NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet is a component of STEP 7
(Version V 5.0 or higher).
In Version V5 or higher of STEP 7/NCM S7 the configuration data
of the CP can also optionally be stored on the CPU. This allows
the module to be replaced without a programming device.
Attention should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the
S7-CPU.
Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers
connected to the network is possible over the network.
All function blocks (FC) required for S5-compatible communication are included in the scope of supply of NCM S7 for Industrial
Ethernet.
Interfaces

communication.
electrical
Open IE and S5-compatible communication is used with

SIMATIC S5 and computers/PCs. The function calls required are
a component part of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet and must be
integrated in the S7 user program.
access to the CPU data in the same way as in the CP 1430. This
means existing HMI systems can still be used. Implementing
UDP as the transmission protocol allows utilization of the multicast function to simultaneously send and receive data on configurable multicast circuits.
1 x 15-pin Sub-D socket

(10 Mbit/s AUI; 10/100 Mbit/s ITP)
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call.

This interface enables the following to be used:
ISO transport connections
- TCP with RFC 1006
UDP (2 KB data length)
- Multicast for UDP (2 KB data length)
Current consumption
from +5 V DC (5%)
approx. 1.4 A
from 24 V DC (5%)
typ. 220 mA,

max. 350 mA (depending on the
interface used)
Power loss
8.6 W

0 C +60 C
-40 C +70 C
Relative humidity
max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Module format

single width
25 x 290 x 210
Weight
approx. 700 g
NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet

(included in the scope of delivery
of STEP 7 V5.x).
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/199

CP 443-1
Ordering data
Performance data
Open IE/S5-compatible
communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
ISO/TCP/UDP connections
max. 64
Volume of user data ISO or TCP/IP max. 8 KB

Volume of user data UDP
max. 2 KB
S7 communication
Number of connections1)
max. 48
connections
max. 64
1) Utilization depends on performance of S7-CPU/FM used.
Ordering data
CP 443-1
For connecting SIMATIC S7-400
to Industrial Ethernet through
TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for S7 communication, S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
with FETCH/WRITE with and
without RFC 1006, diagnostic
expansions, Multicast, access
protection over IP access list,
initial start-up over LAN
10/100 Mbit/s with electronic
manual on CD-ROM
Order No.
6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

Order No.

German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0

for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0

Configuration software for
Industrial Ethernet-CPs for
SIMATIC S7;
V5.x, operating under STEP 7
V5.x; on CD-ROM with electronic
manual in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian
Included in the STEP 7 V5.x

package
Documentation S7-CPs/NCM S7
1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

Industrial Ethernet
German/English
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
German
6GK7 080-0AA01-8AA0
English
6GK7 080-0AA01-8BA0
More information
The configuration software NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet is
supplied with STEP 7 V5.2.
2/200
Siemens IK PI 2007

CP 443-1 Advanced
Overview
PN
ISO
IO-C
IO-D
Benefits
TCP/IP UDP
PG
S7
S5
IT
FTP
CBA

- Connection via RJ45
- Multi-protocol operation for ISO, TCP/IP and UDP
- Open IE communication (TCP/IP and UDP):
Multicast for UDP
- PROFINET CBA
- ISO, TCP/IP and UDP transport protocols:
Multicast for UDP
- S7 communication
- IT communication:
HTTP communication supports access to process data
through Web browsers;
FTP communication supports program-controlled FTP client
communication,
Access to data blocks through FTP server,
Data handling for own file system through FTP, E-mail
IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via the
user program (e.g. HMI)
Single-width module with integrated 4-port switch saves
space in the rack and control cabinet. Thanks to the integrated autocrossing function, the CP 443-1 Advanced is very
well suited for establishing small local networks.
Module replacement without programming device; all information is stored on the C-PLUG (also file system for IT functions).
Extensive diagnostic functions for all modules in the rack
Ideal for construction of small local networks thanks to the

integrated 4-port switch which saves space in the control cabinet.
PROFINET
Savings in time and cost in modular machine and plant construction with PROFINET CBA
Security:
Protection without the need for changing passwords through
device-oriented IP address lists
Access to process information (password protected) using
standard Web browsers, reducing software costs on the client
side
Simple diagnostics even without STEP 7 by diagnosing all
modules and racks via Web browser or SNMP
Simple universal linking of PLCs to different computers by
means of FTP
File system as low-cost bulk storage for data, log files and
statistics (C-PLUG as swap media)
Local and worldwide transmission of event-driven messages
by e-mail through IT communication paths
Module replacement without programming devices, as all
information is stored on the replaceable C-PLUG (even file
system for IT functions).
One module for various applications: Programming device/PC, HMI systems, SIMATIC S5/S7 (high-priority) and
IT communication
Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC procedure with selectable path
Setting of intrinsic IP parameters of series machines without
STEP 7
Application
The CP 443-1 Advanced is the communications processor for
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to the Industrial Ethernet.
The CP 443-1 Advanced provides the opportunity for the
SIMATIC S7-400 to communicate with:
PG/PC
Host computer
HMI devices
PROFINET IO devices
PROFINET CBA is used to create reusable technology modules.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/201

CP 443-1 Advanced
Design
Communication with PROFINET
The CP 443-1 Advanced offers all the advantages of SIMATIC

S7-400 system design:
The front panel of the rugged plastic casing includes:
- Four RJ45 sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet.
- Diagnostic LEDs for each switch port
Connection is by means of the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with
180 cable exit or by means of a standard patch cable
Simple installation;
the CP 443-1 Advanced is mounted on the S7-400 rack and
connected to other modules by means of the backplane bus.
There are no slot rules.
The CP 443-1 Advanced can be operated without a fan.
In combination with IM 460/461, the CP 443-1 Advanced can
also be used in an expansion rack (ER).
The module can be replaced without the need for a programming device
C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in scope of delivery
as replacement medium (cannot be operated without CPLUG).
Function
The CP 443-1 Advanced independently handles data traffic over
Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own powerful processor
and can be put into service directly using the unique preset
Ethernet address (MAC) via the network.
Support of the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) enables the IP address to be issued from a central DHCP server.
The CP 443-1 Advanced works in multi-protocol mode for the
following communication services:
PG/OP communication
S7 routing;
S7 communication
for connecting the S7-200/300/400 (server and client) to S7-400
(server and client), HMI devices and PCs (CP1613 with S7-1613
or SOFTNET-S7 with CP1612 or CP1512).
Clock synchronization using SIMATIC procedure or NTP
(network time protocol) with selectable path.
Simple and optimized interface for data communication.
Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call.
ISO transport connections
TCP connections with or without RFC 1006
UDP (2 KB data length)
UDP Multicast (2 KB data length)
to be used.
Open IE and S5-compatible communication is used with
SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/-300 and computers/PCs. The
function calls required are a component part of STEP S7 and
must be integrated into the S7 user program.
2/202
Siemens IK PI 2007
PROFINET IO controller;
for connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with
PROFINET
PROFINET CBA;
Communication between technology modules (distributed intelligence);
This communication is suitable for time-critical as well as nontime-critical tasks.
IT functions
WEB server;
any HTML pages can be downloaded and viewed with standard browsers
Standard diagnostic pages;
for prompt diagnosis on the system for all modules inserted in
the rack, without the need for additional tools
E-mails;
sending of e-mails direct from the user program
Communication via FTP;
open protocol that is available on most operating system platforms
The 32 MB RAM file system can be used for buffering dynamic
data. In addition, a buffered area of 512 KB is available which
is supplied via the central backup battery.
Diagnostics
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7 or SNMP,
including:
Diagnosis of the assigned PROFINET field devices (also in the
user program)
Information about every port of the switch
Diagnostics buffer
Web interface with basic diagnostic information
Security
With a freely configurable access list, PCs and programmable
controllers can be enabled for accessing the CP or control via
TCP/IP.
Configuring
CP 443-1 Advanced is configured with STEP 7, V 5.2 SP3 and
higher. To utilize the PROFINET function of the device, STEP 7
V 5.3 SP1 and higher is required. When using PROFINET CBA,
the engineering tool iMap V 2.0 and higher is required.
The configuration data of the CP created with STEP 7 is stored
on the CPU. Attention must however be paid to the memory volume of the S7-CPU.
The user-specific HTML pages, FTP data and the connection information created with SIMATIC iMAP are saved on the swap
media C-PLUG (Configuration Plug).

CP 443-1 Advanced
Integration
2
SIMATIC S7-400
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-400
Field PG
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
Panel PC
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1
Switch
SCALANCE
X208PRO
ET 200S
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Connection to higher-level network
G_IK10_XX_10070
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10069
ET 200S
Field PG
Small independent local networks (e.g. within a machine or cell)
Transmission rate
10/100 Mbit/s Autosensing
Performance data
electrical
4 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
(SEND/RECEIVE)
C-PLUG

TCP/UDP connections
Power supply
DC +5 V (+/- 5%)
Ports
max. 64
Useful data
- ISO or TCP/IP
- UDP
- E-mail
max. 8 KB
max. 2 KB
max. 2 KB
Current consumption
From backplane bus
max. 1.8 A
Power loss
7.25 W
S7 communication
max. 128
0 C to +60 C
-40 C to +70 C
max. 95% at +25 C
PG/OP communication
Number of PG connections
Number of OP connections
max. 2
max. 30

Relative humidity
Design
Module format
Weight

double width
25 x 290 x 217
approx. 750 g
STEP 7 V5.3 + SP11) 2)
connections
FTP communication
Number of client connections
max. 128
max. 10
max. 2
IT communication
Memory capacity
Flash memory file system
RAM
HTTP communication
32 MB, approx. 30 MB of which is

freely available to the user
32 MB, max. 16 MB of which is
freely available to the user;
additional 512 KB buffered via
central backup battery
max. 4
1) For configuring PROFINET IO

2) For configuring PROFINET CBA, iMap V 2.0 is also required
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/203

CP 443-1 Advanced

Number of operable
PN IO-Devices
max. 125
Number of external IO-lines

in one central rack
max. 4

- I/O input area
- I/O output area
max. 4 KB
max. 4 KB
Size of I/O data areas per

connected PN IO device:
- I/O input area
- I/O output area
max. 244 byte

max. 244 byte
PROFINET CBA
partners
64
Swapped connectors
600
Data length of all incoming connections
8192 byte
Data length of all outgoing connections
8192 byte

max.
8192 byte

max.
450 byte
2400 byte

acyclical transmission
- scan rate: Sampling time, min.
Possible settings: 100, 200, 500
and 1000 ms
- number of incoming interconnections, max.
- number of outgoing interconnections, max.
- data length of all incoming
interconnections
- data length of all outgoing
interconnections
2/204
Siemens IK PI 2007

cyclical transmission
- transmission frequency:
100, 200, 500 and 1000 ms
- number of incoming interconnections, max.
- number of outgoing interconnections, max.
- data length of all incoming interconnections
- data length of all outgoing interconnections
(acyclic)
- number of stations for HMI
(PN OPC/iMap);
1 x SIMATIC iMap
- update HMI variables, min.
- number of HMI variables, max.
- data length of all HMI variables
- number of internal interconnections
- data length of all internal interconnections
- number of interconnections with
constants, max.
- data lengths of all interconnections with constants.
100 ms
150

- maximum number of S7 connections for access to variables
with the PROFINET attribute
"S7extended", max.
150
8192 byte
8192 byte
10 ms
250
250
2000 byte
2000 byte
500 ms
200
8192 byte
300
2400 byte
500
4000 byte
No
32

CP 443-1 Advanced
Ordering data
Order No.
CP 443-1 Advanced
For the connection of SIMATIC
S7-400 to Industrial Ethernet over
PROFINET IO; PROFINET IOController, PROFINET CBA,
TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for
S7 communication,
(SEND/RECEIVE) with FETCH/
WRITE, with and without RFC
1006, diagnostic expansions,
multicast, clock synchronization
via SIMATIC procedure or NTP,
access protection via IP access
list, FTP client/server, HTTP
server, HTML diagnostics, SNMP,
DHCP, e-mail, data storage on CPLUG, 4-port switch on board, initialization via LAN 10/100 Mbit/s;
with electronic manual on CDROM
6GK7 443-1EX40-0XE0
C-PLUG
Replacement medium for simple
event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and application data, can be used for
SIMATIC NET products with
C-PLUG slot
6GK1 900-0AB00
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

Industrial Ethernet
German/English
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0

German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
Order No.
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
Configuring software NCM S7

SIMATIC S7; V5.x, operating
under STEP 7 V5.x; with electronic manual on CD-ROM,
Spanish, Italian
Included in the STEP 7 V5.x

package
German
6GK7 080-0AA01-8AA0
English
6GK7 080-0AA01-8BA0
Software iMap V2.0

Prerequisites:
Windows 2000 Prof. SP4 or
Windows XP Prof. SP1; on programming device or PC with
Pentium processor, min.
500 MHz; STEP 7, V5.2 SP1 and
higher incl. NCM, SIMATIC NET IE
SOFTNET-PG, V6.2 and higher;
PN OPC server, V6.2 and higher
Type of supply:
documentation
Single license
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5
6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2
Upgrade iMap V2.0

single license
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5
More information
The NCM S7 configuration software for Industrial Ethernet is included in the scope of supply of STEP 7 V5.2.
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/205

General information
Overview
SOFTWARE
CPs with an internal microprocessor

Protocol software executes on the CP
Free PC resources for applications
Suitable for comprehensive applications
Recommended for applications with HMI systems with
high performance requirements, e.g. WinCC
Recommended for large systems (8 stations or more,
e.g. SIMATIC)
Constant communication throughput
Can be used for redundant communication
Use for PROFINET IO real-time applications
(RT, IRT with CP 1616/CP 1604)
Time synchronization
HARDWARE
CPs with their own

microprocessor
You can find software for the PC
products under Windows on the
SIMATIC NET/Windows CD.
Development Kits are available
(e.g. for CP 1616 or CP 1604) for
use in various operating-system
environments
CP 1613 A2 (PCI)
CPs without an internal microprocessor

Protocol software executes on the PG/PC
PC resources are divided between communications and
applications
Suitable for less comprehensive applications
Recommended for smaller applications (up to 8 stations,
e.g. SIMATIC)
Communications performance depends on PC resources and
PC loading
CP 1616 (PCI)
The necessary configuring tools

are supplied with all software
packages.
Manuals in pdf format and
comprehensive details of
SIMATIC NET products and
communication can be found on
the SIMATIC NET Manual CD
that accompanies the software
products.
CP 1604
(PC/104-Plus)
CPs without their

own microprocessor
SIMATIC NET
Manual Collection
CP 7515
(PC-Card,
CardBus)
G_IK10_XX_50183
2/206
Siemens IK PI 2007

Performance data
Overview
The following communications processors are available for connecting to the programming device or PC:
CPs with an internal microprocessor:
- CP 1616 (PCI) available soon,
- CP 1613 (PCI)
CPs without an internal microprocessor:
- CP 1612 (PCI)
- CP 1512 (PC Card CardBus)
Data throughput of Industrial Ethernet

Comparisons between Layer-2 Ethernet cards and CP 1613 A2
show the respective communications throughput.
This throughput varies between 0 and the maximum throughput
for Layer-2 Ethernet cards with the corresponding software
packages.
When the CP 1613 A2 is used with software packages, the communications performance remains constantly at a high level and
ensures fast response times without any variations.
Time
Message/sec
CP 1613 A2
constant communication power
G_IK10_XX_10037
Layer 2 Ethernet Cards

fluctuating communication power
Communication performance comparisons
Advanced/PC Configuration
Supports a simplified OPC configuration
Easy to handle thanks to automatic software installation
(Plug & Play)
Advanced PC configuration is included in the scope of supply
of the communications software for the PC from Version 6.0
upwards; the configuration tool NCM PC as well as the configuration console are also supplied with it.
More information
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
NCM PC
NCM PC replaces the previous PC configuring tools. This means
that the PC can be configured either in STEP 7 or in NCM PC
Version V5.1+SP2 and higher. Both tools offer the same look and
feel and create the same database. This permits consistent configuration of communication functions, S5-compatible communication and S7 communication. Data only has to be entered once
and data consistency is assured.
A configuration wizard integrated into NCM PC also supports
user-driven configuration of the PC station.
With NCM PC and STEP 7 from Version V5.1+SP2 upwards, a
PC similar to a SIMATIC S7 station can be configured and
loaded over a network. This applies both to the local station on
which NCM PC or STEP 7 is installed and to the remote station
that is addressed over the network.
Note:
NCM PC does not contain a conversion function for LDBs that
were created using COML S7. Reconfiguration is necessary.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/207

Connection options to SIMATIC PCs
Overview
The operating systems listed in the table refer exclusively to the
communication products specified!
Please refer to the description of the relevant IPC for the operating system that is available and has been released for that IPC.
Rack PC: IL 43, 840

Box PC: 620, 627, 840,
Panel PC: 577, 677, 877
Microbox
PC 420
CPs and software for Industrial Ethernet

CP 1613 A2

under
Windows 2000 Professional/
Server + SP3/4, Windows XP
Professional + SP1/2,
Windows 2003 Server + SP1
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2005 /

under

Windows 2003 Server + SP1,
Xpembedded + SP1
SOFTNET-PG Edition 2005

under

Xpembedded + SP1
SOFTNET PN IO Edition 2005

under

Xpembedded + SP1
CPs and software for PROFINET

Slots in the case of Industrial
PC/Embedded Platform
CP 1616 (PCI) 1)
CP 1604 (PC/104-Plus)
PCI
1)
PC/104-Plus
1) Use of these CPs requires porting of the Development Kit

DK-16xx PN IO to the relevant target system and operating
system environment. You can order the DK-16xx PN IO at
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk16xx in the Internet.
It contains sample software for Linux Suse 9.3.
2/208
Siemens IK PI 2007

CP 1616
Overview
PN
IO-C
ISO
IO-D
Benefits
TCP/IP UDP
OPC
PG
S7
S5
ITIT
FTP
CBA
Ideally suited for design of small local networks through

integral 4-port real-time switch
PROFINET
Direct memory access to process data by linking as
PROFINET IO-Controller via IO-Base interface
High computing power is available in the PC by taking
the load off the host CPU by means of a real-time ASIC
ERTEC 400 with support of the PROFINET real-time features
RT and IRT (available soon)
Implementation in Motion Control applications thanks to
support of IRT (available soon)
Simple transfer to various operating system environments
using Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO
Switch mode also with the PC switched off, via optional
external power supply
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the
integrated Autocrossover function
Application
The CP 1616 enables SIMATIC PGs/PCs and PCs equipped
with a PCI slot to be connected to PROFINET IO.
PCI module for connecting PCs and SIMATIC PGs/PCs

to PROFINET IO
Full-duplex/half-duplex with autonegotiation (universal key
3.3 V and 5 V; 33 MHz / 66 MHz; 32 bit, executes in 64-bit
PCI-X systems)
With Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
Integral 4-port real-time switch
- PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device (RT)
- support of IRT in Motion Control applications
(available soon)
High performance through direct memory access
Integration in network management systems through the
support of SNMP I (available soon)
Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation,
start-up and operation of the module
Powerful configuration tools are included in delivery of module
The CP 1616 provides high-performance support for control

tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot
Control).
With IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), the CP is ideally suited to
time-critical applications that are in the range of strictly
isochronous closed-loop control in the motion control sector
(available soon).
The integrated 4-port switch supports low-cost system
solutions and the configuration of different topologies.
The CP 1616 provides communication functions for SIMATIC
programming devices/PCs and industrial PCs:
PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device (RT)
The DK-16xx PN IO development kit enables integration of the
module into any operating systems.
Design
Industrial Ethernet
- 4 x RJ45 connection
- integral 4-port real-time switch for 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet
- half/full duplex
- Autosensing/Autocrossover
PCI interface:
- PCI 2.2
- 32 bit, for execution in 64-bit PCI X systems
- 33 MHz or 66 MHz
- Universal Key 3.3 V and 5 V
- installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
Host interface/processor:
- dual-port RAM on board
- flash for program memory on board
- ARM 946 RISK processor (32 bit) on board for
preprocessing
Power supply:
- operating voltage: 5 V through PCI
- optional external 6 - 9 V DC supply for switch operation
with PC switched off
Size:
- short PCI format
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/209

CP 1616
User interfaces
The CP 1616 can be operated as a PROFINET IO controller

and/or PROFINET IO device that stores the process image
(input and output data) in the memory area on the CP.
High-performance data transfer to and from the IO devices is
performed autonomously by the CP 1616.
Programming interface through C library
Support of real-time properties of PROFINET for RT and IRT

(available soon). The real-time properties of the CP 1616 ensure
extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
rates.
For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller or

IO-Device functionality directly over C/C++, the IO-Base interface can be used. This interface is of a similar design to the DP
Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and CP 5614.
It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP master
applications to PROFINET IO-Controller applications.
The following compilers can be used in combination with
SIMATIC NET products:
Microsoft Visual C++ V6.0
Microsoft Visual C++.NET
Switching
Diagnostics
According to the industry requirements, the 4-port real-time

switch additionally permits the configuration of line topologies
with spur lines and makes external switch components unnecessary.
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7 or SNMP,

including:
General diagnostics functions
Integration in network management systems through the support of SNMP I (available soon)
Real-time
The switch function is also available when the PC is turned off

thanks to the possibility of independently supplying an external
voltage.
Software packages
DK-16xx PN IO development kit;
driver and IO-Base software for CP 1616 as PROFINET IO-Controller and IO-Device under Linux in source code for transfer to
any PC-based operating systems with IO-Base interface for:
PROFINET communication:
- PROFINET IO controller:
PROFINET
- PROFINET IO device:
Link-up with a PROFINET IO controller through real-time
communication according to the PROFINET standard
Access in isochronous mode to real-time data for PROFINET
over IRT (available soon);
rates;
jitter accuracy, isochronous mode, and cycle time enable
high-performance motion control applications (available
soon).
Direct memory access to the process data;
the process data of the IO-Devices are always consistent. The
IO programming interface provides the PC programmer with
function calls for data transfer.
The design of the interface not only permits fast access as
PROFINET IO controller, but also easy porting to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
The IO-Base interface for the PROFINET IO controller of the
CP 1616 is compatible with the interface for SOFTNET PN IO
The CP 1616 is functionally compatible with the CP 1604
Using the Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO, the CP 1616 communications processor can be integrated into any PC-based operating system environments. The development kit contains the
driver and IO-Base source code required for this including the
transfer instructions, and also the example code which executes
with SUSE Linux 9.2.
2/210
Siemens IK PI 2007
Configuring
Configuration of the CP 1616 is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC,
V5.3 SP2 and higher. NCM PC is included with the module.
Integration
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
PC with
CP 1616
as PN IO controller
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Field PG
IPC with
CP 1616
as PN IO device
ET 200S
ET 200S
CP 1616 as PROFINET IO-Controller and PROFINET IO-Device
G_IK10_XX_10097
Function

CP 1616
Transmission rate
Interfaces
electrical
Connection to programming
device/PC
External supply for switch from

standard plug-type power supply
unit (optional)
Ordering data
4 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP),
Autonegotiation
PCI 2.2 and PCI-X compatible,
32-bit,
executable in 64-bit PCI-X slots,
33 MHz/66 MHz,
3.3 V/5 V universal key
Low-voltage socket for hollow
plug
3.5 mm (-) / 1.3 mm (+)
Power supply
Internal
5 V DC through PCI
External
Optional for switch supply at PC

power-down via standard plug-in
power supply (plug-in power
supply not included in scope of
supply)
Required
6 9 V DC
- electrical isolation
- rated voltage range
Current consumption
Internal
max. 800 mA from PCI 5 V
External
Optional for switch with PC

power-down
max. 650 mA
max. 450 mA
- at 6 V DC (optional)
- at 9 V DC (optional)
Power loss
In normal mode (PC on; without
external supply)
In switch mode (PC power down
and external supply)
approx. 4 W
approx. 3.9 4.1 W

Relative humidity
+5 C +55 C
-20 C +60 C
max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Module format
Dimensions (W x D) in mm
Weight
Space requirements
PCI card, short

107 x 167
approx. 110 g
1 x PCI slot (32 bit; 3.3 V/5 V)
Processor
ERTEC 400 / ARM9
Performance data
PROFINET-Kommunikation
PN IO-Controller performance data
Number of operable
PN IO-Devices
max. 200,
of which max. 16 IRT
max. 8 kbyte

connected PN IO-Device
- I/O input area
- I/O output area
max. 1440 byte

max. 1440 byte
CP 1616 communications
processor
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3/5 V universal
key) with ASIC ERTEC 400 for
connecting PCs to PROFINET IO
with 4-port real-time switch
(RJ45); for use with DK-16xx
PN IO development kit; NCM PC
Order No.
6GK1 161-6AA00
Accessories
DK-16xx PN IO V2.0
development kit
Software development kit for CP
1616/CP 1604;
driver and IO-Base software for
CP 1616/CP 1604 as PN IO-Controller and IO-Device in source
code for transfer to other PCbased operating systems;
including executable example
code for SUSE Linux 9.3
see
http://www.siemens.com/
simatic-net/dk16xx
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
GP 2 x 2
(Type A)
cable for connection to
IE FC Outlet RJ45/
IE FC RJ45 Plug;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-4AH10
IE FC TP Flexible Cable
GP 2 x 2
(Type B)
cable for connection to
IE FC Outlet RJ45/
IE FC RJ45 Plug for
occasional movement;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 870-2B
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/211

CP 1604
Overview
Application
The CP 1604 is used to connect PC/104 Plus systems to
PROFINET IO.
The CP 1604 provides high-performance support for control
tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot Control).
With IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), the CP is ideally suited to
time-critical applications that are in the range of strictly isochronous closed-loop control in the motion control sector.
The integrated 4-port switch supports low-cost system solutions
and the configuration of different topologies.
The CP 1604 offers PC/104 Plus systems communications
facilities with:
PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device
The DK-16xx PN IO development kit enables integration
of the module into any operating systems.
PN
IO-C
ISO
TCP/IP UDP
IO-D
OPC
PG
S7
S5
ITIT
FTP
CBA
PC/104 Plus module for connecting PC/104 Plus systems to

PROFINET IO
Full/half duplex with autonegotiation
With Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
Integral 4-port real-time switch
- PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device
- support of IRT in motion control applications
High performance through direct memory access
support of SNMP
Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation,
start-up and operation of the module
Powerful configuration tools are included in delivery of module
Benefits

PROFINET
Ideally suited for design of small local networks through
integral 4-port real-time switch
Direct memory access to process data by linking as
PROFINET IO-Controller via IO-Base interface
High computing power is available in the PC by taking the
load off the host CPU by means of a real-time ASIC
ERTEC 400 with support of the PROFINET real-time features
RT and IRT
Implementation in Motion Control applications thanks to
support of IRT
Simple transfer to various operating system environments
using Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO
Switch mode also with the PC switched off, via optional
external power supply (in RT mode only)
Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the
integrated Autocrossover function
2/212
Siemens IK PI 2007
Design
Industrial Ethernet (via "Connection Board for CP 1604")
- Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
- 4 x RJ45 connection
- Integral 4-port real-time switch for 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet
- half/full duplex
- Autosensing/Autocrossover/Autonegotiation
PC/104 Plus port:
- PCI 2.2
- 32 bit
- 33 MHz or 66 MHz
- installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
Host interface/processor:
- dual-port RAM onboard
- fash for program memory onboard
- ARM 946 RISK processor (32-bit) onboard for preprocessing
Power supply:
- operating voltage: 5 V through PC/104 Plus
- optional external 6 to 9 V DC supply for switch operation with
PC switched off (through "Power Supply for CP 1604")
Size:
- PC/104 Plus format
Function
The CP 1604 can be operated as a PROFINET IO controller
and/or PROFINET IO device that stores the process image (input
and output data) in the memory area on the CP. With simultaneous controller and device mode, only the controller or the device can be operated in IRT mode. High-performance data
transfer to and from the IO devices is performed autonomously
by the CP 1604.
Real-time
Support of real-time properties of PROFINET for RT and IRT.
The real-time properties of the CP 1604 ensure extremely short
cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse rates.
Switching
According to the industry requirements, the 4-port real-time
switch additionally permits the configuration of line topologies
with spur lines and makes external switch components
unnecessary.
The switch function in RT mode is also available when the PC is
turned off thanks to the possibility of independently supplying an
external voltage (via "Power Supply for CP 1604").

CP 1604
Integration
Software packages
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
SIMATIC Microbox or
PC/104-Plus System with CP 1604
as PN IO-Controller
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Switch
SCALANCE
X208
Switch
SCALANCE
X204IRT
Field PG
SIMATIC Microbox or
PC/104-Plus system with CP 1604
as PN IO-Device
ET 200S
ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_30136

driver and IO-Base software for CP 1604 as PROFINET IO-Controller and IO-Device under Linux in source code for transfer to
any PC-based operating systems with IO-Base interface for:
PROFINET communication:
- PROFINET IO controller:
PROFINET
- PROFINET IO device:
Link-up with a PROFINET IO controller through real-time
communication according to the PROFINET standard
Access in isochronous mode to real-time data for PROFINET
over IRT;
rates;
jitter accuracy, isochronous mode, and cycle time enable
high-performance motion control applications.
Direct memory access to the process data;
the process data of the IO-Devices are always consistent.
The IO programming interface provides the PC programmer
with function calls for data transfer.
The design of the interface not only permits fast access as
PROFINET IO controller, but also easy porting to other operating system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX).
The IO-Base interface for the PROFINET IO controller of the
CP 1604 is compatible with the interface for SOFTNET PN IO
The CP 1604 is functionally compatible to the CP 1616
CP 1604 as PROFINET IO-Controller and PROFINET IO-Device
Using the Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO, the CP 1604

communications processor can be integrated into any PCbased operating system environment. The development kit
contains the driver and IO-Base source code required for this
including the transfer instructions, and also the example code
which executes with SUSE Linux 9.3.
User interfaces
For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller
or IO-Device functionality directly over C/C++, the IO-Base
interface can be used. This interface is of a similar design to
the DP Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and
CP 5614. It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP
master applications to PROFINET IO-Controller applications.
Diagnostics data
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7 or SNMP,
including:
General diagnostics functions
support of SNMP
CP 1604 with accessories
Configuration
Configuration of the CP 1604 is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC,
V5.3 SP2 and higher. NCM PC is included with the module.
CP 1604 Microbox Package
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/213

CP 1604
Ordering data
10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
electrical
4 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP),

Autonegotiation
Connection to PC/104 Plus
PC/104 Plus compatible,

32 bit,
33 MHz/66 MHz
Via Power Supply for CP 1604
Supply voltage
Internal
5 V DC through PC/104 Plus
External
Optional for supplying the switch

via power supply for CP 1604 in
the event of host system powerdown (power supply not included
in the scope of supply)
Required
5 V DC +/- 5%
- electrical isolation
- rated voltage range
Current consumption
Internal
max. 800 mA from PC/104 Plus

5V
External
Optional for supplying the switch

in case of host system powerdown
max. 800 mA
- for 5 V DC (via "Power Supply

for CP 1604")
Power loss
In normal mode (PC on;
without external supply)
approx. 4 W
In switch mode (host system

power-down; and external supply
via "Power Supply for CP 1604")
approx. 5.4 W

+5 C +55 C
-20 C +60 C
Relative humidity
max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Module format
PC/104 Plus format
90 x 95 x 24
Weight
approx. 110 g
Space requirements
PC/104 Plus slot

(32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V)
Processor
ERTEC 400 / ARM9
Performance data
Number of operable PN IO
devices
max. 200,
of which max. 16 IRT
max. 8 KB

connected PN IO-Device
- I/O input area
- I/O output area
max. 1440 byte

max. 1440 byte
2/214
Siemens IK PI 2007
Order No.
CP 1604 communications
processor
PCI/104 Plus card (32-bit) with
ASIC ERTEC 400 for connecting
PC/104 Plus systems to
PROFINET IO with 4-port realtime switch (RJ45), for use with
NCM PC
6GK1 160-4AA00
CP 1604 Microbox Package

Package for implementing the
CP 1604 in the SIMATIC Microbox
PC; comprising the CP 1604, connection board, power supply and
expansion racks for Microbox PC;
for use with Development Kit DK16xx PN IO; NCM PC
6GK1 160-4AU00
Accessories
Connection board for CP 1604
Connection board for CP 1604
with four RJ45 sockets incl.
connecting cable
6GK1 160-4AC00
Power supply for CP 1604

Redundant power supply for
CP 1604 for operating the integral
4-port switch of the CP 1604 with
the PC/104 system switched off
6GK1 160-4AP00
DK-16xx PN IO V2.0
development kit
Software development kit for
CP 1616/CP 1604;
driver and IO-Base software for
CP 1616/CP 1604 as PN IO controller and IO device in source
code for transfer to other PCbased operating systems;
including executable example
code for SUSE Linux 9.3
see
simatic-net/dk16xx
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

1 pack = 1 item
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 pack = 10 items
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 pack = 50 items
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
2 x 2 (Type A)
with UL approval;
sold by the meter; max. quantity
6XV1 840-4AH10
2 x 2 (Type B)
with UL approval;
sold by the meter; max. quantity
6XV1 870-2B

CP 1613 A2
Overview
PN
ISO
Benefits
TCP/IP UDP
OPC
PG
S7
S5
ITIT
FTP
Constant data throughput through protocol processing

on the CP
Can be connected to many devices through ITP or RJ45
connections on the module
Free computing capacity for other applications on the PC,
e.g. HMI (ISO and TCP/IP transport onboard)
Simple handling through Plug&Play and Autosensing
(10/100 Mbit/s)
Operation of large network configurations with a single card
through high number of connections
Can be used for redundant communication
OPC as standard interface
Uniform procedure and configuration functions for NCM PC
and STEP 7
PCI card (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz; 3.3 V/5 V universal key) with
microprocessor for connection of PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s Autosensing/Autonegotiation
Communication services using
- open IE communication via TCP/IP and UDP)
- ISO transport protocol
- S7 communication
- S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
15-pole ITP connection
RJ45 connection
Time synchronization
ISO and TCP/IP transport protocol onboard
SNMP-supported diagnostics
The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are
included in the respective scope of supply of the communication software
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/215

CP 1613 A2
Application
The CP 1613 A2 is used to connect SIMATIC PGs/PCs and PCs
with a PCI slot to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s).
10/100 Mbit/s
Twisted-Pair network (Sub-D)

SCALANCE X005/X-100/X-200/X-400
OSM / ESM
IE FC
RJ45
Plug 180
ITP Standard Cable
up to 100 m
10/100 Mbit/s
CP 1613 A2
ITP
Twisted-Pair network (RJ45)
structured cabling
according to EN 50173
Industrial Ethernet Switch e.g. ESM,
SCALANCE X005/X-100/X-200/X-400
Sub-D
RJ45
up to 100 m
IE FC Outlet
RJ45
TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
IE FC RJ45
Modular
Outlet
TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
IE TP Cord
IE TP Cord
100 Mbit/s
Fiber Optic network

SCALANCE X101-1
OMC
OSM BC08
LWL
TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
G_IK10_XX_10051
Network connection facilities for CP 1613 A2
2/216
Siemens IK PI 2007

CP 1613 A2
Design
The CP 1613 A2 module (PCI card with microprocessor 32 bit;
33 MHz/66 MHz; 3,3 V/5 V universal key) is directly plugged into
a SIMATIC PG/PC or into a PC and requires a short PCI slot. Runs
in 64 bit PCI and PCI-X slots (PCI 2.2- and PCI-X compatible).
Ports:
15-pin Sub-D socket for ITP
RJ45 socket for twisted pair
Automatic detection and selection of the interface on start-up
(ITP or RJ45)
The module is connected, for example, using
ITP over the ITP Standard Cable 9/15 to OSM/ESM
TP over the TP cord up to 10 m or over FastConnect- System
up to 100 m (IE FC RJ45 Plug and FC cables)
to SCALANCE X or SCALANCE S
Function
User interfaces
OPC interface
The OPC server included in the respective software package
can be used as the standard programming interface for the
S5-compatible communication and S7 communication protocols
for linking automation technology applications to OPC-capable
Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
The programming interfaces for S7 communication protocol,
PG/OP communication protocol and S5-compatible communication protocol for existing applications are implemented as a
Dynamic Link Library (DLL).
This means that the following compilers can be used in combination with the SIMATIC NET products:
Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0
Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0
Microsoft Visual C++ V7.x
Other compilers can be used over the OPC server, but the
compiler must support the COM interface (Microsoft component model)
Software for PG/OP communication
This software supports the programming of SIMATIC S5 and S7
controllers over Industrial Ethernet in combination with STEP5 /
STEP7 programmable controllers.
It is included in all CP 1613 A2 software packages.
Software for S7 communication
(S7-1613 or S7-REDCONNECT)
The S7 interface provides PG/PC applications (e.g. WinCC) and
application programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy, flexible access to the data of the
SIMATIC S7 controller.
S7 communication offers:
Administrative services
Connection management
Mini database
Trace
Data transfer services
Read/write variables
BSEND/BRECEIVE
Software for open IE and S5-compatible communication

(SEND/RECEIVE)
This interface is used for communication between
PG/PC and SIMATIC S5
PG/PC and PG/PC
used
Open IE and S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
offers the following services:
Management services
Connection establishment services
The software is included in the S7-1613 product.
Mode of operation
Protocols up to Level 4 (Transport) are processed autonomously
on the module.
16 MB of memory is available for this to support a large quantitative framework and reliable communication.
Data is exchanged between the module and the host in master
mode. This means that the CP 1613 A2 accesses the physical
RAM of the host.
A Windows driver is responsible for transferring data between
the host system and the CP 1613 A2. The transmission rate to
Industrial Ethernet is detected and automatically switched over
(autosensing).
The IT functionality is provided in combination with the Windows
software of the PC.
Diagnostics data
Via SNMP all MIB-2 objects can be read out. This enables the
current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be retrieved.
Configuration
The S7 communication protocol and S5-compatible communication protocol are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC.
The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the CP 1613 A2
software packages.
NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC Configuration.
With S7-REDCONNECT, communication to the high-availability

S7-400H system is possible.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/217

CP 1613 A2
Ordering data
Interfaces
electrical
1 x 15-pin Sub-D socket

(10/100 Mbit/s ITP)
1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Connection to programming
device/PC
PCI (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz;

3.3 V/5 V universal key)
Supply voltage
5 V DC 5% via PCI;
12 V DC 5 % via PCI
Current consumption
from 5 V DC
600 mA
from 12 V DC
500 mA
Power loss
4W

+5 C +55 C
-20 C +60 C
Relative humidity
max. 95% at +25 C
Construction
Module format
PCI card
Dimensions (W x D) in mm
107 x 167
Weight
approx. 200 g
Space requirements
1 x PCI slot (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V)
Performance data
for mono-protocol operation
S7 and programmable device/
operator panel communication
be used
- ISO
- TCP/IP
max. 120
max. 120
(SEND/RECEIVE)
be used
- ISO
- TCP/IP
Total of all configurable connections
per PC station
2/218
Siemens IK PI 2007
max. 120
max. 120
max. 207
Order No.
processor
PCI card (32-bit, 33 MHz/66 MHz;
3.3 V/5 V universal key) for connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100 Mbit/s) with ITP and RJ45
connection over S7-1613 and
S7-REDCONNECT, incl. driver for
32-bit Windows XP Professional,
Professional/Server
6GK1 161-3AA01

for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
S7-REDCONNECT Edition 2005

Software for failsafe S7 communication over redundant networks
incl. S7-OPC server, S7-1613
2005, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software
and electronic manual on CDROM, license key on diskette,
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP
Professional, 2003 Server, Windows 2000 Professional/Server;
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
6GK1 716-0HB63-3AA0
Upgrade S7-REDCONNECT
Edition 2005
For expanding S7-1613 2005 to
S7-REDCONNECT, single license
for 1 installation, runtime software,
on CD-ROM, license key on diskette, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
XP Professional, 2003 Server,
Server; for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
6GK1 716-0HB63-3AA4
SIMATIC NET Software Update

Service
For Industrial Ethernet,
PROFIBUS, OPC server, for one
year service incl. manuals on
CD-ROM; prerequisite: SIMATIC
NET PC/Windows products
German/English
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2

S7-REDCONNECT
Overview
Application
For interfacing PCs over redundant Industrial Ethernet

to the SIMATIC S7-400H
Protected from communication failures arising from a fault
in the double bus or in redundant rings
For redundantly configured Industrial Ethernet
Can also be implemented in non-redundant networks
No additional programming overhead for the PC
and in H systems
included in the scope of supply of the respective
communication software
Enhanced redundancy over 4-way communication
(STEP 7 V5.1 + SP4 and higher)
The software package S7-REDCONNECT connects the

SIMATIC S7-400H to applications on the PC, e.g. WinCC.
Typically, a redundant Industrial Ethernet is used. The software
package can also be used where SIMATIC H systems are operated on non-redundant networks.
Mixed operation of redundant and non-redundant systems is
also possible.
Design
The following components are required to design a SIMATIC H
system with PC connection
PC with:
up to four CP 1613 A2 and S7-REDCONNECT to connect the
PC to Industrial Ethernet with ISO protocol
Fault-tolerant communication
S7-400H with:
CP 443-1 to connect the S7-400H to Industrial Ethernet with
ISO protocol
STEP 7 V5.0 or higher for programming
PC with 2 x CP 1613 A2
and S7-REDCONNECT
Industrial Ethernet
Function
S7-400H
G_IK10_DE_10048
H-CPU in
single mode
ET 200M
System configuration for S7-REDCONNECT
PN
ISO
TCP/IP UDP
OPC
PG
S7
S5
ITIT
FTP
Benefits
S7 REDCONNECT contains the functional scope of the

S7-1613 software package (S7 communication, S5-compatible communication and PG/OP communication) as well as
additional redundant communication through S7 connections.
An additional license for S7-1613 is not required.
Time-of-day synchronization
Continued use of existing Windows applications
Services for monitoring the redundant communication.
Diagnostics tool for visualizing the communication status
Simple redundancy through 2-way communication
(STEP 7 V5.0 SP2 or newer)
Increased redundancy through 4-way communication
(STEP 7 V5.1 + SP4 or hig newer)
The fault-tolerant S7 communication is directed through
a standard and a reserve connection. These connections are
monitored during operation and switched over if there is a fault.
With S7 REDCONNECT they remain concealed to the PC
application.
Fault detection, switching over if required, communication
monitoring and synchronization are handled in the background
invisible to the application.
The application, e.g. Win CC, communicates with the 2 subunits
of the S7-400H in the same way as with an S7 CPU.
Provides protection against communication failure in the event

of a fault in the double bus or in redundant rings
Simplifies communication of a PC application with the
SIMATIC S7-400H system
Safeguards previous investments due to the use of existing
applications and the flexible application options
No additional programming required for PC and H systems
Increases the availability of the PC application (e.g. PCS 7)
through redundant communication
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/219

S7-REDCONNECT
User interfaces
OPC interface
The OPC server contained in the respective software package
can be used as a standard programming interface for the protocols S7 communication and S5-compatible communication to
connect automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems etc.)
Programming interface through C-Library
The programming interfaces for the protocols S7 communication, PG/OP communication, S5-compatible communication
and TF protocol for existing applications are implemented as a
The following compilers can therefore be used in conjunction

with the SIMATIC NET products:
Microsoft Visual C V7.0 (without .net Framework) available
soon
Configuration
Configuration of S7 communication protocols and S5-compatible communication is executed in STEP 7 NCM PC, V5.1 SP2
or newer.
The configuring tool NCM PC is included in the scope of supply of S7 REDCONNECT for Industrial Ethernet.
NCM PC is a component of Advanced PC Configuration
Integration
PC
with S7-REDCONNECT
and 2 x CP 1613 A2
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X414-3E
SCALANCE
X204-2
100
Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X204-2
Non-Siemens system
10/100
Mbit/s
S7-400
SCALANCE
X204-2
H system
SCALANCE
X204-2
S7-400
S7-400
H system
G_IK10_XX_10053
Note:
The optical ring can also be
implemented optionally as
an electrical ring
Redundant optical ring for connection of high-availability systems
Ordering data
S7-REDCONNECT Edition 2005
Software for failsafe S7 communication over redundant networks
incl. S7-OPC server, S7-1613
2005, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software
Professional, 2003 Server, Windows 2000 Professional/Server;
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
2/220
Siemens IK PI 2007
Order No.
6GK1 716-0HB63-3AA0
Order No.
Upgrade S7-REDCONNECT
Edition 2005
For expanding S7-1613 2005 to
S7-REDCONNECT, single license
for 1 installation, runtime software,
XP Professional, 2003 Server,
Server; for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2
German/English
6GK1 716-0HB63-3AA4

Overview
Application
For coupling programming devices/PCs/workstations to

programmable controllers
- S7 communication
Can be used with
- Layer 2 Ethernet card (PCI)
- Integrated Industrial Ethernet interface
- Modem (Remote Access Service RAS)
Complete protocol stack as a software package
included in the scope of supply of the respective
communication software
With SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet, PC/PG and workstations

can be connected to programmable controllers, such as
SIMATIC S7, over Industrial Ethernet.
The following user interfaces are available:
PG/OP communication for SIMATIC S7
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) for communication with SIMATIC S5 and S7
S7 communication
SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces:
Layer 2 Ethernet card (PCI),
CP 7515 (PC-Card CardBus)
Integrated Industrial Ethernet interface
Modem/ISDN (Remote Access Service RAS)
Function
PC/PG withSOFTNET
With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the

PC.
This architecture means that in contrast to the 1613 products,
the performance of the SOFTNET packages is dependent on the
configuration or loading of the PC used.
The IT functionality is provided in combination with the interfaces
and the Windows software of the PC.
User interfaces
Industrial
Ethernet
S7-400 with
CP 343-1
S5-115U to -155U
with CP 1430 TF
G_IK10_XX_10045
S7-200
with CP 243-1
S7-300
with CP 443-1
System configuration SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
PN
ISO
TCP/IP UDP
OPC
PG
S7
S5
ITIT
FTP
Benefits
OPC interface
The OPC server included in the respective software package
can be used as the standard programming interface for the
S5-compatible communication and S7 communication protocols
for linking automation technology applications to OPC-capable
Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
The programming interfaces for S7 communication protocol,
PG/OP communication protocol and S5-compatible communication protocol for existing applications are implemented as a
This means that the following compilers can be used in combination with the SIMATIC NET products:
Microsoft Visual C++ V7.x
Other compilers can be used over the OPC server, but the compiler must support the COM interface (Microsoft component
model)
Software for PG/OP communication
Communication with SIMATIC over Industrial Ethernet

OPC as standard interface
and STEP 7
Versatile connection possibilities, e.g. via CP 1612, integral
Industrial Ethernet interface, modem/ISDN (RAS)
This software supports the programming of SIMATIC S5 and S7

controllers over Industrial Ethernet in combination with STEP 5 /
STEP 7.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/221

Performance data
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other

using S7 communication functions.
S7 and PG/OP communication

(number of operable connections)
The S7 communication functions can be based on either ISO

protocol or TCP/IP protocol.
SOFTNET-S7
max. 64
SOFTNET-S7 Lean
max. 8
S7 communication offers the following services:

S7 connection management services
Variable services
VFD services (Virtual Field Device)
Trace and mini database
Ordering data
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)

This interface based on Layer 4 (ISO transport or TCP/IP with
RFC 1006) is used for communication between
PG/PC and PG/PC
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE) offers the
following services:
Management services
Connection establishment services
Configuring
The S7 communication protocol and S5-compatible communication protocol are configured in STEP 7 or SIMATIC NCM PC,
V5.1 SP2 and higher.
NET NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC
Configuration.
The NCM PC configuring tool is included in the scope of
supply of the relevant packages.
PC/PG with Layer 2 Ethernet cards
and SOFTNET-S7 Lean
Industrial
Ethernet
S7-200
with CP 243-1
S7-200
with CP 243-1
System configuration with SOFTNET-S7 Lean

for Industrial Ethernet and S7-200
2/222
Siemens IK PI 2007
S7-200
with CP 243-1
G_IK10_XX_50194
Order No.

Industrial Ethernet
German/English
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
SOFTNET-PG Edition 2005 for

Industrial Ethernet
Software for PG/OP communication, single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software
and electronic manual on
CD-ROM, license key on diskette,
Professional, 2003 Server,
2000 Professional/Server;
for CP 1512 and CP 1612
German/English
6GK1 704-1PW63-3AA0

German/English
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
SIMATIC NET Software

Update Service
PROFIBUS, OPC server, for one
year service incl. manuals on CDROM; prerequisite: SIMATIC NET
PC/Windows products
German/English
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2

SOFTNET PN IO
Overview
PC/PG with
SOFTNET PN IO
SIMATIC NET
OPC-Scout
WinCC
OPC-Client
Microsoft Office
OPC-Client
OPC XML
Webclient
COM/DCOM
PN IO OPC-Server
PROFINET
Communication
OPC XML DA
as Webservice
SOFTNET PN IO
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
IE/PB Link
PN IO
ET 200pro
PROFIBUS
e.g. S7-300 with

CP 342-5 as Slave
G_IK10_XX_10073
ET 200S with
IM 151-3 PN
e.g. S7-300 with

CPU 31x and
CP 343-1 Advanced
ET 200S
PC with SOFTNET PN IO as PROFINET IO-Controller
PN
IO-C
ISO
IO-D
TCP/IP UDP
OPC
PG
S7
S5
ITIT
FTP
CBA
Software with PROFINET IO-Controller function for coupling

PG/PC and IPC with PROFINET IO-Devices
Possible applications:
- PC-based control systems
- HMI systems
- test applications
Can be used with
- CP 1612 (PCI)
- integrated interfaces of SIMATIC PG/PC
- additional information regarding application can be found in
the Internet under: www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
Cost-effective solution for the low-end performance range
OPC server for I/O interfacing over PROFINET included in
scope of supply
Benefits
Cost-effective interfacing of field devices with Industrial

Ethernet with PROFINET
Simple porting of the application with OPC as a standard
interface
High-performance IO data access through IO Base interface
for linking into C/C++ applications
Simple migration of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613/CP 5614
with DP base interface to PROFINET through IO-Base
interface
and STEP 7
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/223

SOFTNET PN IO
Application
Performance data
PROFINET IO-Controller
Using SOFTNET PN IO, PCs can be connected to field devices

over Industrial Ethernet.
SOFTNET PN IO is available for the following interfaces:
Integrated interfaces of SIMATIC PG/PC
Function
PROFINET
User interfaces
OPC interface
The supplied OPC server can be used as a standard
programming interface for PROFINET IO-Controller to link
automation applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
Programming interface through C library;
For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller
functionality directly in C/C++, the IO-Base interface can be
used. This interface is of a similar design to the DP Base
interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and CP 5614.
It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP master
applications to PN IO-Controller applications. The following
compilers can be used in combination with SOFTNET PN IO:
- Microsoft Visual C/C++ V6.0
- Microsoft Visual Basic V6.0
- Microsoft Visual Basic V7.0
SOFTNET PN IO and CP 1616 use compatible functions of the
IO-Base interface.
Mode of operation
With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the
PC. This architecture means that the performance depends on
the configuration of the PC used or the loading on the PC.
Configuring
Configuration is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC, V5.3 SP1
and higher
2/224
Siemens IK PI 2007
Number of operable IO devices
max. 64
Number of external IO-lines in one

central rack
max. 1

- I/O input area
- I/O output area
max. 2 kByte
max. 2 kByte
Size of I/O data area per

connected I/O device
- I/O input area
- I/O output area
max. 1440 Byte

max. 1440 Byte
Ordering data
Software for PROFINET I/O controller with OPC server and NCM
PC single license for 1 installation, runtime software, software
Class A, for 32-bit Windows
XP Professional, 2003 Server;
Windows 2000 Professional,
Server for CP 1512 and CP 1612,
German/English
Order No.
6GK1 704-1HW63-3AA0

OPC server for Industrial Ethernet
Overview
The appropriate OPC servers are included in the scope of
supply of the respective communication software
Standardized, open, manufacturer-independent interface
Interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to S7-communication and S5-compatible communication functions

(SEND/RECEIVE), PROFINET and SNMP
OPC Scout with browser functions as OPC client and OCX
Data Control
PC/Windows PC
SIMATIC NET
OPC scout
OPC XML
Webclient
Microsoft Office
OPC client
WinCC
OPC client
COM/DCOM
DP OPC server
FMS OPC server
DP protocol
FMS protocol
S7 OPC server
S5 OPC server
PN CBA OPC server

PN IO OPC server
SNMP
OPC server
OPC XML DA
as web service
S7 communication
S5 compatible
communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
PROFINET
SNMP
DX OPC server
S7-400
FMS-PC
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S5
(SEND/RECEIVE only)
S7-PC
G_IK10_XX_10103
ET 200X
SIMATIC S5
Industrial Ethernet
S7-300
System integration with the OPC server
Benefits
Different networks and protocols can be used easily thanks to

the uniform interface
Reduced training and familiarization costs
Easy interfacing in the system environment and office applications over C++, Visual Basic and .NET interfaces
Fast creation of applications
Easy handling and cost-effective because the corresponding
OPC server is included in the scope of supply of the respective communications software
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/225

Application
OPC (OLE for Process Control) is implemented as an expansion
of the COM (Component Object Model) communications interface and DCOM (Distributed COM) for the user software.
The basic principle of OPC is that OPC client applications communicate with the OPC server over a standardized, open and
manufacturer-independent interface.
It is also possible to connect to OPC-capable Windows applications (Microsoft Office or HMI systems) that are already available
on the market.
The following communication possibilities are available for Industrial Ethernet with OPC server:
S7 communication
S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
PROFINET
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
The OPC server offers:
Data Access interface 2.05
Alarm and event interface 1.1
OPC XML DA interface 1.0
Integration of automation products of different manufacturers
Uniform, easy user interface for different components
Can be accessed from every computer in the LAN
High-performance data access over the Custom Interface
(C++, NET)
Easy to use with the Automation Interface (VB, NET) or the
supplied OCX Data Control
Grouping of variables (Items); which allows a large quantity of
data to be pre-processed in a short time.
DX OPC server:
The DX OPC server is an expansion package for SIMATIC NET
PC/Windows products with an OPC interface
OPC DX allows communication between OPC DA and OPC
DX servers in Ethernet networks (OPC DX functionality 1.0 for
horizontal communication between OPC servers). In contrast
to this, only pure client-server communication is possible with
OPC DA.
Simple data exchange even between different OPC services
from different companies.
2/226
Siemens IK PI 2007
Function
Open standardization of the addressing using logical names
for objects from an automation component or an automation
system
Supports STEP 7 symbols
Efficient data transfer from a process component to an application for further processing
One client application can use several servers simultaneously
Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on
one OPC server
Communication protocols can be used in parallel by means of
the multiplexer function
Interfaces
- Custom Interface for high-performance C++/NET applications
- Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic applications (or similar)
- XML DA interface;
Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the
Internet.
- OCX Data Control for direct embedding in Windows applications that support COM/DCOM
- DX interface with methods for controlling the runtime behavior of the DX OPC server.
DX OPC server
A DX server is based on a DA OPC server that meets one of
the specifications for OPC interfaces. The DX OPC server also
contains functions required for server-server communication.
A DX OPC server is DA OPC server expanded by the DX interface and a configurable OPC DA client
Configuration of the communication between OPC servers by
means of OPC data exchange. The DX OPC servers can thus
exchange data values even between different OPC servers
from different companies simply and autonomously.

Server A
Application Y
Server B
Server C
WinCC
OPC client
PN
OPC server
S7
OPC server
Application X
OPC client
FMS
OPC server
DP
OPC server
XY
OPC server
G_IK10_XX_10106
Application X
Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture
Configuration
The communication parameters are configured using only the
tools of the installed software Advanced PC Configuration (configuration console, SIMATIC NCM PC or STEP 7 V5.1 + SP2);
SIMATIC iMAP is used for PROFINET CBA with SIMATIC iMAP.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/227

Programming
Ordering data
Synchronous and asynchronous
reading and writing of variables
Monitoring of variables using the
OPC server with a signal to the
client when a change occurs
Use of quantity operations;
so a large amount of data can be
processed in a short time.
Custom Interface (C++, NET) for
high OPC performance
Interfaces
Automation Interface
(VB, Excel, Access, Delphi, ...)
for ease-of-use
Graphics with OCX for configuring instead of programming
OPC XML-Interface for
Data Access
DX interface with methods for
controlling the runtime behavior
of the DX OPC server.
include OPC servers for:
Products
Industrial Ethernet
S7-1613, SOFTNET-S7 for
Industrial Ethernet,
SOFTNET-S7 Lean
S7-OPC server for

S7 communication, XML-DA
S5-OPC server for S5 compatible
communication, XML-DA
SNMP OPC-Server
- Basic
- Extended
- Power Pack
SNMP OPC server for

SNMP protocol access;
XML-DA
PROFINET
SOFTNET PN IO
PN IO OPC server for PROFINET

IO communication; XML-DA
PN CBA OPC server
PN CBA OPC server for access to

CBA components; XML-DA
Horizontal communication
between OPC servers
PROFIBUS
DP-5613, SOFTNET-DP,
SOFTNET-DP slave
DP-OPC server for PROFIBUS DP

communication; XML-DA
FMS-5613
FMS-OPC server for PROFIBUS

FMS communication; XML-DA
Others
DX OPC server
2/228
Siemens IK PI 2007
DX OPC server for simple data

exchange even between different
OPC servers from different companies
Order No.
DX OPC-Server Edition 2005

DX OPC server upgrade;
electronic manual
2003 Server,
2000 Professional/Server;
requirement:
SIMATIC NET IE PC / Windows
product Edition 2005 with OPC
interface;
German/English
6GK1 706-0XW63-3AA0
PN CBA OPC-Server
Edition 2005
PROFINET OPC server for CBA;
license key on diskette, Class A,
for 32-bit Windows XP Professional, 2000 Professional/Server;
German/English
6GK1 706-0HB63-3AA0
SNMP OPC-Server Edition 2005

Including MIB compiler; single
license for 1 installation of the
electronic manual on CD-ROM;
license key on diskette, for 32-bit
2003 Server, 2000 Professional
WS/Server; for CP 1613
German/English
Basic
Administration of up to
20 IP addresses
6GK1 706-1NW63-3AA0
Extended
200 IP addresses
6GK1 706-1NX63-3AA0
Power Pack
Upgrade from SNM OPC
Server Basic to SNM OPC
Server Extended
6GK1 706-1NW63-3AA4

PN CBA OPC server
Overview
Access to variables in PROFINET CBA components over the
OPC interface
Use of the objects and symbols defined using the PROFINET
engineering tool SIMATIC iMap and STEP 7
Adding PROFINET functionality to existing installations. This

enables it to be used in parallel with other communication protocols such as S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7 for Industrial Ethernet.
OPC Scout as an OPC client with browser functions for the
variables of the PROFINET CBA components
Microsoft Office
OPC client
ProTool/Pro
OPC client
SOFTNET-S7
SOFTNET S7 Lean
S7-1613
SOFTNET PN IO
PN CBA OPC server
S7-OPC server
PN CBA OPC server
S7 comminication
PROFINET CBA
SIMATIC NET
OPC scout
PN CBA OPC server

PN IO OPC server
PROFINET IO
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET
CBA
component
e.g. S7-400 with

CP 443-1 Advanced
PROFINET
CBA
component
PROFINET
IO-Device
IE/PB
Link PN IO
IE/PB Link
ET 200S
e.g. S7-300 with

CP 343-1
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP
S7-300
PROFINET
IO-Device
PROFINET
CBA
component
ET 200S
data access over PROFIBUS DP

as seen from the PN CBA OPC server
G_IK10_XX_10122
data access
ET 200S
as seen from the PN IO OPC server
System integration with the PN CBA OPC server
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/229

PN CBA OPC server
Benefits
Function
Complete integration of the PN CBA OPC server in the

SIMATIC NET OPC server environment
Supports distributed automation solutions with PROFINET
CBA
Directly uses the variables and symbols defined with the
PROFINET engineering tool SIMATIC iMap and STEP 7
Operates in parallel with other communication protocols such
as S7 communication over SOFTNET-S7 and Industrial
Ethernet. This means that existing installations can also be
expanded with the PROFINET functionality
The standardized OPC interface means that from the start
C++, Visual Basic and .NET applications as well as general
OPC clients (such as Microsoft Office) can participate in the
new PROFINET concept
Application
The PN CBA OPC server (PROFINET OPC server) is the
PC application interface for communication over Industrial
Ethernet with PROFINET CBA components.
OPC client applications communicate with the PN CBA OPC
server over a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent interface.
The PN CBA OPC server offers:
- standardized access for OPC-capable applications and
Windows applications (e.g. Microsoft Office) to variables that
are available on the component interface of the PROFINET
CBA components.
- high-performance data access over the "Custom Interface"
(C++, .NET)
- easy to use with the "Automation Interface" (VB, .NET) and
the OCX Data Control included in the scope of supply.
- Internet communication over OPC XML DA Interface
Based on the PROFINET standard. This standard supports:
- Component technology in automation engineering
- Graphical configuration of communication between intelligent devices instead of complex programming
- Manufacturer-independent, plant-wide engineering
- Vertical integration, i.e. the user can access the interface
variables of a PROFINET component by means of IT standards and an OPC interface over Industrial Ethernet.
2/230
Siemens IK PI 2007
The PN CBA OPC server communicates with PROFINET CBA

components over Industrial Ethernet by means of DCOM protocol
Open standardization of the addressing using logical names
for objects from an automation component or an automation
system
Operation in parallel with other protocols is possible, such as
- S7 communication
Efficient data transfer from a process component to an application for further processing:
- synchronous and asynchronous reading and writing of variables
- monitoring of variables using the OPC server with a signal to
the client when a change occurs
- use of quantity operations; a large amount of data can be
processed in a short time.
Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on
one OPC server
OPC Scout as an OPC client with browser functions for all interface variables of the PROFINET CBA components
User interfaces
"Custom Interface for high-performance C++/.NET applications
"Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic applications (or similar)
XML DA interface;
Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the
Internet.
OCX Data Control for direct embedding in Windows applications that support COM/DCOM
Configuration
For configuring the PROFINET communication, a separate engineering tool SIMATIC iMap is required. This tool is offered as
an option package with STEP 7.
With SIMATIC iMAP, the communication links between
PROFINET CBA components are graphically configured. In
addition to the interconnection data, the engineering tool also
creates the data used to access the interface variables over
the PN CBA OPC server from visualization systems or office
applications.

PN CBA OPC server
Programming
Ordering data
Open and standardized
Synchronous and asynchronous
reading and writing of variables
Monitoring of variables using the
OPC server with a signal to the
client when a change occurs
Use of quantity operations; so a
large amount of data can be processed in a short time.
Interfaces
Custom Interface (C++, .NET)

Automation Interface
(Visual Basic, Excel, Access,...)
OPC Data Control
OPC XML-Interface for
Data Access
Protocols
DCOM protocol
Configuring
Configuring software for

PROFINET SIMATIC iMap
PROFINET communication (CBA)

Number of communication
partners
max. 288
Number of interconnections
max. 10.000
PN CBA OPC server

Edition 2005
PROFINET OPC server for CBA;
license key on diskette, Class A,
for 32-bit Windows XP Professional, 2000 Professional/Server;
German/English
Order No.
6GK1 706-0HB63-3AA0
Software iMap V3.0

for configuring
PROFINET CBA
Requirement:
Pack 4 or later or Windows XP
Prof. with Service Pack 1 or later
or Windows 2003 Server
with Service Pack 1 or later;
on PG or PC with Pentium processor, min. 1 GHz; STEP 7 V5.3 or
later with Service Pack 3, PN OPC
Server V6.3 or later
Type of supply:
German, English
with electronic documentation
Single license
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5
6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5
SIMATIC NET Software

Update Service
PROFIBUS, OPC server, f
or one year service incl. manuals
on CD-ROM; prerequisite:
SIMATIC NET PC/
Windows products
German/English
6GK1 704-0AA00-3AA2
More information
http://www.siemens.com/cba
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/231

SNMP OPC Server
Overview
Application
The SNMP OPC server makes data available for the administration of TCP/IP networks for any OPC client systems.
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol that
has been specifically designed for administration of TCP/IP networks. The individual nodes in the network (network components
or data terminals) are equipped with a so-called SNMP agent
that provides information in structured form.
With OPC (OLE for Process Control), a standardized, open,
multi-vendor interface is available for automation engineering.
The SNMP OPC server supports access to device information
over the OPC interface. This means that network visualization,
system diagnostics and plant status monitoring can be implemented in any OPC client systems (with OPC clients such as
WinCC, ProTool/Pro RT and PCS 7). In addition to simple device
diagnostics, detailed information such as redundant network
structures or network load distribution can be displayed. This increases the operational safety and improves the availability of
the plant.
Status monitoring and network management of SNMPcapable devices in any OPC client systems; e.g. SIMATIC
HMI/SCADA, office application
Easy access to SNMP-capable devices over the OPC interface
Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the
ping mechanism
Complete integration in the SIMATIC NET OPC server environment
SNMP can be implemented in parallel with other communications protocols such as PROFINET or S7 communication
Configuring with STEP 7 or NCM PC
Autodiscovery function for integrating accessible Ethernet
devices (STEP 7 V5.3+SP3 or higher)
Benefits
Easy network diagnostics in SIMATIC HMI/SCADA systems

and office applications, or i.e. network view and process view
in a single system
Easy configuration and engineering without the need for detailed knowledge of SNMP.
Embedded in the SIMATIC tool landscape
It can operate in parallel with other communication protocols
2/232
Siemens IK PI 2007
The device information can be visualized according to individual

requirements and can be adapted to the special requirements of
the respective customer installation. The information that is
made available can also be integrated into the signaling system
and alarm log of an HMI/SCADA system for example.
Using the SNMP information, it is possible to expand an existing
HMI/SCADA system as far as a customer-specific network management station.
The SNMP OPC server can be operated over the following interfaces:
CP 1613 A2 (PCI Card, 32-bit)
CP 7515 (PC Card, CardBus, 32-bit)
Integral Industrial Ethernet interface of SIMATIC programming
devices/PCs

SNMP OPC Server
Function
The SNMP OPC server supports access to SNMP-capable
devices in the OPC client systems. For all configured TCP/IP
devices that are not SNMP-capable, one OPC variable for signof-life monitoring (ICMP-PING) is offered.
Read access and in part write access to the respective device
information is possible. Thus the diagnosis of individual devices
is possible as well as diagnosis of the complete plant and device
characteristics can be actively controlled.
STEP 7/NCM PC contains an MIB compiler (Managed Information Base) for integrating SNMP-enabled devices. This allows
device profiles to be created on the basis of an MIB file
Devices with SNMP agents:
SIMATIC NET devices that feature special SNMP agents such as
switches, WLAN Access Points and Industrial Ethernet PC and
S7 communication processors are already included complete
with their device profiles.
Thanks to MIB compilers (Managed Information Base), other
SNMP-enabled devices can be integrated into the OPC configuration through loading of MIBs in accordnance with the SMI V1
and SMI V2 standard from STEP 7 V5.4.
Ordering data
Order No.
SNMP OPC-Server Edition 2005

Including MIB compiler;
single license for 1 installation of
the runtime software, software
and electronic manual on CDROM; license key on diskette, for
32-bit Windows XP Professional,
2003 Server, 2000 Professional
WS/Server;
for CP 1512/CP 1612/CP 1613
German/English
Basic
20 IP addresses
6GK1 706-1NW63-3AA0
Extended
200 IP addresses
6GK1 706-1NX63-3AA0
Power Pack
Upgrade from SNM OPC
Server Basic to
SNMP OPC Server Extended
6GK1 706-1NW63-3AA4
Devices with IP addresses without SNMP agents:

Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the ping
mechanism. The user can edit and save device-specific information such as the contact person, site and device description
for this purpose.
Any SNMP-capable devices such as printers or PCs can be
depicted using a predefined library.
The devices are integrated into the desktop of a client application using preconfigured ActiveX Controls.
The predefined device profiles and the associated ActiveX controls allow easy administration of the devices in OPC client applications. Individual expansions can also be implemented.
The SNMP OPC server is integrated in the SIMATIC NET OPC
server. The OPC Scout is also included in the functional scope
for browsing the displayed SNMP information. The SNMP OPC
server can use, for example, PROFINET or S7 communication at
the same time as PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet communication. This means that existing installations can also be expanded with SNMP functionality. The SNMP OPC server also enables several clients to execute simultaneously on one server.
User interfaces
"Custom Interface for high-performance C++ applications
"Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic applications (or similar).
OPC Data Control for easy creation of client applications by
configuring ActiveX controls
OPC Alarm & Event (subset)
Preconfigured ActiveX controls for the device profile used
Configuration
The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of
supply of the CP 1613 software packages and SOFTNET for
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/233

Overview
Function
Software for connecting SIMATIC S7

Provision of S7 communication via SAPI-S7 interface
Support of ISO and TCP/IP (RFC 1006) protocol
Available on LINUX and UNIX operating systems
Simultaneous operation of several cards
SOFTNET uses internal standard interfaces of the operating system for accessing the Ethernet connections. This supports the
interface cards enabled by the operating system. Simultaneous
operation of several cards is possible.
During communication, you can choose between the protocols
ISO and TCP/IP with RFC1006 for each connection.
The SOFTNET products offer the user diagnostics and trace
functions.
LINUX- / UNIX-applications, HMI
SOFTNET-S7 functions
SOFTNET S7
LINUX/UNIX-BS
7
.
.
4
.
.
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other

using S7 communication functions. The programming interface
SAPI-S7 (Simple Application Programmer Interface) is available
for LINUX/UNIX operating systems as well as for the Windows
operating systems.
ISO/OSI
layer model
7
.
.
4
.
.
Note:
It is important to note that the SOFTNET-S7 functional scope differs between the Windows and UNIX versions.
TCP/IP
ISO
SIMATIC S7
G_IK10_XX_10041
S7 communication offers the following services:

Variable services
BSEND/BRECV
PC/PG with SOFTNET
for LINUX / UNIX
SOFTNET LINUX/UNIX system configuration
Benefits
High-speed communication with the S7 based on the

S7 protocol
Cost-saving programming thanks to user-friendly and simple
interface
Flexible in use thanks to hardware-independent software
Industrial
Ethernet
S7-200
with CP 243-1
Application
For LINUX/UNIX systems, Siemens offers high-speed communication with the SIMATIC S7 for Industrial Ethernet based on the
S7 protocol.
SAPI-S7 (Simple Application Programmer Interface) provides
you with a user-friendly call interface for communication between HMI systems or other LINUX/UNIX applications and the
SIMATIC S7.
2/234
Siemens IK PI 2007
S7-400 with
CP 443-1
S5-115U to -155U
with CP 1430 TF
S7-300
with CP 343-1
SOFTNET LINUX/UNIX system configuration
G_IK10_XX_10127

Ordering data
SOFTNET-S7/UNIX for
Industrial Ethernet
for SIMATIC S7 including Level 4
interface over ISO or TCP/IP,
license key by fax, Class A,
German/English
Version 2.0
The original distributions of SUSE
and RedHat LINUX are
supported. Please contact your
Siemens representative for information about current versions
Order No.
2XV9 450-1CG00
More information
Support for other UNIX operating systems:

Contact for Sales, Service and Training:
SIEMENS AG
I&S IS E&C IT
Contact
Your IT4Industry Team
Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 60
91052 Erlangen
Tel.: +49(0)9131/7-4 61 11
Fax: +49(0)9131/7-4 47 57
E-mail: it4industry@siemens.com
SOFTNET-S7/UNIX
Packages are available for the
following operating systems:
Solaris Sparc
Solaris X86
SCO UNIX
HP-UNIX
Please contact your Siemens
contacts for information about the
latest versions and their variants
(32-bit and 64-bit).
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/235

Overview
Uniform interface
- to databases
- link to ERP and DB systems
- to SIMATIC S7
Integrated communication
Cross-computer communication
Oracle
Database
Customer interfaces
C++
JAVA
File
SOFTBUS
ADAPTER
LINUX
Customer applications
ERP systems
Quality management
...
SOFTBUS
DB
Windows
SOFTBUS
SOFTBUS
ADAPTER
SCO
HP-UX
SOFTBUS
SOFTBUS
APRED
SOFTBUS
SOFTNET S7
Send / Receive
Redundant
Adapter
ISO
RFC1006
SIMATIC S5
Solaris
Ethernet
TCP/IP
other systems
SIMATIC S7
G_IK10_XX_10049
System configuration for SOFTBUS
Benefits
Application
Communication across the system with standardized

interface.
Incorporation of ERP and DB systems.
Interfacing of SIMATIC control systems
Fast and automatic data flow
2/236
Siemens IK PI 2007
The process landscape in industrial companies is frequently

a product of historical developments. Thus there are many
isolated solutions that function optimally within their own
terms of reference but operate in a vacuum.
Integrating these requires a smooth, loss-free and integrated
communication system. Only this guarantees that the right
information arrives at the right place and at the right time.
SOFTBUS together with SOFTNET-S7 consists of matched modules that are available on the commonly used system platforms
(LINUX, UNIX, Windows) and thus guarantee smooth communication between the system platforms.

Function
SOFTBUS functions
SOFTBUS comprises software modules that can be used
on all commonly available computer systems (UNIX, Windows,
LINUX).
The modules are compatible and have been adapted to
standards such as SIMATIC NET and thus secure vertical
integration with short start-up times.
SOFTBUS DB functions
SOFTBUS-DB merges databases and communication and
therefore offers possibilities for transaction protection and
uniform data storage.
Interfaces
Thanks to the combination of different modules, all commonly
used platforms can be supported and linked together
heterogeneously or homogeneously.
The programming interface of SOFTBUS is identical to the
WVS-KOM interface of the SIPAX package.
This means that SIPAX applications can migrate to SOFTBUS
without any problems.
Ordering data
Order No.
SOFTBUS
Version 2.3
SOFTBUS LINUX
SOFTBUS/LINUX redundant
(TCP) (32 bit)
2XV9 450-1CG02
SOFTBUS/LINUX redundant
(ISO) (32 bit)
2XV9 450-1CG04
SOFTBUS/LINUX
(TCP) (32 bit)
2XV9 450-1CG08
SOFTBUS/LINUX
(ISO) (32 bit)
2XV9 450-1CG10
SOFTBUS UNIX
Packages are available for the
following operating systems:
Solaris Sparc
Solaris X86
SCO UNIX
HP-UNIX
Please contact your Siemens
contacts for information about the
latest versions and their characteristics (32-bit and 64-bit).
More information
Support LINUX distributors, UNIX operating systems:
SIEMENS AG
I&S IS E&C IT
Contact
Your IT4Industry Team
Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 60
91052 Erlangen
Tel.: +49(0)9131/7-4 61 11
Fax: +49(0)9131/7-4 47 57
E-mail: it4industry@siemens.com
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/237

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Overview
Integration
Protocol
PC interfaces
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP)

S7-200 with CP 243-1
S7-300 with CP 343-1
S7-400 with CP 443-1
CP 1512 1)2)
CP 1612 1)2)
CP 1613 3) 4)
CP 1613 A2 3) 4)
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)

WinAC RTX
OPC (client + server)
Data Access V2.0 + V1.1
PC-based HMI solution for single-user systems directly at

the machine
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro comprises:
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro RT runtime software for PC-based
systems
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration (CS) configuration software for configuring PC-based systems and for configuring
of SIMATIC operator panels 1)
Executable under Windows 98 SE/ME and
Windows NT4.0/2000/XP Professional
Current version:
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Configuration V6.0 + SP3
- SIMATIC ProTool/Pro Runtime V6.0 + SP3
Benefits
Integral component of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA):
The full integration of ProTool/Pro in the SIMATIC S7 environment provides conformity in communications, in data management and in configuration and programming
Openness:
Consistent support of the Windows standards such as OLEAutomation and OPC (OLE for Process Control)
Flexibility:
Individual function expansions can be implemented with
Visual Basic scripts
Archiving of process data and alarms, e.g. in an ODBC (Open
Data Base Connectivity) database
Convenient process visualization:
Ranging from archiving through print functions, graphics
libraries, trend displays, messaging system, logging system,
recipe management through to comprehensive controller drivers
Language selection:
Reduction in handling and configuration costs by management of up to 32 languages in the project and online switching
of up to 5 languages on the device
2/238
Siemens IK PI 2007
CP 1512 1)
CP 1612 1)
1) For Panel PC 670/870 via internal Ethernet interface

2) Also required: SOFTNET-S7 Lean V6.2 for Industrial Ethernet
(6GK1 704-1LW62-3AA0) or SOFTNET-S7 V6.2 for Industrial Ethernet
(6GK1 704-1CW62-3AA0)
3) Also required: S7-1613/Windows V6.2 (6GK1 716-1CB62-3AA0)
4) When used with ProTool/Pro only released for communication with
SIMATIC S7; no configuration download

SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Higher-level
visualisation system
WinCC
OPC-Client
Industrial Ethernet / TCP/IP

On-site visualisation
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
ProTool/
Pro
ProTool/
Pro
OPC-Client
SIMATIC S7-300
OPC-Server
Non-Siemens PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400
G_ST80_DE_00003
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro application example
More information
Additional information is available in Catalog ST 80
or in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.de/protoolpro
http://www2.automation.siemens.com/salesmaterial-as/
catalog/de/st80_d.pdf
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/239

SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
Overview
Integration
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports linking to:
Protocol
PC interfaces
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP)1)

S7-200 with CP 243-1
S7-300 with CP 343-1
CP 1612 1) 2)
CP 1613 A2 3) 4)
S7-400 with CP 443-1

WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
OPC (client + server) 5) 6)
PC-based visualization software for single-user systems

directly at the machine
Executable under Windows 2000/XP Professional
Current version:
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 SP1 Runtime with 128, 512 or
2048 PowerTags
Note:
Service Pack 1 is also available for download free of charge in the Internet (http://support.automation.siemens.com/ww/view/de/23059737);
CD available on request
Benefits
Optimum price/performance ratio thanks to individually scalable system functionality
Functions for all visualization tasks:
Operator functions, graphical and plot representations, signaling system, log system, archiving (option), recipe management (option), Audit Trail (option), process fault diagnostics
(option)
Flexible runtime functionality thanks to Visual Basic scripts
Innovative service concepts with remote operation, diagnostics and administration via intranet and Internet as well as
e-mail communication to increase availability (option)
Support for simple distributed automation solutions based on
TCP/IP networks at the machine level (option)
2/240
Siemens IK PI 2007
Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 (COM) /

V1.0 (XML) client only
CP 1612 2)
HTTP communication for data

exchange between SIMATIC HMI
(client + server) 6) 7)
CP 1612 2)
1) A Softnet Lean License is supplied with every WinCC flexible 2005

Runtime package. This means that an Ethernet link to SIMATIC S7
(max. 8 connections) is included in the basic package.
2) For MicroBox 420 and Panel PC 477/677/877 via internal Ethernet
interface
3) Also required: S7-1613 2005 (6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA
4) When used with WinCC flexible, only released for communication with
SIMATIC S7; no configuration download
5) OPC Client included in scope of delivery, "WinCC flexible/OPC Server
for WinCC flexible Runtime" required for OPC Server
6) OPC and HTTP communication are additive, i.e., can be used in conjunction with the PLC links listed above
7) "WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for WinCC flexible Runtime" options
required

SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
Higher level
visualization system
WinCC
OPC-Client
Industrial Ethernet/TCP/IP
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-300
OPC-Client
3rd Party
OPC-Server
Non-Siemens PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400
G_ST80_EN_00077
On-site visualization
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime application example
More information
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/241

SIMATIC WinCC
Overview
Integration
Integration in enterprise-wide solutions
(IT and Business Integration)
WinCC is based on Microsoft technologies, ensuring maximum
openness and scope for integration. ActiveX controls support
technology- and sector-specific expansions. Even cross-vendor
communication is made easy. Why? Because WinCC is OPCcompliant and can, therefore, be used as an OPC client and
server. Furthermore, in addition to access to current process
values, it also supports standards such as OPC HDA (Historical
Data Access) and OPC Alarm & Events. Other important
features include: Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) for userspecific expansions to the WinCC Graphics Designer and Visual
Basic Scripting (VBS) as an easy-to-learn, open runtime language. Professional application developers can also use
ANSI-C on request. What's more, the ODK (Open Development
Kit) makes access to APIs really easy.
PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualizing and operating processes, production flows, machines and
plants in all sectors with the simple single-user station
through to distributed multi-user systems with redundant servers and cross-location solutions with Web clients. WinCC is
the information hub for corporation-wide vertical integration.
The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software) includes industry-standard functions for signaling and acknowledging events, archiving of messages and measured values,
logging of all process and configuration data, user administration and visualization.
The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range of
different applications. Based on the open programming interfaces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens A&D)
and WinCC add-ons have been developed (by Siemens-internal and external partners).
Current versions:
- SIMATIC WinCC V6.0 SP4:
Runs under Windows XP Professional/Windows 2003 Server
and Windows 2000
- SIMATIC WinCC V5.1 SP2:
Runs under Windows NT 4.0/2000
For the first time, the WinCC V6 basic system features an integrated powerful and scalable Historian function based on the
Microsoft SQL Server 2000. The possibilities thereby afforded to
users are endless: From high-performance archiving of current
process data through long-term archiving with high data compression and beyond to a central information hub in the form of
an enterprise-wide Historian Server. Versatile clients and tools
for evaluation, open interfaces, special options (Connectivity
Pack , IndustrialDataBridge, Client Access licenses) provide the
basis for effective IT and Business Integration.
Integration in automation solutions
(valid for WinCC V6.0 and higher)
WinCC is an open process visualization system and supports
the connection of all types of PLC.
Released communications software
Only communications software with the versions listed (or
higher) can be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET updates are
available for upgrading older versions and releases (these are
supplied with the WinCC basic package/upgrade).
Number of connectable PLCs
The number of PLCs that can be connected via Industrial
Ethernet CP 1613 with a maximum message-frame length of
512 KB is determined as follows:
Type of connection
Number of stations
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4

+ TCP/IP
Up to 60
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF
Up to 60
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite
Up to 64
SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4

+ TCP/IP
Up to 60
Up to 8 (with CP 5611) or up to 44 (CP 5613) PLCs can be connected via PROFIBUS. The use of Industrial Ethernet is recommended for approx. 10 PLCs and more.
2/242
Siemens IK PI 2007

SIMATIC WinCC
Mixed operation with different PLCs
Communication redundancy
With their multiprotocol stack, CP 1613 and CP 5613 communications processors support the parallel operation of two protocols, e.g. for mixed operation of a variety of PLCs via a bus
cable. WinCC supports the operation of two interface boards of
the same type only in conjunction with the following channels:
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613), SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite (2 x CP 1613, 2 x CP 5613) and PROFIBUS DP (4 x
CP 5613; max. 122 slaves per CP 5613). In addition to communication via Industrial Ethernet CP 1613 or PROFIBUS CP 5613
one CP 5511 or CP 5611 can be used for communication with
SIMATIC S7 via MPI.
WinCC itself does not support redundant LAN interfaces.

The S7-REDCONNECT software package is required for the
redundant connection of PCs via 2 x Industrial Ethernet on
SIMATIC S7. This connects the SIMATIC S7 with applications on
the PC, e.g. SIMATIC WinCC. Pure communications redundancy
can also be achieved by setting up optical rings (see Catalog
IK PI).
Client/server communication
Overview of interfaces (WinCC V6.0 and higher)
Communication between the clients and server takes place on

TCP/IP. We recommend setting up a separate PC LAN. For small
projects with a correspondingly low volume of message frames,
a SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet can be used for both process
communication (WinCC/Server PLC) and for PC-PC communication (WinCC/Client WinCC/Server).
Protocol

http://www.siemens.com/wincc-connectivity
Description
SIMATIC S7
Channel DLL for S7 functions via MPI,

PROFIBUS or Ethernet Layer 4 + TCP/IP
Cross-vendor
Windows DDE
Channel DLL for DDE communication,

WinCC can acquire data from DDE server
applications
OPC client
Channel DLL for OPC communication,

WinCC can acquire data from OPC server
applications
OPC server
Server applications for OPC communication; WinCC makes process data available
for OPC clientsg
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/243

SIMATIC WinCC
Components for communication between PG/PC and SIMATIC (WinCC V6.0 and higher)
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC
S5
Ethernet
(TF)
SIMATIC
S5
Ethernet
Layer 4
SIMATIC
S5
TCP/IP
SIMATIC
S7
Protocol
Suite
SIMATIC
505
Ethernet
Layer 4
SIMATIC
505
TCP/IP 1)
Order No.
WinCC Channel DLL

SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF
Channel DLL for S5-TF communication
Included
in the basic package
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4

Channel DLL for S5-Layer 4 communication + TCP/IP
Included

Channel DLL for S7 functions
Included
Communication components for OS/OP expansion

CP 1612
PCI card for connecting a PG/PC to
Industrial Ethernet (SOFTNET-S7 must
be ordered separately)
6GK1 161-2AA00
SOFTNET-S7 2005
Communications software for
S7 functions (max. 64 connections)
for Windows 2000/XP/2003 Server
SOFTNET-S7 Lean2005
S7 functions (max. 8 connections)
CP 1613
PCI card for connecting a PG/PC to
Industrial Ethernet (communications
software must be ordered separately)
CP 1613 A2
PCI card (32 bit) for connecting a
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet (communications software must be ordered
separately)
6GK1 704-1CW63-3AA0
6GK1 704-1LW63-3AA0
6GK1 716-1CB63-3AA0
6GK1 716-1TB63-3AA0
Siemens IK PI 2007
More information
2/244
6GK1 161-3AA01
System interface possible

1) Via any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface; no separate
communications software required
http://www.siemens.com/wincc
6GK1 161-3AA00
S7-1613 2005
S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4
communication with TCP/IP
TF-1613 2005
TF functions and S5/505 Layer 4
communication with TCP/IP
for Windows 2000/XP
Further information about components for communication for

PG/PC can be found in the Internet under:
http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/de/14627901

SIMATIC WinCC
Communication examples
Standard-PC
with WinCC
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k
2
SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet (S7 functions)
WinCC
- CP 1613
6GK1 161-3AA00
- S7 1613
(communications software)
6GK1 716-1CB61-3AA0
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC S7-400
SIMATIC S7-300
- CP 443-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP

6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0
- CP 343-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP

6GK7 343-1EX11-0XE0
- CP 443-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)

6GK7 443-1GX11-0XE0
- NCM S7 manual
Industrial Ethernet
(SIMATIC NET CD bzw.
Internet Download)
Manual
- NCM S7 manual
Industrial Ethernet
(SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download)
G_ST80_XX_00011
Manual
- CP 343-1 IT (S7, S/R, HTTP)

6GK7 343-1GX11-0XE0
WinCC single-user system: Industrial Ethernet with S7 communication
Higher-level
visualisation system
WinCC
- OPC server functionality

(included in WinCC basic package)
- TCP-IP interface board
required
OPC-Client
Industrial Ethernet/TCP/IP
On-site visualization
OPC-Server
OPC-Server
ProTool/
Pro
PROFIBUS
- integrated
PROFIBUS
interface
OPC-Client
OPC-Server
SIMATIC S7-300
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
WinCC
basic package)
- TCP-IP interface
board
required
Non-Siemens PLCs
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
WinCC
basic package)
- OPC server
required for
interfacing with
third-party PLCs
SIMATIC S7-400
G_ST80_DE_00015
- OPC server
functionality
(included in
ProTool/Pro
Runtime
basic package)
OPC link
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/245
Accessories
C-PLUG
Overview
Design
The C-PLUG is designed to the degree of protection IP20.
For IP65 components, the degree of protection is ensured by the
construction of the target device. The power supply is also provided by the data terminal.
The C-PLUG is plugged into the appropriate slot in the SIMATIC
NET component. During start-up of the device and reconfiguring, the configuration data of the device is backed up automatically.
In the event of component failure, the C-PLUG is simply removed
from the failed component and plugged into the replacement
part. The replacement unit installed in the network or in the automation system then starts up automatically with the same device
configuration as the failed device.
To protect against inadvertent removal (falling out), the slot for
the C-PLUG is usually mounted on the rear of the data terminal.
Swap media that supports the fast and easy replacement of

SIMATIC NET components without a programming device in
the event of a fault
For implementation in all SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG
slot
For automatic backing up of configuration or engineering data
from the SIMATIC NET components
The C-PLUG can also be used to store application data such
as documents or Web pages
In some SIMATIC S7 CP modules, such as the CP 443-1
Advanced, the C-PLUG is a standard component of the scope
of supply and is required to guarantee the complete functional
scope of the respective component.
Benefits
The C-PLUG is plugged into the rear of the CP 443-1 Advanced
Quick and easy replacement of SIMATIC NET components

without the need to reconfigure the replacement part
The device can be replaced without the need for specially
trained personnel or a programming device or PC
The downtime of network segments and connected Industrial
Ethernet stations in the event of a fault is minimized.
Application
The C-PLUG is used when it is necessary for network components or communication modules to be replaced quickly and
easily in the event of a fault without the need for reconfiguring the
replacement part and without the need for special training.
The C-PLUG is plugged into the IWLAN Access Point

SCALANCE W 788-1PRO on the rear of the device
2/246
Siemens IK PI 2007
Accessories
C-PLUG
Function
During start-up, the device automatically backs up the configuration data on an unwritten C-PLUG (factory state) that has been
plugged into a SIMATIC NET component. Changes to the configuration during normal operation are also backed up on the
C-PLUG without any additional operator intervention.
During start-up an unconfigured device automatically loads the
configuration data from an inserted, written C-PLUG provided
that the data were written by a compatible device type.
Diagnostics
Incorrect C-PLUG handling, such as inserting a C-PLUG that
contains the configuration of another device group or general
malfunctions of the C-PLUG are signaled over the diagnostic
mechanisms for the respective data terminal (LEDs, PROFINET,
SNMP, Web-based Management, etc.).
Integration
Supported products
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches
SCALANCE X208
SCALANCE X208PRO
SCALANCE X204-2
SCALANCE X204-2LD
SCALANCE X206-1
SCALANCE X206-1LD
SCALANCE X204IRT
SCALANCE X202-2IRT
SCALANCE X414-3E (included in delivery)
Power supply
Via data terminal
Power loss
0.015 mW
Mounting
Can be plugged into a C-PLUG

slot

Relative humidity
-20 C to +70 C
-40 C to +80 C
max. 95% (164 ft)
Construction
Weight
24.3 x 17 x 8.1
approx. 5 g
Memory capacity
32 MB
IP20
Ordering data
C-PLUG
Order No.
6GK1 900-0AB00

event of a fault; for storing configuration or engineering and
application data; can be used
for SIMATIC NET products
with C-PLUG slot
Industrial Security SCALANCE S

SCALANCE S602
SCALANCE S612
SCALANCE S613
Industrial Wireless LAN SCALANCE W
SCALANCE W744-1PRO
SCALANCE W746-1PRO
SCALANCE W747-1RR
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
SCALANCE W788-2PRO
SCALANCE W788-1RR
SCALANCE W788-2RR
System connections for SIMATIC S7
CP 443-1 Advanced (included in delivery)
CP 343-1
CP 343-1 Advanced (included in delivery)
Routers
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
IE/PB Link PN IO
IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/247
Accessories
Overview
Design
SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS are designed for mounting on a
standard SIMATIC mounting rail. Kits for installation in 19" racks
and 19" consoles are also available.
Function
SICLOCK TM / SICLOCK TS master clock
SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS support the synchronization of
CPs and PCs via Industrial Ethernet using SIMATIC and NTP procedures.
SICLOCK TM serves as a master clock for highly accurate
time control and distributes the time to all systems to be
synchronized via Industrial Ethernet, and also provides eight
additional outputs for point-to-point connections with RS232,
RS422 and TTY 20 mA.
SICLOCK TS serves as a master clock for highly exact time
control and distribution to all systems to be synchronized via
Industrial Ethernet, and also provides three individually programmable outputs for point-to-point connections and IRIG
A and B.
SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS contain RJ45 and ITP connectors for direct linking to Ethernet.
SICLOCK TM/TS master clock as the central component for
time synchronization of a plant over Ethernet
GPS or DCF77 radio clocks for direct connection to PCs,
SIMATIC S7 controllers and to the SICLOCK TM/TS master
clock
Pulse converter for electrical and optical distribution and interface conversion
Complete packages for common applications
Application
The time synchronization of all components plays an important
role when automating production plants. The SICLOCK system
is a programmable, modular and optimally matched system for
time synchronization of plants. Either GPS or DCF77 can be
used for external radio synchronization.
The modular SICLOCK system permits time synchronization of a
single PLC up to a large plant designed with multiple redundancy.
Concepts for time-of-day synchronization
Automation systems and operator stations of a SIMATIC PCS 7
system or WinCC stations can be synchronized as follows with
DCF77 or GPS time signals:
Large plants;
For larger plants with a large number of network nodes, the
time is synchronized by means of a master
SICLOCK TM/SICLOCK TS on the plant bus.
Small plants;
For small to medium-sized plants, the PCS 7 operator station
or the WinCC station serves as the time master, the corresponding DCF or GPS radio clock being directly connected to
the COM interface of the PC.
Stand-alone systems;
For SIMATIC S7 controllers or small plants, e.g. for laboratory
automation, SICLOCK DCFS7 offers a cost-effective solution
for direct DCF77 synchronization via an S7 digital input.
2/248
Siemens IK PI 2007
Adaptation to individual, local necessities in the plant is

achieved by programming the interfaces, telegram contents,
types of signal etc. using the membrane keyboard and the LCD
panel. This enables fast, flexible and user-friendly integration of
SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS and still permits expansion.
On failure of the antennas, SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS offer
a high level of precision by means of their automatic switchover
to quartz mode. Once the antenna fault has been cleared, they
resume the time signal without any jump in time.
Accessories
Ordering data
Order No.
SICLOCK TM master clock
SICLOCK TS master clock
SICLOCK TM DCF77
SICLOCK TM master clock with
Ethernet interface + DCFRS radio
clock, industrial version,
package contains
SICLOCK TM in high-grade
steel housing for
DIN rail mounting
Active DCF77 antenna with
TTY output (20 mA current loop)
and antenna frame
Splitting box
1 m connection cable, fitted,
extendable up to 1000 m
- With SICLOCK TM,
24 ... 110 V DC
- With SICLOCK TM,
90 ... 230 V AC/DC
SICLOCK TS DCF77
with Ethernet interface and IRIG
A and B + DCFRS radio clock,
industrial version,
package comprises
SICLOCK TS in high-grade steel
housing for DIN rail mounting
and antenna frame
Splitting box
- With SICLOCK TS,
24 ... 110 V DC
- With SICLOCK TS,
90 ... 230 V AC/DC
SICLOCK TM GPSDEC
with Ethernet interface +
GPSDEC radio clock,
package contains
steel housing for
DIN rail mounting
GPS antenna with
antenna frame
22 m coaxial antenna cable
(max. length 70 m,
see accessories)
GPSDEC decoder
with power supply unit
5 m RS232 connection cable
Parameterization software for
the PC
- With SICLOCK TM,
24 ... 110 V DC
- With SICLOCK TM,
90 ... 230 V AC/DC
SICLOCK TM GPS1000
with Ethernet interface +
GPS1000 radio clock,
package contains
steel housing for
DIN rail mounting
GPS1000 antenna head
with antenna frame
GPS1000 power supply
5 m RS232 connection cable
Splitting box
- With SICLOCK TM,
24 ... 110 V DC
- With SICLOCK TM,
90 ... 230 V AC/DC
SICLOCK TM single device
SICLOCK TM master clock with
Ethernet interface in high-grade
steel housing for standard rail
mounting
SICLOCK TM
24..110 V DC
SICLOCK TM
90 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR26
2XV9 450-1AR27
SICLOCK TS GPS1000
A and B + GPS1000 radio clock,
package contains
SICLOCK TS in high-grade steel
housing for DIN rail mounting
GPS1000 radio clock
with antenna frame
Splitting box
- With SICLOCK TS,
24 ... 110 V DC
- With SICLOCK TS,
90 ... 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR24
2XV9 450-1AR25
Order No.
SICLOCK TS single device

A and B in stainless steel housing
for mounting on standard rails
SICLOCK TS
24 ...110 V DC
SICLOCK TS
90 230 V AC/DC
2XV9 450-1AR56
2XV9 450-1AR57
2XV9 450-1AR54
2XV9 450-1AR55
2XV9 450-1AR52
2XV9 450-1AR53
2XV9 450-1AR50
2XV9 450-1AR51
2XV9 450-1AR22
2XV9 450-1AR23
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/249
Accessories
Ordering data
Order No.
DCF radio clocks
Accessories for SICLOCK DCFS7
SICLOCK DCFRS,
industry-compatible radio clock
DCF radio clock for time synchronization of individual PCs or
servers in industrial environments
subject to severe interference,
possible distance between DCF
radio clock and PC up to 1000 m,
package contains:
and antenna frame
TTY/RS232 converter
Plug-type power supply unit
Two splitting boxes
DCF77 receiver service for
Windows
2XV9 450-1AR21
SICLOCK DCFRS, radio clock

for Windows
DCF radio clock for time synchronization of individual PCs over
short distances,
package contains
RS232 interface
mounting bracket
20 m connecting cable mounted
Windows
2XV9 450-1AR14
SICLOCK DCFEMP, receiver

with RS232 interface
DCF receiver for connecting to
HF cable system available in the
plant for DCF77 time signals for
time synchronization of individual
PCs or server over short distances,
package contains
Active DCF77 receiver
with mounting bracket and
RS232 interface
2XV9 450-1AR60
SICLOCK DCFEMP, receiver

with TTY interface
DCF receiver for connecting to
HF cable system available in the
plant for DCF77 time signals for
time synchronization of individual
PCs or server over distances up
to 1000 m,
package contains
Active DCF77 receiver
with mounting bracket and TTY
interface
2XV9 450-1AR61
SICLOCK DCFS7
Economical solution for time
synchronization over DCF77 of
SIMATIC S7-300/400 via a digital
input,
package contains
SICLOCK DCFRS, radio clock
with RS232 output, 20 m connection cable and mounting
bracket
SICLOCK DCFS7 interface
SICLOCK DCFS7 receiver service (STEP 7 function block for
integration into S7 software)
2XV9 450-1AR36
2/250
Siemens IK PI 2007
Order No.
SICLOCK DCFS7
interface + receiver service
(STEP 7 function block for
2XV9 450-1AR30
SICLOCK DCFS7 interface
2XV9 450-1AR35
SICLOCK DCFS7
receiver service
(STEP 7 function block for
2XV9 450-1AR32
GPS radio clocks

SICLOCK WINGPS,
radio clock for Windows
GPS radio clock for time synchronization of individual PCs in
industrial environments subject to
severe interference,
package contains:
GPS antenna with
antenna frame
WINGPS decoder with
power supply unit
(max. length 70 m,
see accessories)
20 m PC connection cable
WINGPS
Windows
2XV9 450-1AR13
SICLOCK GPSDEC,
GPS radio clock for time synchronization of SICLOCK TM/TS
master clocks or programmable
logic controllers in industrial
environments subject to severe
interference,
package contains
GPS antenna with
antenna frame
GPSDEC decoder with
power supply unit
(max. length 70 m,
see accessories)
5 m RS232 connecting cable
Parameterization program
2XV9 450-1AR00
GPS1000 + power supply,

GPS radio clock for time synchronization of PCs, programmable
logic controllers as well as the
SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS
master clocks in industrial
environments subject to severe
interference over distances up to
1000 m between the antenna and
device,
package contains
GPS1000 antenna head
with antenna frame
GPS1000 power supply
Splitting box
5 m RS232 connecting cable
2XV9 450-1AR82
Accessories
Ordering data
Order No.
Accessories
Kit for SICLOCK TM/TS
for desktop housing
2XV9 450-1AR80
for 19" mounting frame (4 HU)
2XV9 450-1AR81
Lightning protection for

antenna cable
coaxial antenna cable
(SICLOCK GPSDEC / WINGPS)
Lightning protection for TTY cable (SICLOCK GPS1000/DCFRS
industrial version)
RS232 antenna cable
(SICLOCK DCFS7/DCFRS
with RS232 interface)
2XV9 450-1AR11
2XV9 450-1AR83
More information
SIEMENS AG
Electronic Design and Manufacturing Services
(I&S EDM)
Frauenauracher Strasse 98
91056 Erlangen
Tel.: +49 (0) 91 31 / 18-8 20 10 (Hotline)
Fax: +49 (0) 91 31 / 18-8 06 04
E-Mail: siclock@siemens.com
http://www.siemens.com/siclock
2XV9 450-1AR15
Coaxial antenna cable

SICLOCK GPSDEC / WINGPS
30 m
2XV9 450-1AR12
70 m
2XV9 450-1AR07
Software
SICLOCK DCF77 receiver service for Windows
2XV9 450-1AR28
SICLOCK Ethernet receiver service for Windows NT
2XV9 450-1AR44
Pulse converter
SICLOCK EOPC
Electro-optical pulse converter
for industrial applications with
32 fiber-optic outputs for transparent operation and pulse mode
SICLOCK EOPC
24 ... 110 V DC
SICLOCK EOPC
90 230 V AC/DC
SICLOCK PCON
Single-channel electro-optical
pulse converter for industrial
applications
SICLOCK PCON
24 ... 230 V AC/DC,
with multimode glass fiber
connection, 820 nm
SICLOCK PCON
24 ... 230 V AC/DC, long
distance, with multimode glass
fiber connection, 1310 nm
SICLOCK DCFHF
HF modulator for DCF77 signals
for industrial applications
2XV9 450-1AR72
2XV9 450-1AR73
2XV9 450-1AR63-1SA0
2XV9 450-1AR63-1MA0
2XV9 450-1AR64
Displays
SICLOCK DA1000 NET
Digital display with Ethernet
connection for date and time
Red display
2XV9 450-1AR68
SICLOCK DA1000
Digital display for date and time
Red display
2XV9 450-1AR65
Green display
2XV9 450-1AR66
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/251
Overview
6ES7 1513AA20-0AB0
6ES7 1513BA20-0AB0
24 V
Yes
24 V
Yes
20 ms
20 ms
from supply voltage 1L+, max.
250 mA
250 mA
Power dissipation, typical
2,5 W
2,5 W
256 Byte
256 Byte
256 Byte
256 Byte
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Transmission rate, max.
100 Mbit/s
100 Mbit/s
Automatic transmission speed

detection
Yes
Yes
No
No
Interrupts
- Interrupts
Yes
Yes
Diagnostics
- Diagnostic functions
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
between backplane bus and

electronic components
No
No
between ethernet and electronic

components
Yes
Yes
between supply load and

electronic components
No
No
VendorID
002AH
002AH
DeviceID
0301
0301H
Supply voltages
Supply voltage of electronic
components 1L+
- Rated value (DC)
- Reverse polarity protection
Line supply/voltage failure
buffering, min.
Current consumption
Address area
Interface module for linking the ET 200S to PROFInet

Handles all data exchange with the PROFIBUS I/O Controller
2 versions:
- IM151-3 PN STANDARD
- IM151-3 PN HIGH FEATURE (available soon);
supports, in contrast to the STANDARD version, the operation of PROFIsafe F modules
with integrated 2-port switch for line topology
Note:
Addressing range
- Outputs
- Inputs
Connection system
RJ45
Protocols
PROFINET IO
PROFINET IO
Clock synchronism
Clock synchronous operation
Status information/ interrupts/
diagnostics
Diagnostic display LED

- Bus fault BF (red)
- Group fault SF (red)
- Monitoring 24 V power supply
ON (green)
- Connection to the LINK line
(green)
- Send/Receive RX/TX (yellow)
Potentials/ electrical isolation
General information
2/252
Siemens IK PI 2007
Width
60 mm
60 mm
Height
119.5 mm
119.5 mm
Depth
75 mm
75 mm
Weight, approx.
120 g
135 g
Ordering data
Order No.
IM 151-3 PN interface module

For ET 200S; data transmission
rates up to 100 Mbit/s; data volume depends on the number of
modules inserted, up to 63 modules can be connected, bus connection through RJ45
Standard
6ES7 151-3AA20-0AB0
High Feature
6ES7 151-3BA20-0AB0
Manual ET 200S
ET 200S distributed I/O system
manuals are available in the
Internet as PDF files:
Accessories
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
Plug 90
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal
housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 90 cable
outlet
1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0
50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet Fast Connect

installation cables
GP 2 x 2
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
IE TP Torsion Cable GP 2 x 2
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m
sold by the meter,
minimum order 20 m
Order No.
simatic-docu

Electronic manuals on CD,
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
(Industrial Communication)
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Update service for 1 year
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Scope of delivery: Current CD

"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates
6XV1 840-2AH10
6XV1 840-3AH10
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 pieces)

Each sheet contains 60 label
strips for peripheral modules and
20 label strips for interface modules
petrol
6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
red
6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
yellow
6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
light beige
6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
Terminating module
6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
as spare part for ET 200S

6XV1 870-2D
6XV1 870-2F
6XV1 840-4AH10
Industrial Ethernet
Fast Connect stripping tool
6GK1 901-1GA00
MMC 64 KB 1)
6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
SIMATIC S5,
DIN rail 35 mm, length 483 mm
for 19 cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA11
SIMATIC S5,
for 600 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA21
SIMATIC S5,
for 900 mm cabinets
6ES5 710-8MA31
SIMATIC S5,
DIN rail 35 mm, length 2 m
6ES5 710-8MA41
For storing the device name

MMC 128 KB 1)
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0

MMC 512 KB 1)
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0

MMC 2 MB 1)
6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0

and/or firmware update
MMC 4 MB 1)
6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0

MMC 8 MB 1)
6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0

1) For operating the IM 151-3, an MMC is essential
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/253
More information
Terminal module selection assistance
Power modules
TM-P terminal modules for power modules
Screw-type terminal
Order No. 6ES7 193...
15S23-A1
4CC20-0AA0
15S23-A0
4CD20-0AA0
15S22-01
4CE00-0AA0
30S44-A0
4CK20-0AA0
Spring-loaded terminal
15C23-A1
4CC30-0AA0
15C23-A0
4CD30-0AA0
15C22-01
4CE10-0AA0
30C44-A0
4CK30-0AA0
FastConnect
15N23-A1
4CC70-0AA0
15N23-A0
4CD70-0AA0
15N22-01
4CE60-0AA0
Available soon
PM-E 24 V DC
PM-E 24 V 48 V DC
PM-E 24 V DC/120/230 V AC
PM-E F 24 V DC PROFIsafe
2/254
Siemens IK PI 2007
Overview
Interface module for processing the communication between
ET 200pro and a higher-level controller over PROFINET IO.
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
Supply voltages
Supply voltage of electronic
components 1L+
- Rated value (DC)
- Short-circuit protection
- Reverse polarity protection
Rated value
- 24 V DC
- permissible range,
lower limit (DC)
- permissible range,
upper limit (DC)
24 V
Yes
Yes
Yes
20.4 V
28.8 V
Current consumption
250 mA
Power dissipation, typical
4.5 W
Memory/backup
Yes
256 Byte
256 Byte
Protocols
PROFINET IO
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Insulation
Insulation tested with
500 V DC
between backplane bus

and electronic components
Yes
between supply load

and electronic components
Yes
Environmental requirements
Address area
Addressing range
- Outputs
- Inputs
Diagnostic display LED

- Bus fault BF (red)
- Group fault SF (red)
- Monitoring 24 V
power supply ON (green)
- Monitoring the load voltage
DC 24 V (green)
Potentials/ electrical isolation
from supply voltage 1L+, max.
Memory
- Micro memory card
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
Status information/interrupts/
diagnostics
Yes
PROFINET IO
Transmission rate, max.
100 Mbit/s
Automatic transmission
speed detection
Yes
Services
Network management functions,

network diagnostics (SNMP),
ping, arp
- min.
- max.
-25 C
55 C
Storage/transportation temperature
- min.
- max.
-40 C
70 C
and class of protection
- IP65
- IP66
- IP67
Yes
Yes
Yes

Width
90 mm
Height
130 mm
Depth
71 mm
Weight, approx.
480 g
General information
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/255
Ordering data
IM 154-4 PN High Feature interface module
For communication between
ET 200pro and higher-level
controllers over PROFINET IO;
support of PROFIsafe
Order No.
6ES7 154-4AB00-0AB0
3RX9 802-0AA00
Micro Memory Card, 3.3 V,

NFLASH
64 KB
6ES7 953-8LF11-0AA0
128 KB
6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
512 KB
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
2 MB
6ES7 953-8LL11-0AA0
4 MB
6ES7 953-8LM11-0AA0
8 MB
6ES7 953-8LP11-0AA0
IE M12 connecting cables

Pre-assembled with two M12
connectors
0.3 m long
6XV1 870-8AE30
0.5 m long
6XV1 870-8AE50
1 m long
6XV1 870-8AH10
1.5 m long
6XV1 870-8AH15
2 m long
6XV1 870-8AH20
3 m long
6XV1 870-8AH30
5 m long
6XV1 870-8AH50
10 m long
6XV1 870-8AN10
15 m long
6XV1 870-8AN15
7/8" connecting cable

to power supply
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type,
pre-assembled with
two 7/8" connectors, 5-pin
1.5 m long
6XV1 822-5BH15
2 m long
6XV1 822-5BH20
3 m long
6XV1 822-5BH30
5 m long
6XV1 822-5BH50
10 m long
6XV1 822-5BN10
15 m long
6XV1 822-5BN15
Power cables
5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type,
sold by the meter, minimum order
quantity 20 m, maximum order
quantity 1000 m
6XV1 830-8AH10
7/8" cable connector

For ET 200eco,
with axial cable outlet
with male insert, 5 per pack
6GK1 905-0FA00
with female insert, 5 per pack
6GK1 905-0FB00
7/8-Power T-Tap PRO

energy-t-connector for ET200
with 2 7/8"socket inserts and
one 7/8"pin insert, 5 pieces per
packaging unit
6GK1 905-0FC00
2/256
Siemens IK PI 2007
General accessories
ET 200pro rack
Narrow, for interface, electronics
and power modules
- 500 mm
Accessories
M12 covering cap
For protection of unused M12
connections with ET 200pro
Order No.
6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
- 1000 mm
6ES7 194-4GA10-0AA0
- 2000 mm, can be cut to length
6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0
Compact, for interface, electronics and power modules

- 500 mm
6ES7 194-4GC00-0AA0
- 1000 mm
6ES7 194-4GC10-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0
Wide, for interface,

electronics, power modules
and motor starters
- 500 mm
6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0
- 1000 mm
6ES7 194-4GB10-0AA0
6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0
Spare fuse
12.5 A quick-response,
for interface and power modules,
10 items per package unit
6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0

Electronic manuals on CD,
multilingual:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Software, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
(Industrial Communication)
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0

Update service for 1 year
Scope of delivery: Current CD
"S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates
6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

General information
Overview
Combining the three control functions of Motion Control,
Logic Control (PLC) and technology functions has the
following benefits:
Reduced engineering overhead and increased machine
performance
Time-critical interfaces between the individual components
are no longer required
Simple, uniform and transparent programming and diagnostics of the entire machine
The SIMOTION system comprises three components:
Engineering system
Motion Control, PLC and technology tasks can all be performed
within an integrated system. The engineering system provides
all the tools required for these tasks: From programming and
parameterization, through testing and commissioning, to diagnostics.
SIMOTION is available for all machines carrying out Motion
Control tasks - from simple machines to the high-performance
variety. The focus is on a simple and flexible solution to a huge
variety of Motion Control tasks. In order to achieve this in the best
way possible, a new system approach has been introduced:
Motion Control has been combined with two other control functions found in most machines: PLC and technology functions.
This approach enables the Motion Control of axes and machine
control within the same system. The same applies to technology
functions, such as pressure control of a hydraulic axis. A seamless switch can be made from position-controlled positioning
mode to pressure control.
Runtime Software Modules

These modules provide the various Motion Control and technology functions. The entire system functionality can be adapted to
the machine as required by selecting the appropriate modules.
Hardware platforms
The hardware platforms form the basis of the SIMOTION Motion
Control system. The application created by the engineering system and the associated Runtime software modules can be used
on various hardware platforms.
Thus you can always select the platform which is most suited to
your machine, whether as a controller, an industrial PC or an
Intelligent Module directly in the drive.
Engineering system
For programming,
parameterization, ...
Graphical or text-based
programming
Test and
diagnostics
Runtime software
PLC
Positioning
Gear
Cam
Etc.
Hardware platforms
G_PM10_EN_00126
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/257

General information
Overview
The hardware platforms
SIMOTION C Modularity and flexibilit
Every hardware platform has its benefits when used in certain

applications. The various platforms can also be combined very
easily, which is a particular advantage in modular machines and
plants. This is because the individual hardware platforms always
contain the same system characteristics, i. e. functionality and
engineering are always identical, irrespective of the platform
used.
SIMOTION C230-2 uses the S7-300 mounting technology. It is

supplied with four integrated interfaces for analog or stepper
drives and several integrated digital inputs and outputs on
board. The C230-2 can also be expanded using I/O Modules
from the SIMATIC S7 300 range. At other interfaces, the C230-2
has already built in two PROFIBUS interfaces with PROFIdrive
and one Industrial Ethernet interface, thus offering great flexibility in communication.
PROFIBUS or PROFINET can be used to connect drives and I/O

decentrally to the control.
SIMOTION D Compact and integrated in the drive
SIMOTION P350
WinCC flexible RT
Several panel variants in various screen sizes are available for

operating the industrial PC. These panels can either be operated
using a keyboard and mouse, or a touch screen. Two PROFIBUS
interfaces are used to link the drives and the I/Os with
PROFIdrive or via PROFINET with an optional Communication
Board.
ET 200S
1 station with
32 DI, 32 DO
Isochronous
SINAMICS S120
3 to 9 positioning axes
With SIMOTION D, the SIMOTION functionality is integrated

directly in the Control Unit of the new SINAMICS S120 multi-axis
drive system. Therefore, the complete system (containing all
control and drive functionalities) is extremely compact and
responds very quickly. SIMOTION D is available in three performance versions (D425, D435 and D445), ensuring maximum
scalability and flexibility. The field of application ranges from single axes to high-performance multi-axis machines. SIMOTION D
is supplied with two integrated PROFIBUS interfaces with
PROFIdrive and two integrated Industrial Ethernet interfaces on
board.
More information
Further information regarding technical specifications and
ordering data can be found in Catalog PM10 Motion Control
System SIMOTION and in the interactive catalog under
Automation Systems / SIMOTION Motion Control System
2/258
SIMOTION P Open for other tasks

SIMOTION P350 is a PC-based Motion Control system.
The operating system is Windows XP Professional, with a realtime expansion for SIMOTION. This enables PC applications to
be carried out alongside SIMOTION machine applications at any
time. For example, the SIMOTION engineering system, an operator control application, a process data evaluation, a standard
PC application, etc.
G_PM10_en_00095
Siemens IK PI 2007

Overview
Integration
The CBE30 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on
the SIMOTION D Control Unit.
Max. current requirement
at 24 V DC)
0.25 A
Permissible ambient temperature

Storage and transport
-40 C + 70 C
Operation
0 C to 55 C
Dimensions
113 mm 77 mm
Weight, approx.
100 g
Ordering data
Communication Board
CBE30
The CBE30 Communication Board for SIMOTION D425, D435

and D445 allows the SIMOTION to be connected to a PROFINET
IO network. The SIMOTION D then assumes the function of a
PROFINET IO Controller and can perform the following:
PROFINET IO Controller functions
Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO:
- RT (RealTime)
- IRT (Isochronous RealTime)
Connects distributed IOs as PROFINET IO devices
Connects drives as PROFINET IO devices using PROFIdrive
compliant with specification V4
Supports standard Ethernet communication (TCP/IP), e.g. for
interfacing SIMOTION SCOUT, HMI or standard TCP, UDP
communication, to devices of any other type
Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45 sockets based on the
PROFINET ASIC ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line, star,
tree) can therefore be configured without additional external
switches.
Order No.
6FC5 312-0FA00-0AA0
Accessories
The PROFINET cables and connectors listed below are recommended:
Description
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (1x)
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (10x)
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0
Industrial Ethernet
FC stripping tool
6GK1 901-1GA00
Industrial Ethernet
FC Standard Cable GP 2x2
6XV1 840-2AH10
Industrial Ethernet
FC Flexible Cable GP 2x2
6XV1 870-2B
Industrial Ethernet
FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2
6XV1 870-2D
Industrial Ethernet
FC Trailing Cable 2x2
6XV1 840-3AH10
Industrial Ethernet
FC Marine Cable 2x2
6XV1 840-4AH10
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/259

Communication Board MCI-PN
Overview
Current consumption
900 mA at 5V

Operation
-20 C +60 C
+5 C +55 C
Weight, approx.
110 g
Dimensions
107 mm x 167 mm
Ordering data
MCI PN
communication board
Order No.
6AU1 390-0BA00-0AA0
Accessories
The following PROFINET cables and connectors are recommended:
The MCI PN communication board for SIMOTION P350 supports
connection to a PROFINET IO network. This means that in terms
of PROFINET, SIMOTION P350 is a PROFINET IO controller that
offers the following functions:
Support of real time classes of PROFINET IO:
- RT (realtime)
- RT (isochrone realtime)
Integration of distributed I/O as PROFINET IO devices
Integration of drives as PROFINET IO devices through
PROFIdrive according to the V4 specification
Support of standard Ethernet communication (TCP/IP), e.g. for
integration of SIMOTION SCOUT, HMI or standard TCP, UDP
communication to any other devices.
Integrated 4-port switch with 4 RJ45 sockets based on the
PROFINET ASIC, ERTEC400.
The optimal topology (line, star, treee or ring) can therefore be
constructed without the need for additional external switches.
Design
The MCI PN communication board is inserted in the spare PCI
slot of the SIMOTION P350.
2/260
Siemens IK PI 2007
Description
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (1 item)
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (10 items)
6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 180 (1 item)
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 180 (10 items)
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
Industrial Ethernet
FC Stripping Tool
6GK1 901-1GA00
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1 840-2AH10
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1 870-2B
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1 870-2D
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1 840-3AH10
Industrial Ethernet
FC Marine Cable 2x2
6XV1 840-4AH10
Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller ERTEC
Overview
Benefits
All functions on chip for high-performance systems solutions

(system on chip)
Space-saving implementation thanks to a high degree of integration
Complete communication processing for cyclic data transmission
Broad field of application thanks to comprehensive interfaces
Openness through compatibility to IEEE 802
Industry-standard environmental characteristics
Supports IT communication and real-time data communication in parallel and unlimited on one line
PCI, the bus standard of the PC world, is a component of the
ERTEC 400. This saves space, time and costs during integration into PC-based system environments and ensures a fast
"time to market.
Integral PHYs with the ERTEC 200 additionally save space
and implementation costs
PROFINET IO uses Fast Switched Ethernet as the communications basis with a transmission rate of 100 Mbit/s. The required
functions are supported by hardware ASICs of the ERTEC range
(Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller), and high-performance values are achieved. Previously required discrete components have been included in the ERTECs as a system-onchip. These high-performance Ethernet controllers with integral
real-time switch and 32-bit microprocessor have been specially
designed for industrial applications. It is then possible to implement powerful PROFINET connections in the smallest possible
space.
The ERTEC 200 is available for simple field devices, and the
ERTEC 400 for controllers and network components.
They feature a rugged design, specific automation functions,
and openness for the IT world.
Easy space-saving connection of devices to switched
10/100 Mbit Ethernet
No need for external network components since the switches
are integrated into the device
Integral high-performance ARM 946 processor for optimum
integration of communications and applications
Specific communication functions for automation technology
secure the position of the technology as front runner for timecritical applications through real-time characteristics
The DK-ERTEC development kits and global technical support help towards implementation
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/261
Application
PROFINET is the system solution for automation engineering that
is characterized by openness, scalability and performance.
PROFINET also satisfies the requirements of factory automation
and motion control applications. This supports integrated system solutions that go much further than specific machine solutions. Thanks to innovative switching technology, the special requirements of automation with regard to line topology, hard real
time and unlimited IT openness have been satisfied within a
single technology for the first time.
The ERTEC ASICs combine real time and IT without making any
compromises. Thus, for example, axes can be controlled in isochronous mode whereby 50% of the bandwidth is available
solely for IT communication.
Based on the transmission procedures of IEEE 802, the
ERTEC ASICs offer the PROFINET real-time (RT) and isochronous real-time properties. To achieve this, they provide intelligent combination of the switching mechanisms "Cut Through"
and "Store and Forward". Integrated plant and machine solutions
are possible that are compatible with the standard.
In addition to providing the PROFINET mechanisms, the
Industrial Ethernet ASIC ERTECs based on the latest semiconductor technology have all the functions on chip that are required for high-performance system functions in the automation
industry.
By integrating the powerful ARM 946 processors, the necessary
flexibility is offered for creating demanding applications.
ERTEC 200
The ASIC ERTEC 200 is the optimum solution for field devices.
It is an Ethernet controller with integral 2-port switch and 32-bit
microprocessor.
So-called PHYs (blocks for the transition from the internal to
external world) are required to link the Ethernet controller to the
physical structure of the communications network. These are
already integrated in the ERTEC 200, and support the AutoNegotiation and Auto-Crossing functions.
Thanks to the integral ARM 946 processor, the ERTEC 200 can
be used as a system-on-chip implementation for simple devices.
Since the cyclic data transmission for PROFINET IO with realtime and isochronous real-time - which particularly loads the processor - is completely handled by the ERTEC hardware, sufficient processor resources are still available to execute the applications of simple field devices. External processors can be
omitted.
On-chip I/Os enable direct connection of I/O signals, serial interfaces and timers.
ERTEC 400
The ASIC ERTEC 400 is the platform for complex applications.
Target systems of the ERTEC 400 are automation equipment
such as PLCs, motion controllers, PC-based systems and network components.
The ERTEC 400 is an Ethernet controller with integral 4-port
switch, 32-bit microprocessor and PCI interface.
The integral 4-port switch enables flexible topologies such as
star, tree and line without further external network components.
The large integral communications memory permits comprehensive quantity frameworks which are particularly required by
PLCs and motion controllers.
With its integral PCI interface, the ERTEC 400 is suitable for PCbased control systems, since the interface is already on-chip
and an external PCI bridge is unnecessary.
The integral ARM 946 processor handles all communications
tasks, thus saving processor resources in the host processors
of the target systems. As with the ERTEC 200, cyclic communication for real-time and isochronous real-time in the ERTEC 400
is also executed completely by the hardware, and the stack execution times are eliminated for time-critical data. The real-time
data are available immediately for the application.
SIMATIC S7-400 with

CP 443-1 Advanced
SIMATIC
Panel
PC with
CP 1616 as
PN IO-Controller
with ERTEC 400
PC with
CP 1613 A2
IPC with
CP 1616 as
PN IO-Controller
with ERTEC 400
PROFINET
Non-Siemens device
with ERTEC 200
ET 200S
PROFINET Devices
PROFINET communication with ERTEC 200/400
2/262
Siemens IK PI 2007
ET 200S
Microbox with
CP 1604 as
IO-Device with
ERTEC 400
PROFINET Devices
Non-Siemens device
with ERTEC 200
G_IK10_XX_30129
Design
Function
External memory
JTAG / Debug
ERTEC400
MemoryController
SRAM
(8 kByte)
ARMInterruptController
ARM946ES
I-Cache (8kByte)
D-Cache (4kByte)
D-TCM (4kByte)
32
GPIO
Periphery
2x
UART
PCI
Bridge
(32 Bit,
66MHz)
Master
LBU / PCI (V 2.2)
Switch
(192 K SRAM)
Timer
G_IK10_XX_30001
Local
Bus Unit
(LBU)
(16 Bit)
SPI
4 x Ethernet 10/100 MBit

(external connection PHY)
Internal design of ERTEC 400
External memory
JTAG / Debug
Switching;
in accordance with industrial requirements, the integral switch
additionally enables lines to be configured and there is no
need for external switch components.
Real-time;
the real-time properties (RT and IRT) allow extremely short cycle times with highly accurate cycle rates. PROFINET with the
ERTEC is the quantum leap forward for real-time communication and makes concepts possible that could never be
achieved before.
IT;
the high processor performance and the on-chip memory
form a stable basis for implementing IT functions such as a
Web server and e-mail.
PCI;
PCI, the bus standard of the PC world, is a component of the
ERTEC 400. This saves space, time and costs during integration into PC-based system environments and ensures a fast
"time to market.
Network management/diagnostics;
comprehensive diagnostic characteristics such as RMON statistical counter permit effective system diagnostics.
DK-ERTEC PN IO development kit
Development kits make it easy for beginners. They contain the
necessary hardware, drivers, configuration software, demonstration programs and documentation.
Technical support
Industrial Ethernet ASICs from Siemens provide the customer
with worldwide support and implementation support. The two
Competence Centers in Europe and the U.S.A. provide low-cost
telephone support for development and commissioning engineers. Development orders for software and hardware as well as
on-site support are included in the comprehensive range of services offered.
ERTEC 400
ARMInterrupt
Controller
ARM 946
I-Cache (8kByte)
D-Cache (4kByte)
D-TCM (4kByte)
45
GPIO
Local
Bus Unit
(LBU)
(16 Bit)
LBU 16 Bit
1x
UART
SPI
Switch
(64 K SRAM)
PCI
Bridge
(32 Bit,
33 MHz)/
66 MHz)
Master
Timer
2 x Ethernet 10/100 MBit
G_IK10_XX_30044
DMAController
I/O devices
MemoryController
Internal design of ERTEC 200
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/263
ERTEC 400
ERTEC 200
Transmission rate
10/100 Mbit/s
10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
Ethernet / PHY interface
4 x PHY interface
Half/full duplex
Broadcast filter
IEEE 802.1 p Traffic Management
IEEE 802.1 q VLAN Tagging and Identification
IEEE 1588
Supports copper and fiber-optic conductors;
Autosensing; Autocrossover
2 x Ethernet interface (PHY integrated) or alternatively

2 x PHY interface (for connecting optical PHYs)
Half/full duplex
Broadcast filter
IEEE 802.1 p Traffic Management
IEEE 802.1 q VLAN Tagging and Identification
IEEE 1588
Supports copper and fiber-optic conductors
(PHY for Cu integrated); Autosensing; Autocrossover
Local-Bus-Unit (LBU)
Local bus master interface for an external host with

access to internal areas of the ERTEC;
16-bit data bit width
Local bus master interface for an external host with

access to internal areas of the ERTEC;
16-bit data bit width
PCI interface
32 bit, 33/66 MHz

Host functionality
Memory protection unit (MPU)
2 PCI interrupt outputs INTA_N and SERR_N
Power Management V1.1
3.3 Volt (5 V tolerant)
PCI master/target interface
PCI core conformant to PCI spec. 2.2
128 MB/16 bit or 256 MB/32 bit

4 x 16 MB for asynchronous blocks
(SRAM, Flash, I/O 8/16/32 bit)
yes
64 MByte/16 Bit or 128 MByte/32 Bit

4 x 16 MB for asynchronous blocks
(SRAM, Flash, I/O 8/16/32 bit)
yes
32 parameterizable I/O (GPIO);

multifunction outputs
45 parameterizable I/O (GPIO);

multifunction outputs
Integral 4-port Fast Ethernet/real-time Ethernet switch;

10/100 Mbit Ethernet full-duplex
192 KB
Integral 2-port Fast Ethernet/real-time Ethernet switch;

10/100 Mbit Ethernet full-duplex
64 KB
yes
yes
Integral ARM946 processor

- adjustable operating frequency
- data cache
- instruction cache
- D-TCM
- Memory Protection Unit (MPU)
- trace functionality
- interrupt controller
32-bit ARM system

50/100/150 MHz
4 KB
8 KB
4 KB
yes
Debugging capability through embedded ICE (JTAG)
For 16xIRQ/ 8xFIQ
32-bit ARM system

50/100/150 MHz
4 KB
8 KB
4 KB
yes
Debugging capability through embedded ICE (JTAG)
For 16xIRQ/ 8xFIQ
Processor I/O
- SPI master interface
- timer 32-bit counting downwards
- F-Timer 32-bit counting downwards
- watchdog functions
- external interrupt inputs
2 UART similar to the UART 16C550 standard

yes
2
yes
1 UART similar to the UART 16C550 standard

yes
3
yes
2
yes
3
yes
Internal bus structure
32 bit (multi-layer AHB) with 50 MHz clock frequency;

multi-layer architecture with parallel access structure
of several multimasters to multislave
32 bit (multi-layer AHB) with 50 MHz clock frequency;

multi-layer architecture with parallel access structure
of several multimasters to multislave
- in association with the corresponding PHY types:
External memory interface (EMIF)

- SDRAM controller
- SRAM controller
- chip select support
IO interfaces
Components
Real-time Ethernet switch
- communications RAM (SRAM
on chip for message buffering)
- intelligent switching and
PROFINET IRT prioritizing/timing
2/264
Siemens IK PI 2007
ERTEC 400
ERTEC 200
8 KB
ARM 946
For ARM946, IRT and PCI
Clock generation
Internal through PLL for

ARM 946ES, AHB, APB and IRT
Internal through PLL for

ARM 946ES, AHB, APB and IRT
Boot ROM
With Opcode for software download

from various sources
With Opcode for software download

from various sources
Debugging functions
Boundary scan
Boundary scan
Core (VDD core)
1.5 V +/- 10%
1.5 V +/- 10%
I/Os (VDD IO)
3.3 V +/- 10%
3.3 V +/- 10%
at 1.5 V
typ. 270 mA
typ. 535 mA
at 3.3 V
typ. 150 mA
typ. 175 mA
PDD Core
typ. 0.4 W
typ. 0.8 W
PDD IO
typ. 0.5 W
typ. 0.57 W
Components (continued)
SRAM-integrated main memory
on AHB
- size
- program/data memory
- multiport RAM
Voltage supply
Current consumption
Power loss

-40 C +85 C
-40 C +85 C
-40 C +85 C
-40 C +85 C
Relative humidity
max. 95% at +25 C
max. 95% at +25 C
Design
Enclosure
Plastic FBGA 304 pin
Plastic FBGA 304 pin
Pinning ball pitch
0.8 mm
0.8 mm
Soldering notes
Versions available for leaded and

unleaded processing
Versions available for leaded and

unleaded processing
- ERTEC
19 x 1 x 19
19 x 1 x 19
Supported communications
protocols
General Ethernet protocols
Corresponding to the respective software implementa- Corresponding to the respective software implementation which uses the ERTEC as Ethernet controller
tion which uses the ERTEC as Ethernet controller
PROFINET in combination with a

PROFINET software stack
Real-time communication (RT);

isochronous real-time communication (IRT)
Real-time communication (RT);

isochronous real-time communication (IRT)
Note:
If you have any technical questions,
please contact the PROFINET Competence Centers:
Germany and Europe
America
Siemens AG
ComDeC
Postfach 2355
D-90713 Frth
Germany
Tel.: +49(0)/911/750 - 2080
Fax: +49(0)/911/750 - 2100
E-mail: comdec@fthw.siemens.de
PROFI Interface Center

One Internet Plaza
Johnson City, TN, 37604
U.S.A.
Tel.: (423) - 262 - 2576
Fax: (423) - 262 - 2103
E-mail: profibus.sea@siemens.com
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/265
Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
ERTEC 400
ERTEC 200

to Switched Ethernet
10/100 Mbit/sec,
Ethernet Controller with integral
4-port switch, ARM 946 processor and PCI interface (V 2.2),
data preprocessing for real time
and isochronous real-time with
PROFINET IO

10/100 Mbit/sec,
Ethernet controller with integral
2-port switch, ARM 946 processor and PCI interface (V 2.2),
data preprocessing for real-time
and isochronous real-time (available soon) with PROFINET IO
Leaded
Leaded
- 70 units (single tray)
6GK1 182-0BA00-0AA1
6GK1 182-0BA00-0AA1
- 350 units (drypack, 5 trays)
6GK1 182-0BA00-0AA2
6GK1 182-0BA00-0AA2
Not leaded
Not leaded
6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA1
6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA1
6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA2
6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA2
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
development kit
Development package V1.0 for
ASIC ERTEC 400 for real-time
and isochronous real-time
(available soon), comprising:
CP 1616,
ERTEC 400 evaluation board,
ASICs ERTEC 400 (10 units),
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180,
IE FC Standard Cable 2 x 2,
IE FC Stripping Tool,
DK-16xx PN IO
documentation and
example software
2/266
Siemens IK PI 2007
6GK1 953-0CA00
DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO
development kit
ASIC ERTEC 200
for real-time and isochronous
real-time comprising:
CP 1616,
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 (2 units),
IE FC Standard Cable 2 x 2 (5 m),
DK-16xx PN IO V 2.0,
Wind River evaluation software,
documentation and
example software
6GK1 953-0BA00

Overview
Application
Using the DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO and DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO development kits, PROFINET hardware and software applications
can be developed and tested using the ASIC ERTEC 200 or
ERTEC 400.
The comprehensive, perfectly interacting hardware and software components considerably reduce the development costs
for a PROFINET IO device (as PROFINET IO-Device).
The development kit offers a fully functional development environment which development engineers can build on with their
special requirements for hardware and software.
The documentation is supplied on CD in English and German.
The DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO and DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO Development Kits are available for development of PROFINET and
Industrial Ethernet devices with integral real-time switch
Possible applications:
- development of IO field devices (as PROFINET IO-Device)
with a PROFINET interface
- development of drives with PROFINET
- development of any other device with an Industrial Ethernet
interface
Benefits
Devices can easily be developed for Industrial Ethernet with

PROFINET
Optimized components are included for developing a
PROFINET device
Easy adaptation to the characteristics of the device to be
developed using the supplied software examples
Easy creation of a specific GSDML file using the supplied
example
EB 200 or EB 400 development board in the PC or as standalone outside a PC can be operated as an IO-Device
Shortening of development time through complete development environment including executable example applications
The development kit makes the PROFINET technology accessible to device vendors and users. The two PROFINET Competence Centers in Europe and the U.S.A. provide low-cost telephone support for development and commissioning engineers.
Development orders for software and hardware as well as
on-site support are included in the comprehensive range of services offered by the Competence Centers .
The PROFINET real-time (RT) and isochronous real-time (IRT)
properties are supported from version V2.0 onwards.
Operating system environment
The current version of the development kit can only be used together with the VxWorks 5.5.1 operating system from the company Wind River. An installation CD is provided with the development kit with which the user can activate a limited-period
evaluation license at Wind River. It is subsequently possible to
purchase a full license version from Wind River at special conditions for ERTEC 200 and ERTEC 400 users.
Note:
The full version of the Wind River license also includes the
runtime license fees for ERTEC-based PROFINET devices. No
additional runtime license fees are then incurred for VxWorks.
The Wind River licenses must be ordered by users directly from
Wind River. All license details concerning Wind River products
are exclusively covered by the specifications provided by Wind
River to the user (see http://www.windriver.com/
alliances/eval-cd/details.html?pgmid=ERTEC)
Production license for PROFINET IO-Devices

The development kit includes a development license which authorizes users to develop and test PROFINET IO devices on the
basis of ERTEC 200 or ERTEC 400. For production of series devices, a production license for PROFINET IO-Devices must be
additionally purchased for each production line. This production
license must be ordered separately (6ES7 195-3BC10-0YA0).
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/267

Design
Hardware included
CP 1616;
PC module for operation as PROFINET IO-Controller as test
partner
ERTEC 200 or ERTEC 400 Evaluation Board;
evaluation board with the ASIC ERTEC 400 as a test environment for customized applications
ERTEC 200 or ERTEC 400 ASICs;
for developing customized hardware, 10 ERTEC 400 ASICs
are already included in the package.
FastConnect;
for easy assembly of Industrial Ethernet cables, FastConnect
connectors, cables and the stripping tool are included
PC* with CP 1616

as PN IO-Controller
LinuxSUSE V9.3*
Software included
PROFINET IO-Controller example software;
test and simulation software for Windows XP Professional for
use on PCs
PROFINET IO device sample software;
sample program as PROFINET IO device based on the
ERTEC 200 or ERTEC 400
DK-16xx PN IO;
Development Kit for CP 1616 for operation with SUSE Linux
9.3 or for transfer to other PC-based operating systems
Wind River software
Fully functional version of Tornado/Vx Works and WindView
but with time limit
Plug-type power supply

unit for EB 400
stand-alone mode
Tornado shell/FTP server

connected to EB 400 over Ethernet
PC (COM1) cable*
connected to RS232
PN IO-Controller
connected to EB 400
over Industrial Ethernet
Further PROFINET
IO-Devices*
CPU 317-2 PN/DP

as PN IO-Controller*
of EB 400
ERTEC 400 development board EB 400

as PN IO-Device
Switch* e.g.
SCALANCE X204IRT
for connection of further
PROFINET IO-Devices
The EB 400 development board can be used as a PN IO-Device
outside a PC or in a PC.
* Parts are not contained in the DK
= optional
Design of a development environment with DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
2/268
Siemens IK PI 2007
PC* with ERTEC

400 and Wind River
development
environment
(evaluation)
(Windows XP Pro*)
G_IK10_XX_30134

Design (continued)
2
Plug-type power supply
unit for EB 200
stand-alone mode
Tornado shell/FTP server

connected to EB 200 over Ethernet
PC (COM1) cable*
connected to RS232
PN IO-Controller
connected to EB 200
over Industrial Ethernet
of EB 200
PC* with ERTEC

200 and Wind River
development
environment
(evaluation)
(Windows XP Pro*)
Further PROFINET
IO-Devices*
The EB 200 development board can be used as a PN IO-Device

outside a PC or in a PC.
* Parts are not contained in the DK
G_IK10_XX_ 30153
ERTEC 200 development board EB 200

as PN IO-Device
PC* with CP 1616

as PN IO-Controller
LinuxSUSE V9.3*
= optional
Design of a development environment with DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO
Information on ERTEC 400

and DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
development kit
Catalog and Internet
Ordering DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
(6GK1 953-0CA00)
Evaluation:
working and testing with
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
Design of a development
environment including
fully-licensed VxWorks
development system
development of
PROFINET IO-Devices
based on ERTEC
Registration
Ordering
Wind River:
registration of the evaluation
license of the Wind River
development system
Wind River development

system full license for
ERTEC/PROFINET
applications
ERTEC and VxWorks-based

PROFINET IO-Device software
Production of the
PROFINET IO-Devices
of a product line
based on ERTEC
Ordering of license
(6ES7195-3BC10-0YA0)
Siemens PROFINET
IO-Device runtime stack
production license
G_IK10_XX_30135
Application of Development Kit and assignment

of required software licenses
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/269

If you have any technical questions, please contact the
PROFINET Competence Centers:
Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
ComDeC
Postfach 2355
D-90713 Frth
Germany
Tel.: +49(0)/911/750 - 2080
Fax: +49(0)/911/750 - 2100
Email: comdec@siemens.com
America
One Internet Plaza
U.S.A.
Tel.: (423) - 262 - 2576
Fax: (423) - 262 - 2103
Email: profibus.sea@siemens.com
Ordering data
Order No.
DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO
development kit
Development package V2.0
for ASIC ERTEC 200
CP 1616,
documentation and
example software
6GK1 953-0BA00
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
development kit
ASIC ERTEC 400
CP 1616,
documentation and
example software
6GK1 953-0CA00
PROFINET IO production
license for one product line
Production license for a product
range based on ERTEC 200 or
ERTEC 400
6ES7 195-3BC10-0YA0
2/270
Siemens IK PI 2007
CP 1616
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3/5 V) with
to PROFINET IO with 4-port realtime switch (RJ45), for use with
NCM PC
6GK1 161-6AA00

Software for PROFINET I/O
controller with OPC server and
NCM PC single license for
XP Professional, 2003 Server;
Windows 2000 Professional,
Server, German/English
6GK1 704-1HW63-3AA0
CPU 317-2 PN/DP

Main memory 512 KB,
power supply 24 V DC, combined
interface, MMC required
6ES7 317-2EJ10-0AB0

Ordering data
Order No.
Order No.
Network components
ASIC Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

1 pack = 1 piece
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
ERTEC 200
10/100 Mbit/sec,
Ethernet controller with
integral 2-port switch,
ARM 946 processor and
PCI interface (V 2.2),
data preprocessing for
real-time and isochronous
real-time (available soon)
with PROFINET IO
1 pack = 10 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
Leaded
1 pack = 50 pieces
6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
6GK1 182-0BA00-0AA1
IE FC Standard Cable 2 x 2
(Type B)
minimum order 20 m
6XV1 840-2AH10
6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA1
6GK1 901-1GA00
Not leaded

cables
Industrial Ethernet switches
SCALANCE X-200IRT
Managed Industrial Ethernet
switches; real-time (RT) and
isochronous real-time IRT available soon, LED diagnostics, error
signaling contact with SET button,
redundant power supply
6GK1 182-0BA00-0AA2
6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA2
ERTEC 400
10/100 Mbit/sec,
Ethernet Controller with
integral 4-port switch,
ARM 946 processor RISC and
PCI interface (V2.2),
data preprocessing for
real-time and isochronous
real-time available soon
with PROFINET IO
Leaded
SCALANCE X-204IRT;
4 x 10 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3
SCALANCE X-202-2IRT;
2 x 10 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports;
2 x 100 Mbit/s Multimode BFOC
6GK5 202-2BB00-2BA3
6GK1 184-0BA00-0AA1
6GK1 184-0BB00-0AA1
Not leaded
6GK1 184-0BA00-0AA2
6GK1 184-0BB00-0AA2
More information
Further information, technical specifications and manuals on
ERTEC 200, ERTEC 400, DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO and
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO are available on the Internet.
www.siemens.com/ertec-microsite
www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
www.siemens.com/ertec
www.ad.siemens.com/csi/pnio-doc
The Wind River development environment can be obtained from:
Wind River GmbH
Osterfeldstrasse 84
D-85737 Ismaning
Tel.: +49 89 96 24 45 0
Fax: +49 89 96 24 45 999
inquiries-de@windriver.com
http://www.windriver.com/alliances/eval-cd/
details.html?pgmid=ERTEC
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/271

Development packages
Overview
Ordering data
Development package
for PROFINET IO
Order No.
6ES7 195-3BC00-0YA0
For Ethernet processor

Accessories
In time for market entry of PROFINET IO, a development

package is available that allows third-party manufacturers
to develop and offer their own PROFINET IO devices.
Please address any technical questions about the development
kit to:
In Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
ComDeC
Postfach 2355
90713 Frth
Germany
Tel.: +49(0)/911/750 - 2080
Fax: +49(0)/911/750 - 2100
E-mail: comdec@fthw.siemens.de
U.S.A.
One Internet Plaza
U.S.A.
Tel.: (001)(423) - 262 - 2576
Fax: (001)(423) - 262 - 2103
E-mail: profibus.sea@siemens.com
CPU 317-2 PN/DP

512 KB main memory, 24 V DC
supply voltage, combined
interface, Ethernet/PROFInet
interface;
MMC required
6ES7 317-2EJ10-0AB0
Micro Memory Card

e.g. 512 KB
(other MMC optional)
6ES7 953-8LJ11-0AA0
Programming software STEP 7,

V5.3, SP1
Floating license, STL, LAD. FBD
programming for S7-300/400/C7
and WinAC
6ES7 810-4CC07-0YA5
SCALANCE X 108 switch

(other switches optional)
6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3
SIMATIC NET TP cable

RJ45/RJ45, length 2 m
At least 3 items will be required;
other cable types/lengths optional
6XV1 850-2GH20
PS 307 power supply

120 V AC, 24 V DC, 2 A
(optional)
6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0
More information
The development environment can be obtained from NetSilicon:
In Germany and Europe
Digi GmbH (NetSilicon)
Joseph-von-Fraunhofer-Str. 23
44227 Dortmund
Germany
Tel: +49 231 9747 550
Fax: +49 231 9747 650
E-mail: emea-sales@netsilicon.com
http://www.netsilicon.com/
USA
NetSilicon, Inc.
411 Waverley Oaks Road #304
Waltham, MA 02452
U.S.A.
Tel: ++1 800 243-2333, 781 647-1234
Fax: ++1 781 893-1338
E-mail: info@netsilicon.com
http://www.netsilicon.com/
Asia
NetSilicon Japan, Inc.
NES Bldg. South 8F 22-14 Sakuragaoka-cho
Shibuya-ku, Tokyo, 150-0031
Japan
Tel: +81-3-5428-0261
Fax: +81-3-5428-0262
E-mail: japan-sales@netsilicon.com
http://www.netsilicon.co.jp/
2/272
Siemens IK PI 2007

SIMATIC VS120
Overview
Application
The intelligent vision sensor can be used for the following applications:
Determining the position for Pick & Place applications
Checking the presence and position of objects in production
Checking the orientation of objects in infeed systems
Examples of possible inspection tasks and inspection objects:
Checking the presence and position of symbols (warnings)
and logos (corporate logos) on print media and packaging
Checking the presence and position of objects in production
for the quality assurance of assembly steps
Checking the orientation of assembly items in infeed systems
Design
Vision sensor for object finding and object size testing in
reflected light
VS120 finds and checks different objects and / or patterns,
e.g.:
- Printed symbols (product markings on labels, packaging,
etc. )
- Injection-molded parts,
- Ceramic elements,
- ...
Can be used in principle for the following applications:
- Position detection for Pick&Place applications,
- Checking the presence and position of objects in
production,
- Checking the orientation of objects in infeed systems
Easy configuration through presentation of the good object to
be recognized. "Training" is done automatically by activating
the training function of the unit.
Parameter definition is done using the web-based operating
interface and can be run on various platforms with the following requirements:
- Browser (IE5.5 or higher),
- JAVA-VM (MS, SUN).
The web-based operator interface is also used for controlling
the device from an HMI device. The same prerequisites apply
here concerning the Browser and JAVA VM.
Remote maintenance concept using web-based operator interface.
Remote controlled with integrated digital inputs, PROFIBUS or
PROFINET IO.
Can be supplied as a complete package in several variations
for different object sizes
The SIMATIC VS 120 vision sensor offers the following image

field sizes:
70 mm x 50 mm fixed-focus sensor head
40 mm x 30 mm fixed-focus sensor head
Variable field of view with C/CS-Mount sensor head
The following components are required for use of the fixed-focus
version of the SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor and are included in
the scope of delivery:
Sensor head
Front lighting in the form of a ring light matched to the application and sensor head
Evaluation unit
Connecting cables
CD with configuration software and assembly/operating instructions
To start up the fixed focus version you also need the following
items (not included in the scope of delivery):
Ethernet cable (see "Accessories") for connecting the evaluator to any web client. The web client, e.g. a PC with web
browser installed, is used to adjust the sensor head and the
lighting.
The following components are required for use of the C/CS
mount version of the SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor and are
included in the scope of delivery:
Sensor head (without lens!)
Evaluation unit
Connecting cables (no connecting cable for lighting!)
CD with configuration software and assembly/operating instructions
To start up the C/CS-Mount version you also need the following
items (not included in the scope of delivery):
C/CS-Mount lens with the required imaging properties
Suitable light source and suitable connecting cable
(see accessories)
lighting.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/273

SIMATIC VS120
Design (continued)
Sensor head
The sensor head is equipped with:
Extruded aluminium housing to degree of protection IP65
(fixed-focus version)
CCD chip (640 x 480 quadratic pixels)
Lens, permanently installed and non-adjustable (fixed focus
version)
Interface for digital transmission of image data to the processing unit
A sensor head for C/CS-Mount lenses is additionally available.
Evaluation unit
The processing unit has:
Plastic housing, designed for cabinetless construction (IP40)
Connections for
- supply voltage 24 V DC
- lighting
- sensor head
- digital inputs and outputs
- ethernet interface (DHCP-Client, DHCP-Server,
fixed IP address)
- PROFIBUS DP
4-line text display for operator prompting
6 keys for operating the unit
User guidance with web-based operator interface (HTML,
JAVA VM)
Access protection by means of password.
The following communication services are included:
PROFINET IO (slave)
PROFIBUS DP V0 (slave),
TCP/IP native
The analysis is carried out by a powerful digital signal processor.
Front lighting
Designed as ring light pushed onto sensor head
Can be dismounted, and secured with different orientation on
the machine
Housing with degree of protection IP65
Equipped with red LEDs
Operation in flash mode
Power control for the flash integrated in the light
Function
Training the object test parameters using one or more good
objects
Testing an object and/or pattern with the features taken from
the training
Testing can be performed on stationary and moving objects
Checking for a match with the reference provides a good/poor
indication after comparison with set-value criteria
Test results output to three control outputs:
- OK:
trained object and/or pattern found based on features;
degree of match greater than set value
- N_OK:
trained object and/or pattern NOT found based on features;
degree of match NOT greater than set value
Position information output via PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO,
Ethernet or with converter to RS 232 interface
Integrated DI/O enables "stand-alone" operation without
additional controller.
Remote control via PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO, DI/O or
Ethernet
Remote maintenance via web-based operator interface
Intranet or Internet:
- monitoring (live image in read mode)
- diagnostics (fault image, log information, ...)
- system administration (software update, ...)
- error analysis for troubleshooting for faulty readings
Actuation of ring lighting
Mode of operation
The following steps are required for using the SIMATIC VS120:
Mount the vision sensor and lighting.
Manual alignment of the camera, lighting check:
This is handled with the web-server integrated in the unit and
the web-based operator interface contained within. The operator interface displays the camera image. In the setup phase,
the sensor head can be aligned with reference to the live image in the user interface. The user interface executes on any
PC with Microsoft Internet Explorer and JAVA VM installation.
If the sensor head adjustment is complete, the vision sensor
automatically takes over the following procedures:
- optimization of lighting control.
- "Training" the image processing parameters by applying a
reference object
- the result of the training is stored under one of the 64 data
records
Starting the evaluation operation requires loading a trained
object record and changing into the "RUN" operating mode.
The VS120 starts the evaluation after triggering.
Depending on the trained set values and the actual values
of the evaluation, one of the digital control outputs OK (good
result) or N_OK (poor result) is set.
The position information is output via the PROFIBUS DP,
PROFINET IO or Ethernet interface.
Programming
SIMATIC VS120 is not programmed and parameters are not
defined as on standard image processing systems. It is trained
for its special task, finding and testing a special object.
The SIMATIC VS120 is shown a good object and the device is
"trained" to this object.
The training procedure can be performed while a conveyor
system is running.
Up to 64 different data records can be stored in the device and
can be called up at any time by the operator or can also be
called up through an external controller.
2/274
Siemens IK PI 2007

SIMATIC VS120
Vision Sensor SIMATIC VS120
Sensor head
Image capture
CCD chip ",

640 x 480 square pixels;
full frame shutter with automatic
exposure time
Image data transfer
Triggered frame transfer
Available versions
Fixed lens system for two

different field of view sizes and
mounting positions
One C/CS-mount version without
lens.
Size of field of view:
70 mm x 50 mm
for object sizes up to approx.:
60 mm x 40 mm
Operating distance: 120 mm
40 mm x 30 mm
for object sizes up to approx.:
34 mm x 24 mm
Lens can be selected by the user;
hence freely selectable field of
view size and object size
Operating distance:
dependent on the lens
Large field of view
Small field of view
Variable field of view
Vision Sensor SIMATIC VS120
Enclosure
Aluminum profile casing,

anodized black
42 x 42 x 100
IP65 according to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Ambient temperature
0 to 50 C
Mechanical strength
Vibrations
Shock
1 g (60 to 500 Hz)

70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks)
Lighting
Illuminant
LED, wavelength 630 nm (red),

designed as a flash of 20 s
to 10 ms, diffuse
Enclosure
Ring lamp with multiple fixing

possibilities;
plastic with plastic diffusing panel
102 x 102 x 26.5
IP65 according to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Ambient temperature
0 to 50 C
Evaluation unit
Operator controls
4-line text display and 6 operator

buttons
Training
Fully-automatic training procedure
Number of types saved
64 different data records, can be

selected via control button or
digital inputs or PROFIBUS DP or
PROFINET IO, network-fail-safe
storage
Triggering inspection
External (via digital input,

PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET IO)
Permissible object rate, max.
20 objects/s
Infeed direction of the objects

For external triggering
Setup software
As required
Software for displaying the sensor image when mounting and
adjusting the sensor head and
lighting. The software is provided
directly by the integrated web
server and can be executed on
every JAVA-capable browser
(preferably IE6.0).
Enclosure
Plastic, all cables can be plugged

in, suitable for installation without
cabinet
170 x 140 x 76
IP40 according to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Ambient temperature
0 to 50 C
Mechanical strength
Vibrations
Shock
1 g (60 to 500 Hz)

Interfaces on evaluation unit

Digital inputs for 24 V DC
8;
of which one interrupt-capable
trigger input for standard binary
sensors, 7 further PLC-capable
control inputs
6;
Digital outputs for 24 V DC
of which 3 quality outputs 0.5 A
are for the direct activation of
pneumatic valves (15-pin Sub-D
socket for inputs/outputs)
Integrated PROFIBUS DP interDP (9 pin D-sub socket) to control
face
the testing and real-time transmission of test results
Integrated PROFINET IO interface RJ45 (socket) for operating software, controlling the testing and
real-time transmission of test
results
Integrated Ethernet interface
RJ45 (socket) for operating software, controlling the testing and
real-time transmission of test
results
Lighting control
4-pin circular connector (female)
for power supply and for triggering the flash
Sensor head interface
Digital interface (26 pin Sub-D
socket) for connecting the VS120
sensor head
Power supply
Rated value
Permitted range
Current consumption, max.
24 V DC
20 V to 30 V DC
4 A,
of which up to 1.5 A for supplying
the pneumatic valves that can be
connected
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/275

SIMATIC VS120
Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor

Complete package for object
testing; consisting of sensor
head, LED front lighting, evaluation unit and the following cables:
Cable between evaluation unit
and sensor head, for lengths
see below
Cable between lighting and processing unit (except for vision
sensor with variable field of
view), for length see below
Cable for power supply, length
10 m
Cable for connecting digital I/O
devices, length 10 m
Incl. documentation package for
SIMATIC VS120
Field of view 70 mm x 50 mm
- with cable length 2.5 m
6GF1 120-1AA
- with cable length 10 m
6GF1 120-1AA01
6GF1 120-2AA
6GF1 120-2AA01
Variable field of view, prepared

for IP65 protective housing
6GF1 120-3AB
6GF 1 120-3AB01
2/276
Siemens IK PI 2007

SIMATIC VS130-2
Overview
Can be supplied as a complete package in several variations

for different object sizes
The product is available in 6 languages (operator interface,
manual and online help are available in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian and Chinese).
Application
The intelligent vision sensor VS130-2 can be used for the following applications:
Coded information can be read out.
The coded information is compared with a defined character
sequence.
Measurement of code quality.
Barcodes
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor has been developed

especially for reading data matrix codes (DMC) ECC200 in an
industrial environment. More 2D codes and 1D codes are also
available making the vision sensor into a complete code
reader:
1D codes (barcodes):
- code 39,
- code 128,
- interleave 2/5,
- EAN13.
2D codes:
- data matrix code (DMC) according to ECC200,
- QR (alphanumeric characters; without subversions:
truncated, macro, micro),
- PDF417 (without subversions: Macro, micro),
SIMATIC VS130-2 reads codes on different construction
elements and surfaces, e.g. (incomplete listing):
- paper or plastic labels,
- plastic parts,
- circuit boards,
- metallic objects.
SIMATIC VS130-2 reads codes of different types of markings,
e.g. (incomplete list):
- printed,
- stamped,
- lasered,
- drilled.
No parameter definition for adapting to the various support
materials and types of marking is required by the user. "Training" is performed automatically by presenting a readable code
pattern. Programming and parameterization are not required.
Can be used in principle for the following applications:
- coded information can be read out,
- the coded information is compared with a defined character
sequence,
- quality assessment of the marking process (exclusively
DMC).
Parameters are set using the web-based operator interface
which runs on various platforms with the following requirements: Browser (IE5.5 and higher), JAVA-VM (MS, SUN).
The web-based operator interface is also used for controlling
the device from an HMI device. In this case, the requirements
mentioned above also apply with regard to the browser and
JAVA VM
Remote maintenance concept using web-based operator interface.
Remote controlled with integrated digital inputs, PROFIBUS or
PROFINET IO.
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor reads the barcodes

(Code 39, Code 128, Interleave 2/5, EAN13) in different sizes:
Fixed focus sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 60 mm code width,
C/CS sensor head (640 x 480 or 1024 x 768): Code width depends on the selected lens.
The main condition for reading is that the smallest code structure
element (the thinnest line) has to be at least 3 pixels wide to ensure good readability.
Data matrix code
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode data matrix
codes of the following matrices in various sizes:
Square: 10 x 10 dots up to 72 x 72 dots
Rectangular: 8 x 18 dots up to 16 x 48 dots
The parameters for dot size and reading distance are defined by
the optics selected and can vary over a wide range:
Readable dot size 0.1 mm to >3 mm.
Reading distance 80 mm to 3000 mm.
PDF417
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode PDF417 in various sizes:
Fixed focus / C/CS sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 50 lines of
code, up to 7 columns of code
C/CS sensor head (1024 x 768): Up to 80 lines of code, up to
15 columns of code.
QR
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode QR in various
sizes:
Fixed focus / C/CS sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 89 x 89 dots
C/CS sensor head (1024 x 768): Up to 145 x 145 dots.
Common properties
Code readability is basically not connected to the type of marking or support material, as long as the marked structure and the
background are different optically.
Possible marking systems include e.g.:
Laser inscription systems
Inkjet printers
Examples of possible surfaces and materials e.g.:
Different types of PCB.
Plastic parts of various colors.
Labels of various colors.
Electronic components.
Metallic objects, etc.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/277

SIMATIC VS130-2
Design
The following components are required for use of the SIMATIC
VS130-2 vision sensor and are included in the scope of delivery
of a fixed-focus complete package (working distance approximately 100 mm):
Fixed-focus sensor head (3 display field sizes available for
selection).
Front lighting in the form of a ring light matched to the application and sensor head.
Evaluation unit.
Cables.
CD with mounting/operating instructions
Sensor head
For working distances between 80 mm and 3000 mm,

"C/CS-Mount complete packages" are available:
C/CS-Mount sensor head (standard resolution 640 x 480
[pixels], high-resolution 1024 x 768 [pixels])
Evaluation unit.
Cables.
CD with mounting/operating instructions
The fixed-focus sensor head offers IP65 degree of protection.

Even when C/CS-Mount lenses are used, IP65 degree of protection can be achieved by use of the optional protective housing.
The core of this package is a C/CS-Mount sensor head whose

imaging behavior is determined with a suitable C/CS-Mount
lens. The lens is not included in the package and can be selected under "Accessories". The lighting (incl. cables) must be
selected in accordance with the working distance and are not
included in the "C/CS-Mount complete packages".
The following is additionally required for commissioning
(not included in scope of delivery):
lighting.
The sensor head is equipped with:

Extruded aluminium housing with IP65 degree of protection
CCD chip (640 x 480 square pixels, 1024 x 768 square pixels).
Lens, permanently installed (possible field of view sizes:
70 x 50 mm, 40 x 30 mm, 20 x 15 mm for 640 x 480 pixels in
each case) or prepared for C/CS-Mount lens (field of view size
can be freely selected for 640 x 480 pixels or 1024 x 768 pixels)
Interface for digital transmission of image data to the evaluation unit.
Evaluation unit
The evaluation unit has:
Plastic housing designed for cabinet-free mounting (IP40).
Connections for:
- supply voltage 24 V DC.
- lighting
- sensor head
- digital inputs and outputs
- PROFIBUS DP.
- Ethernet (DHCP client, DHCP server, fixed IP address).
Operator prompting on the device (4-line text display, 6 keys).
Operator prompting through web-based user interface
(HTML, JAVA VM).
Access protection by means of password.
The following communication services are included:
PROFINET IO (slave)
PROFIBUS DP V0 (slave),
TCP/IP native.
Frontlighting
Designed as ring light, pushed onto sensor head or lens housing
Can be dismounted, and secured with different orientation on
the machine
Housing with degree of protection IP65
Equipped with various LEDs for different applications:
- not focussed, for small reading distances (0.08 m to 0.5 m)
- focussed, for large reading distances (0.5 m to 3 m).
- infrared LED, for daylight-independent operation
- red LED for high light intensity
- operation in flash mode
- power control for the flash integrated in the light
2/278
Siemens IK PI 2007

SIMATIC VS130-2
Function
The following functions are available:
"Training" the vision sensor with reference to a code (DMC)
pattern.
Coded information can be read out.
The coded information is compared with a defined character
sequence.
Measurement of code quality.
Codes on moving or stationary objects can be processed.
Output of the decoding results to three control outputs:
- READ: Code is decoded.
- MATCH: Decoded code content exactly matches the reference.
- N_OK: Code cannot be decoded.
Output of the decoded DMC information via PROFIBUS-DP,
Ethernet or by means of a converter on the RS232 interface.
Formatting of the output.
Integrated DI/Os, for example, for "stand-alone" mode without
additional control.
Remote control via PROFIBUS-DP, PROFINET IO or DI/O or
Ethernet.
Remote maintenance is possible through web-based Intranet
or Internet user interface:
- monitoring (live image in read mode).
- diagnostics (fault pattern, log information, etc.).
- system administration (software update, etc.).
- fault analysis for finding the cause of faulty readings.
Actuation of ring lighting
Mode of operation
When using the SIMATIC VS130-2, the following steps are
necessary:
Mount the vision sensor and lighting.
Manually align the camera, check the lighting:
The web server integrated into the device complete with webbased user interface is provided for this purpose. The user
interface presents the camera image and the decoded result.
In the setup phase, the sensor head can be aligned with reference to the live image in the user interface. The user interface executes on any PC with Microsoft Internet Explorer and
JAVA VM installation. When the sensor head is correctly
adjusted, the vision sensor performs the subsequent tasks
autonomously:
- Optimization of lighting control.
- "Training" of the image processing parameters by presenting
a code sample. The image processing parameters for the
type of code (carrier material, marking type, dot size, matrix
size, etc.) are stored. No further parameter inputs are required.
Evaluation mode (RUN mode) is started using the training results and a read is started:
Feeding of the Data Matrix Code can be carried out manually
or via a conveyor unit. The Data Matrix Code must be located
within the viewing window at the moment of triggering and is
permitted to move at a maximum speed of 5000 mm/s. Any
angle of rotation within the viewing window of the sensor head
is permitted.
SIMATIC VS130-2 generally has three operating modes that can

also be combined:
Operating mode 1 "Code decoding":
The character string is transferred to the controller filtered or
unfiltered. Filters can be separators, start position and length
of the character string, or company-specific ID numbers.
Operating mode 2 "Decoded information is compared with a
character string":
The comparison can refer to the decoded string or to only a
certain part. Comparison of parts is possible using the filter
functions mentioned above.
Operating mode 3 "Measurement of code quality":
The measurement can be absolute or relative. With the relative
method, the reading system is calibrated by presenting a reference sample during the training phase. In this mode, the
quality values measured are based on the reference sample.
VS130-2 can, however, also use absolute measurement. In
this case, the calibration step is omitted and a reference sample is not necessary.
Depending on the operating mode and the result of the analysis, one of the digital control outputs READ, MATCH or N_OK
is set.
The decoded information is output, over PROFIBUS DP,
PROFIBUS IO, Ethernet or a serial interface (converter
required) as preferred and on the device display.
Programming
SIMATIC VS130-2 is not programmed or parameterized like conventional image processing systems. It configures the lighting
and trains the algorithms without the need for user settings with
reference to a code sample or during the first read.
The training can be performed when the conveyor system is running. Self-parameterization can be started externally using the
operator buttons on the device or remotely from the user interface. Self-parameterization is also activated during reading by a
failed attempt at reading. Maximum reading reliability is
achieved thanks to independence from user inputs and due to
automatic self-parameterization.
Up to 15 different parameter records can be stored in the device.
These can be called up at any time by the user or by an external
controller and can be used for reading code without the need to
repeat the training phase.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/279

SIMATIC VS130-2
SIMATIC VS 130-2 Vision Sensor
SIMATIC VS 130-2 Vision Sensor
Sensor head
Evaluation unit
Image capture
CCD chip 1/4",

CCD chip 1/3",
Full frame shutter with automatic
exposure
Image data transfer
Triggered frame transfer
Available versions
Permanently adjusted lens for

three different field of view sizes
and read distances, only available for 640 x 480
Two C/CS-Mount versions (without lens): User-defined field of
view size and reading distance
70 mm x 50 mm
Dot size: 0.60 mm - 3.5 mm
(edge length)
40 mm x 30 mm
Dot size: 0,35 mm - 2,0 mm
(edge length)
20 mm x 15 mm
Dot size: 0,2 mm - 1,0 mm
(edge length)
Freely selectable field of view
size, reading distance and sensor
resolution depending on:
Selected lens
Selected sensor head resolution
640 x 480 pixels or 1024 x 768
pixels
Minimum requirement:
5 pixels/dot
Large field of view
Medium-sized field of view
Small field of view
Variable field of view
Housing
Extruded aluminum housing,

black anodized
42 x 42 x 100
IP65 acc. to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Ambient temperature
0 to 50 C
Mechanical strength
Vibrations
Shock
1 g (60 to 500 Hz)

4-line text display and 6 operator

buttons
"Teach-in" of DMC ("training")
Fully-automatic training procedure
Number of objects saved
15 different parameter sets,

selectable using operator buttons or digital inputs, powerfailproof storage
Inspection triggering
External (through digital input)
Permissible object rate, max.
20 reads/s
Infeed direction of the objects

For external triggering
Setup software
Illuminant
Housing
Plastic
Metal
Plastic, all cables of plug-in type,

suitable for cabinet-free installation
170 x 140 x 76
IP40 according to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Ambient temperature
0 to 50 C
Mechanical strength
Vibrations
Shock
1 g (60 to 500 Hz)

Interfaces on evaluation unit

Digital inputs for 24 V DC
Digital outputs for 24 V DC
Integral PROFIBUS DP interface
LED, wavelength 630 nm (red) or

infra-red, designed as a flash of
20 s to 10 ms, diffuse or clear
Integrated Ethernet interface
Ring lamp of plastic, working area

up to 500 mm or
Ring lamp of metal, working area
up to 3000 mm, suitable for protective housing for lens
Lighting control
Sensor head interface

102 x 102 x 26.5
116 x 116 x 42
IP65 acc. to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Ambient temperature
0 to 50 C
Siemens IK PI 2007
As required
Software for displaying the sensor
image when mounting and adjusting the sensor head and lighting.
The software makes the integral
web server available directly and
requires an installed browser
(Internet Explorer 5.5 and higher)
and installed JAVA-VM (Microsoft
or SUN).
Housing
Integral PROFINET I/O interface
Lighting
2/280
Operator prompting
Supply voltage
Rated value
Permissible range
Current input, max.
8;
of which one interrupt-capable
trigger input for standard binary
sensors, 7 further PLC-capable
control inputs
6;
of which 3 quality outputs 0.5 A
for the direct activation of pneumatic valves (15-pin Sub-D
socket for inputs/outputs)
DP (9-pin Sub-D socket) for realtime transfer of the test results
RJ-45 (socket) for operator software, real-time transfer of test
results and process interfacing
RJ-45 (socket) for operator software, transfer (not real-time) of
test results and process interfacing
4-pin circular connector (female)
for power supply and for triggering the flash
Digital interface (26-pin Sub-D
socket) for connecting the VS110
sensor head
24 V DC
20 to 30 V DC
4 A,
of which up to 1.5 A for supplying
the pneumatic valves that can be
connected

SIMATIC VS130-2
Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor

Complete package for object
inspection;
comprising sensor head, LED
incident light (ring lamp 6GF9
004-8BA), processing unit and
the following cables:
Cable between processing unit
and sensor head, for lengths
see below
Cable between lighting and processing unit (except for vision
sensor with variable field of
view), for length see below
Cable for power supply,
length 10 m
Cable for connecting digital I/O
devices, length 10 m
Incl. documentation package for
SIMATIC VS130-2
6GF1 130-1BA
6GF1 130-1BA01
6GF1 130-2BA
6GF1 130-2BA01
6GF1 130-4BA
6GF1 130-4BA01
Variable field of view with

640 x 480 pixels and prepared
6GF1 130-3BB
6GF1 130-3BB01
Variable field of view with

1024 x 768 pixels and prepared
6GF1 130-3BC
6GF1 130-3BC01
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/281

SIMATIC iMap
Overview
Design
SIMATIC iMap is a Windows-based application for configuring
communication between technology modules (PROFINET devices) of a machine/plant.
Component-based software tool for configuring the communication in distributed automation solutions
For easy graphical configuration of the communication between subsystems and machine-to-machine communication
in the production line
Based on the PROFINET standard
Open for PROFINET devices from various manufacturers on
Industrial Ethernet
Runs under Windows 2000, Windows XP Professional and
Windows 2003 Server
Benefits
The clear advantage of SIMATIC iMap over programmed communication lies in the simple programming of the communication
(graphically using lines interconnecting the technology interfaces of the devices).
Application
SIMATIC iMap principally comprises the following views:

Project tree:
Used to manage all project resources (technology functions
and devices) and to navigate within the automation hierarchy
of a plant.
Technology library:
The library contains the technological software functions that
are required for a project. The library elements must be supplied by the OEMs (technologists).
Connection editor:
Used to specify data exchange between the technology modules.
Network and topology view:
Used for assigning the hardware units to each other in terms
of topology and for system diagnosis (diagnosis of communication and device status).
Project view:
Used for project administration and for an overview of the
software functions used in a project.
Chart view:
Structured representation of the configured plant
Function
SIMATIC iMap connects software components that are managed
in libraries.
Each technological machine/plant module is represented by a
"software component" in the SIMATIC iMap engineering tool.
This is represented graphically in the form of one or more software functions and a corresponding intelligent device.
A "software component" and therefore a technology module is
uniquely described with the inputs and outputs (component
interfaces) and can be used in SIMATIC iMap more than once
(reuse of library elements).
The machine/plant can be structured hierarchically to any
depth using subdiagrams.
Plant-wide engineering
How it works
In a modular machine/plant, a plant-wide configuration tool is

appropriate that defines the relationship between the separate
machine/plant subsystems or machine units.
The procedure for creating and starting up a project using

SIMATIC iMap is as follows:
Creating "software components" for every machine/plant
module.
Connection of the technological software components in the
connection editor.
Configuration of the associated devices in the network
topology.
Downloading the program and communication data into the
devices.
SIMATIC iMap is a component-based software tool for configuring communication in distributed automation solutions.
SIMATIC iMap is used to graphically configure the data exchange between technological modules.
To ensure data exchange between devices of different manufacturers, SIMATIC iMap is based on PROFINET the standard
communication protocol of PROFIBUS International.
PROFINET defines communication based on TCP /IP and Industrial Ethernet.
Creation of the software components
SIMATIC iMap can be integrated into the SIMATIC software landscape as a higher-level configuring tool. In this case, the library
elements are created using STEP 7.
Each machine/plant module contains a separate user program

that contains all technology functions of the module. From this,
a "software component" is created that describes the module.
The "software components" are generated in accordance with
the PROFINET standard in the device-specific programming environment of the device manufacturer (e.g. in STEP 7 in the case
of SIMATIC). The result is an XML file that describes in full a
"software component" and the associated data storage (including device dependencies).
2/282
Siemens IK PI 2007

SIMATIC iMap
Generation of components in STEP 7
Current version
V3.0
The manufacturer of a technological software component will be

able to program the PLC functions for a technology module in
the same manner as before. The programmer writes the PLC
programs using STEP 7 languages (STL, LAD, etc.) and only has
to specify the technological interfaces of the software components using a data block (interface data block). A software component is then created in an interactive screen form in STEP 7
Manager. The data storage for the created software component
is an XML file whose structure is defined by the PROFINET standard. The software component can then be imported into the
library of SIMATIC iMap.
Software class
Applications
Keyword
SIMATIC iMap is an engineering

tool for configuring communication
between automation and field
devices in distributed automation
solutions.
Marketing message
"Time and cost savings in modular

machine and plant construction
with Component based Automation."
"Modularization and machine-tomachine communication along the
production line."
Advantages
Open component-based engineering tool to the PROFINET

standard.
Simple communication between
intelligent automation and field
devices on PROFIBUS DP and
on Ethernet.
Graphical configuration of communication on PROFIBUS DP
and on Ethernet
Extremely high reusability of
software components
(technology modules)
Graphical structuring of the plant
using "chart-in-chart" function
Convenient navigation through
the project tree
Easy creation and structuring of
technology libraries
PROFIBUS and Ethernet in the
overview of the network view
Fast start-up thanks to downloading and testing directly on
Ethernet (also of PROFIBUS
slaves)
Online display of values of the
technology modules on the interfaces and in the variable table
Diagnosis of communication in
the diagnostics window
Sectors
Automotive industry (especially

in assembly, conveyor systems
and in the paint shop)
Complex food and packaging
machines
Conveyor systems based on
PROFIBUS DP
Production lines with several
interlinked machines
Target systems
SIMATIC S7 CPU 31x-2 PN/DP

and SIMATIC S7 CPU 319-3
PN/DP (with integrated
PROFINET interface.
This can be used as a proxy
function for the devices of a
complete PROFIBUS segment,
one line only)
SIMATIC WinAC PN
(can be used as a proxy function
for the devices of a complete
PROFIBUS segment, one line
only)
Configuring the communication using SIMATIC iMap

SIMATIC iMap is used to graphically configure the data
exchange between the separate machine/plant modules.
The project engineer connects the software components
together, configures the associated devices in the network
topology and then the project is finished.
The engineer can test and monitor the communication between
the devices in online mode. From the technical viewpoint,
SIMATIC iMap offers the user the following advantages:
Communication between the "software components" and
therefore between the technology modules is defined in
SIMATIC iMap by means of graphical connection. Programming knowledge is not required.
Consistent data are generated for the communication from the
engineering information and downloaded to the devices.
Downloading of the communications relationship of the devices is performed over Ethernet and, in contrast to program
downloading, does not require installation of the device-specific programming tools.
All variables which are required for general data accesses,
e.g. by the visualization or from the MES level, are generated
automatically from the engineering information (OPC tag file).
The entire communication of the machine/plant can be directly
tested in SIMATIC iMap and diagnosed. SIMATIC iMap provides an overview of the network topology in graphical form for
this purpose. The devices associated with the software components are shown here.
HMI integration
The user can access the data of the separate PROFINET devices simply by browsing from any OPC client application.
For this purpose, SIMATIC SOFTNET S7 for Industrial Ethernet
(containing the S7 OPC server) as well as the OPC server for
PROFINET CBA (SIMATIC NET PN CBA OPC server) are required.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/283

SIMATIC iMap

Target systems (continued)
SIMATIC NET IE/PB Link

(can be used as a proxy function
for the devices of a complete
PROFIBUS segment)
SIMATIC NET
CP 343-1 and CP 343-1
Advanced (for connecting
SIMATIC S7-300 to Ethernet),
CP443-1 Advanced (for connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to Ethernet)
Distributed I/O stations with
separate CPU
(all intelligent field devices on
PROFIBUS such as SIMATIC
CPU 313C-2DP, CPU 314C-2DP,
CPU 315-2DP, CPU 316-2DP,
ET 200 IM 151 CPU,
ET 200S BM 147 CPU),
PROFINET CBA OPC Server
(for access from PC applications
to data in PROFINET devices)
Devices on Industrial Ethernet
based on the PROFINET CBA
standard
SIMATIC OPs
(within the components)
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, WinCC or
any other visualization system
with OPC client function
System requirements
Operating system
Windows 2000 Prof. Service Pack

4 and higher or
Windows XP Prof. Service Pack 1
and higher or
Windows 2003 Server Service
Pack 1 and higher;
PC administration rights are
required for installation
PG/PC hardware
Pentium processor, 1 GHz or

higher
Recommended expansion of main

memory in PG/PC
RAM: 512 MB or more
Hard disk space required in PG/PC approx. 200 MB

Software required
STEP 7 V5.3 Service Pack 3 or

higher
PN OPC server V6.3 or higher
The following software must be
installed before iMap (included in
the iMap package):
MS Internet Explorer V6.0
Service Pack 1 and higher
Adobe Acrobat Reader V5.0
Delivery format
Languages
English, German, French, Italian

and Spanish
Single License (SL)
Yes
Upgrade License (UL)
Yes, from V2.0 to V3.0
Paper manuals
Electronically on CD
Authorization/licenses
Authorization
Yes
Single License (SL)
Yes
Upgrade License (UL)
Yes
Yes
Unlock Copy License
No
2/284
Siemens IK PI 2007
Ordering data
Order No.
SIMATIC iMap V3.0

Target system:
CPU 31x-2 PN/DP, CPU 319-3
PN/DP, SIMATIC WinAC PN,
SIMATIC NET IE/PB Link,
SIMATIC NET CP 343-1,
SIMATIC NET CP 343-1
Advanced,
SIMATIC NET CP 443-1
Advanced,
distributed I/O devices with own
CPU, PROFINET CBA OPC
server, devices on the
Industrial Ethernet based on the
PROFINET CBA standard,
SIMATIC OPs,
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Requirements:
Pack 4 or later or Windows XP
Prof. with Service Pack 1 or later
or Windows 2003 Server with
Service Pack 1 or later; on PG
or PC with Pentium processor,
min. 1 GHz; STEP 7 V5.3 or later
with Service Pack 3, PN OPC
Server V6.3 or later
Delivery form:
German, English,
with electronic documentation
Single license
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5
6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2
6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5

General information
Overview
Free performance selection for Vector and Servo control
modes
The use of a SINAMICS S120 Vector control is recommended for
drive solutions with continuous material webs, for example, wiredrawing machines, film and paper machines, as well as for hoisting gear, centrifuges and marine drives with harmonic, circular
motion.
Servo control with SINAMICS S120 is employed for cyclic processes with precise, highly dynamic position control and servo
motors, e.g. in textile, packaging, printing machines and machine tools.
DRIVE-CLiQ the digital interface between all components
Flexibility for successful machine design

As part of the SINAMICS drive family, the SINAMICS S120 drive
is a modular system for high-performance applications in machine construction and plant engineering. SINAMICS S120
offers high-performance single-axis and multi-axis drives for a
very broad range of industrial applications. By virtue of its scalability and flexibility, SINAMICS S120 is the ideal system for
satisfying the ever increasing demand for more axes and better
performance. SINAMICS S120 supports flexible machine designs and speedy implementation of customized drive solutions.
The response to ever increasing demands
Modern machines must be built at ever lower cost, but promise
ever greater productivity. The SINAMICS S120 drive concept
meets both these challenges! It is easy to configure and thus
helps to reduce project completion times. Its excellent dynamic
response and accuracy permit higher cycle rates for maximum
productivity.
Applications in machine and plant engineering
Regardless of whether the application involves continuous
material webs or cyclic, highly dynamic processes
SINAMICS S120 means increased machine performance in
many sectors:
Modularity for machine construction
SINAMICS S120 is designed to allow free combination of power
and control performance. Multi-axis drives with higher-level motion control can be implemented with the SINAMICS S120 modular system as easily as single-drive solutions.
Greater flexibility with central control intelligence
On the SINAMICS S120, the drive intelligence is combined with
closed-loop control functions into Control Units.
These units are capable of controlling drives in Vector, Servo and
V/f modes. They also perform the speed and torque control functions plus other intelligent drive functions for all axes on the
drive.
All SINAMICS S120 components, including the motors and

encoders, are interconnected by a shared serial interface called
DRIVE-CLiQ. The standardized cables and connectors reduce
the variety of different parts and cut storage costs. Converter
boards (Sensor Modules) for converting standard encoder signals to DRIVE-CLiQ are available for third-party motors or retrofit
applications.
Swift and automatic: The electronic rating plate
An important digital linkage element of the SINAMICS S120 drive
system are the electronic rating plates integrated in every component. They allow all drive components to be detected automically via a DRIVE-CLiQ link. As a result, data do not need to be
entered manually during commissioning or component replacement helping to ensure that drives are commissioned successfully! The electronic rating plates of the motors contain, for example, the parameters of the electrical equivalent circuit diagram
and the characteristic data of the built-in motor encoder, but also
information such as order and identification numbers.
Modular design ensures flexibility and scalability
DC/AC units (= Motor Modules) available in booksize and
chassis formats are characterized by their modular design.
All the drive intelligence is organized into Control Units. These
perform all the closed-loop control functions for the drive grouping. They also handle all other drive functions such as the interconnection of drive-related I/Os, positioning functions, etc. and
feature PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET as a central interface for
linking to higher-level automation systems.
Line Modules function as the central energy supply to the voltage-source DC link. Line Modules are optionally available with
regulated infeed/regenerative feedback to provide a constant
DC link voltage and high level of supply compatibility. Motor
Modules supply the motors with energy from the DC link.
On AC/AC units, the infeed and motor power supply functions
are combined in one device, the Power Module available in
blocksize and chassis formats. For single-axis applications,
drive control functions are performed by a special Control Unit
(CU310) mounted on the Power Module and for multi-axis
applications, by a Control Unit (e.g. CU320) connected by a
DRIVE-CLiQ link. In this case, a CU Adapter is mounted on
the Power Module in place of the Control Unit.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/285

General information
All formats can be combined freely
SINAMICS S120 and SIMOTION the perfect team
The different SINAMICS S120 formats can be combined freely

thanks to their DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces, e.g. Line Modules in
chassis format can be freely combined with Motor Modules in
booksize format for multi-axis applications with high total output.
Modern machines must be capable of handling ever more

complex motion control tasks and performing them with increasing accuracy and speed. As regards this requirement, the
SIMOTION Motion Control System and high-performance
SINAMICS S120 drive system form a perfect team.
The SIMOTION D variant, which is physically integrated in the
SINAMICS S120 drive, is the ideal solution for machines with a
large number of axes and stringent precision requirements.
This distributed automation structure allows the machine to be
segmented into various axis groupings, with each grouping controlled by a separate SIMOTION Motion Control System. The
SIMOTION systems communicate either via PROFIBUS DP or
PROFINET. Another important aspect: The compact machine
design thanks to the distributed automation structure and a
Control Unit directly in the drive.
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
DRIVE-CLiQ
Digital and analog I/O
(Terminal Modules)
Power Modules
(Motor Modules)
Central Control Module

(Control Unit)
Totally Integrated Automation

the unique automation platform
Infeed (Line Module)

3 AC
G_D211_EN_00073
DRIVE-CLiQ
Motors
Motor
Control
(e. g. SIMATIC)
SINAMICS S120 is also available with a PROFINET interface.

This Ethernet-based bus enables control data to be exchanged
at high speed via PROFINET IO with IRT or RT and makes
SINAMICS S120 a suitable choice for integration in top-performance multi-axis applications.
PROFIBUS
SINAMICS S120
AC Drive
with CU310
1-ph. 230 V AC
3-ph. 400 V AC
DRIVE-CLiQ
1-ph. 230 V AC
3-ph. 400 V AC
DRIVE-CLiQ
Motors
SINAMICS S120 AC Drive topology
More Information
Further information regarding technical specifications and
Ordering data can be found in Catalog D21.1 SINAMICS 120
Drive Systems as well as in the interactive catalog under
Drives Technology/AC Converters/Low-Voltage Converter
2/286
Siemens IK PI 2007
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
PROFINET
SINAMICS S120
AC Drive
with CU310
With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only

single-source provider to offer an integrated spectrum of products and systems for all sectors. Tailored to meet individual
customer requirements, sector-specific automation solutions
can be implemented efficiently on the basis of TIA. Lower lifecycle costs for plant operation and a significant reduction in the
time to market result in a marked improvement in productivity
and greater investment security.
PROFIBUS DP, the standard fieldbus of the TIA system, is supported by all SINAMICS S120 variants. It provides a high-performance, system-wide communication network which links all
automation components: HMI, controls, drives and I/O devices.
SINAMICS S120 frame size booksize topology
G_D211_EN_00074
At the same time, PROFINET also uses standard IT mechanisms

(TCP/IP) to transport information, e.g. operating and diagnostic
data, to higher-level systems. A SINAMICS S120 with this interface can thus easily be integrated into factory IT networks.

CBE20 Communication Board
Overview
Max. current requirement
(at 24 V DC)
0.16 A

-40 C + 70 C
Operation
0 C + 55 C
Dimensions
130 mm 78 mm
Weight, approx.
76 g
Ordering data
CBE20
Communication Board
Order No.
6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0
Accessories
The PROFINET cables and connectors listed below are recommended:
The CBE20 Communication Board can be used to connect the
SINAMICS S120 drive system to a PROFINET IO network via a
CU320 Control Unit.
Description
Order No.
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (1 x)
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
The SINAMICS S120 then assumes the function of a

PROFINET IO device and can perform the following:
PROFINET IO device functions
Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO:
- RT (RealTime)
- IRT (Isochronous RealTime)
Connects to controls as PROFINET IO devices using
PROFIdrive compliant with specification V4
Standard TCP/IP communication for engineering processes
using the STARTER drive/commissioning software
Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45 sockets based on the
PROFINET ASIC ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line, star,
tree) can therefore be configured without additional external
switches.
Industrial Ethernet
FC RJ45 Plug 145 (10 x)
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
Industrial Ethernet
FC stripping tool
6GK1901-1GA00
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1840-2AH10
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1870-2B
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1870-2D
Industrial Ethernet
6XV1840-3AH10
Industrial Ethernet
FC Marine Cable 2x2
6XV1840-4AH10
Integration
The CBE20 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on
the CU320 Control Unit.
Siemens IK PI 2007
2/287
7
2/288
Siemens IK PI 2007

02 PROFINET-Industrial Ethernet

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

02 PROFINET-Industrial Ethernet

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PROFINET/

Passive Network Components

Active Network Components

CPUs for SIMATIC S7-300

System interfacing for

System interfacing for PG/PC

System interfacing for SIMATIC HMI

ET 200S distributed I/Os

Motion Control System SIMOTION

PROFINET technology components

Image Processing System

SINAMICS S120 Drive System

Industrial Mobile Communication

High transmission rate of up to 1 gigabit/s

Industrial Ethernet in the communications landscape

Ethernet presently has a market share of over 90% with a rising

High flexibility since existing networks can be extended

Ethernet to IEEE 802.3u, IWLAN

Data transmission rate

unlimited (above 150 km, take

Industrial Twisted Pair and

Fiber-optic cable (glass)

Line, tree, ring, star

Manual for TP and fiber-optic

SIMATIC NET manual collection

Additional information can be found in the Internet under:

1) Language versions and manuals can be found

Additional information can be found in the Internet under:

This comprises standardized protocols for data communication .

The following communication functions are available for this

ISO TCP/IP UDP

ISO protocol only

Communications overview for SIMATIC, SINUMERIK and SINAUT

Win 2003 Server

Win 2000 Prof./ Server

Further information for more hardware can be found under www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info

Communications overview for PG/PC

S7 communication with TCP/IP for Industrial Ethernet

S7-300 with CP 343-1 Lean,

S5-compatible communication for Industrial Ethernet

S7-300 with CP 342-5

Installation of a small, local PROFINET network with an integrated switch

Switching supports parallel communication:

Data processing capacity

1000 Mbit/s full duplex

1000 Mbit/s switched

100 Mbit/s full duplex

100 Mbit/s switched

100 Mbit/s shared

10 Mbit/s full duplex

*) Effective data processing capacity because of collisions

Throughput of the network/values for 5 network stations

The Industrial Ethernet switch has the following functionality:

Full duplex (FDX) is an operating mode in the network that, in

The switching technology offers definite advantages:

For FDX, transmission media with separate send and receive

Each individual segment possesses

All network nodes share the performance/data rate

Simultaneous data traffic in several segments;

Increased performance through switching, full duplex

All data packets go through all segments.

High-speed redundancy with SIMATIC NET

Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes

Extremely fast reconfiguration of the network following an error